honda 2

78-1

Chapter 7 Part B Automatic transaxle and Continuously Variable Transaxle {CVT) Contents

Section

Automatic transaxle and Continuously Variable Transaxle (CV1) - removal and installation . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Diagnosis - general . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..

Gear position switch - check, adjustment and replacement . . . . . . . . .

General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Interlock system - description, check and solenoid replacement and adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Specifications

8 2 5 1

6

Shift lock solenoid clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Lock-up control solenoid resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Shift control solenoid resistance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..

Torque specifications Shift lock solenoid self-locking nuts (Civic and lntegra) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Shift control solenoid bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Lock-up control solenoid bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Gear position switch bolts (CR-V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Transaxle-to-engine bolts Civic, CR-V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

lntegra 1 996 and earlier

Lower bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Upper bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1 997 and later . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Rear engine/transaxle mount bolts Civic, CR-V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

lntegra ................ ....... ... . . .. . . ....... . . . . . . ..... ........... . . . . . . ............................ .

Transaxle mount nuts . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..

Transaxle mount through-bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Engine stiffeners Bolts-to-transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Bolt-to-engine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Right front mount bracket Short bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : ............ ........ .

Long Bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Driveplate-to-torque converter bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..

Flywheel-to-driveplate bolts (Continuously Variable Transaxle) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Driveplate/torque converter cover 6.0 x 1 .25 mm bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1 2.0 x 1 .25 mm bolt (CR-V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1 0.0 x 1 .25 mm bolt (lntegra) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Section

Lock-up control solenoid and shift control solenoid - check and replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Shift cable - replacement and adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Throttle control cable (lntegra models) - check and adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3/32 ± 1 /64-inch 1 2 to 25 ohms 1 2 to 25 ohms

Ft-lbs (unless otherwise indicated) 84 in-lbs 1 08 in-lbs 1 08 in-lbs 1 08 in-lbs

47

43 54 47

61 87 47 54

33 1 7

33 47 1 08 in-lbs 1 08 in-lbs

1 08 in-lbs 25 33

7 4

3

'78-2 Chapter 7 Part B Automatic transaxle and Continuously Variable Transaxle (CVT)

1 .1 An underside view of the automatic transaxle and its related components

Transaxle 2 Shift cable 3 Driveaxle

1 General information

Refer to illustration 1. 1

The vehicles covered by this manual are equipped with a five-speed manual, a fourspeed automatic transaxle or a Continuously Variable Transaxle (CVT). All information on automatic transaxles and the Continuously Variable Transaxle is included in this Part of Chapter 7 . Information for the manual transaxle can be found in Part A of this Chapter. Information related to the transfer case on 4WD CR-V models can be found in Chapter 8.

Due to the complexity of the automatic transaxles and Continuously Variable Transaxles covered in this manual and to the specialized equipment necessary to perform most service operations, this Chapter contains only those procedures related to general diagnosis, routine maintenance, adjustment and removal and installation.

If the transaxle requires major repair work, this should be left to a dealer service department or an automotive or transmission repair shop. You can, however, remove and i nstall the transaxle yourself and save the expense, even if a transmission shop does the repair work (but be sure a proper diagnosis has been made before removing the transaxle}.

2 Diagnosis - general

Note: Automatic transaxle or Continuously Variable Transaxle malfunctions may be caused by five general conditions: poor engine performance, improper adjustments, hydraulic malfunctions, mechanical malfunctions or malfunctions in the computer or its signal network. Diagnosis of these problems should always begin with a check of the easily repaired items: fluid level and condition (see Chapter 1 ), shift control cable adjustment and throttle control cable adjustment. Next, perform a road test to determine if the problem has been corrected or if more diagnosis is necessary. If the problem persists after the preliminary tests and corrections are completed, additional diagnosis should be done by a dealer service department or transmission repair shop. Refer to the Troubleshooting section at the front of this manual for information on symptoms of transaxle problems.

Preliminary checks Drive the vehicle to warm the transaxle

to normal operating temperature. 2 Check the f luid level as described in Chapter 1 :

a) If the fluid level is unusually low, add enough fluid to bring the level within the

4 Transaxle cooler lines

designated area of the dipstick, then check for external leaks (see below).

b) If the fluid level is abnormally high, drain off the excess, then check the drained fluid for contamination by coolant. The presence of engine coolant in the automatic transmission fluid indicates that a failure has occurred in the internal radiator walls that separate the coolant from the transmission fluid (see Chapter 3).

c) If the fluid is foaming, drain it and refill the transaxle, then check for coolant in thp fluid, or a high fluid level.

3 Check the engine idle speed. Note: If the engine is malfunctioning, do not proceed with the preliminary checks until it has been repaired and runs normally. 4 Check the throttle control cable (lntegra models) for freedom of movement. Adjust it if necessary (see Section 3). Note: The cable may function properly when the engine is shut off and cold, but it may malfunction once the engine is hot. Check it cold and at normal engine operating temperature. 5 Inspect the shift cable l inkage (see Section 4). Make sure that it's properly adjusted and that the l inkage operates smoothly.

Fluid leak diagnosis 6 Most fluid leaks are easy to locate visually. Repair usually consists of replacing a

Chapter 7 Part B Automatic transaxle and Continuously Variable Transaxle (CVT) 78-3

seal or gasket. If a leak is difficult to find, the following procedure may help. 7 Identify the fluid. Make sure it's transmission fluid and not engine oi l or brake fluid (automatic transmission fluid is a deep red color). 8 Try to pinpoint the source of the leak. Drive the vehicle several mi les, then park it over a large sheet of cardboard. After a minute or two, you should be able to locate the leak by determining the source of the fluid dripping onto the cardboard. 9 Make a careful visual inspection of the suspected component and the area immediately around it . Pay part icu lar attention to gasket mating surfaces. A mirror is often helpful for finding leaks in areas that are hard to see. 1 O If the leak st i l l cannot be found, clean the suspected area thoroughly with a degreaser or solvent, then dry it. 1 1 Drive the vehicle for several miles at normal operating tem perature and varying speeds. After driving the vehicle, visually inspect the suspected component again. 1 2 Once the leak has been located, the cause must be determined before it can be properly repaired. If a gasket is replaced but the sealing flange is bent, the new gasket will not stop the leak. The bent flange m ust be straightened. 13 Before attempting to repair a leak, check to make sure that the following conditions are corrected or they may cause another leak. Note: Some of the following conditions cannot be fixed without highly specialized tools and expertise. Such problems must be referred to a transmission shop or a dealer service department.

Gasket leaks

14 Check the right side cover periodically. Make sure the bolts are tight, no bolts are missing, the gasket is in good condition and the cover is not damaged. 1 5 If the leak is from the right side cover area, the bolts may be too tight, the seal ing surface of the transaxle housing may be damaged, the gasket may be damaged or the transaxle casting may be cracked or porous. If sealant instead of gasket material has been used to form a seal between the cover and the transaxle housing, it may be the wrong sealant.

Seal leaks

1 6 If a transaxle seal is leaking, the f lu id level or pressure may be too high, the vent may be plugged, the seal bore may be damaged, the seal itself may be damaged or improperly installed, the surface of the shaft protruding through the seal may be damaged or a loose bearing may be causing excessive shaft movement. 17 Make swe the dipstick tube seal is in good condition and the tube is properly seated. Periodically check the area around the speedometer gear or sensor for leakage. If transmission fluid is evident, check the 0-ring for damage.

Case leaks

1 8 If the case itself appears to be leaking, the casting is porous and wi l l have to be repaired or replaced. 19 Make sure the oil cooler hose fittings are tight and in good condition.

Fluid comes out vent pipe or fi l l

tube

20 If this condition occurs, the transaxle is overfi l led, there is coolant in the f lu id, the case is porous, the dipstick is incorrect, the vent is plugged or the drain-back holes are plugged.

3 Throttle control cable (lntegra models) - check and adjustment

Note: The throttle control cable regulates the shift points of the automatic transaxle. Don't confuse it with the accelerator cable, which actuates the air intake throttle body for the fuel injection system.

Check Before you check the throttle control

cable, make sure the accelerator cable freeplay (see Chapter 4) and the idle speed (see Chapter 1) are correct. 2 Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature. 3 Verify that the throttle control lever on the transaxle is synchronized with the accelerator linkage while depressing and releasing the accelerator pedal. 4 If the throttle control lever isn't synchronized with the accelerator l inkage, adjust the throttle control cable (see below). 5 Have an assistant depress the accelerator pedal to the full-throttle position, then verify that there's a little freeplay in the throttle control lever (on the transaxle). 6 Disconnect the end of the throttle control cable from the throttle control lever at the transaxle. 7 Verify that the throttle control lever moves smoothly. If it doesn't, take the vehicle

4.2a Detach the shift cable retaining clip (arrow) - lntegra model shown,

Civic similar

to a transmission specialist or other qualified repair shop. 8 Reconnect the throttle control cable to the throttle control lever.

Adjustment 9 Follow Steps 1 and 2 above. 1 0 Verify that the accelerator lever is i n the fully closed position. 1 1 Loosen the throttle control cable locknut at the upper end, near the throttle body. 1 2 While pushing the throttle control lever to the fully closed position, remove al l freeplay from the throttle control cable by tightening the adjusting nut. 13 Tighten the locknut. 1 4 After the locknut is tightened, check the synchronization and throttle control lever movement. Also, make sure there is a l ittle freeplay in the throttle control lever at the transaxle when the accelerator pedal is fully depressed {if there isn't, the lever or the control mechanism in the transaxle may become damaged).

4 Shift cable - replacement and adjustment

Replacement Refer to illustrations 4.2a, 4.2b, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5a, 4.5b, 4.6a, 4.6b and 4. 7

Warning: The models covered by this manual are equipped with airbags. Always disable the airbag system before working in the vicinity of the impact sensors, steering column or instrument panel. See Chapter 12 for the airbag disarming procedure. 1 If you' re working on a Civic or lntegra, remove the center console. If you're working on a CR-V, remove the instrument panel lower cover and the steering column covers (see Chapter 1 1 ). 2 Put the shift lever in the Neutral position, then remove the retaining clip from the cable adjuster (see illustrations). If you're working on a CR-V, also detach the cable casing from its bracket.

4.2b On CR-V models, remove the clip (A) from the end of the cable, then loosen

the locknut (B) and detach the cable from its bracket

� 78-4 Chapter 7 Part B Automatic transaxle and Continuously Variable Transaxle (CVT)

3 Raise the front of the vehicle and support it securely on jackstands. Unbolt the shift cable bracket (see illustration). 4 Detach the shift cable holder from the floorpan and detach the cable from the brace (see illustration). 5 Remove the shift cable cover (see illus-trations). 6 On 2WD models, remove the n ut and detach the control lever from the control shaft, then remove the shift cable (see illustration). On 4WD models, remove the cl ip and retaining pin, then detach the cable from the lever (see illustration). Be careful not to bend the cable when removing or install ing it. 7 On CR-V models, unscrew the nuts and detach the cable casing from the floorpan (see illustration). 8 Installation is the reverse of removal. Be sure to adjust the shift cable when you' re through.

Adjustment Refer to illustrations 4. 10 and 4. 15

9 Remove the center console (Civic/lntegra) or the steering column covers (CR-V), if not already done (see Chapter 1 1 ) . Shift to the Neutral position, then remove the retain-

4.3 Remove the shift cable bracket bolts (arrows) - lntegra/Civic shown

ing clip from the cable adjuster (see illustration 4.2a or 4.2b}. 1 0 There are two holes in the end of the shift cable. They're positioned 90-degrees apart to allow cable adjustments in 1 /4-turn increments. Verify that the hole in the adjuster is perfectly aligned with the hole in

4.4 Detach the shift cable from the brace (arrow)

the shift cable (see illustration). 1 1 If the two holes aren't perfectly aligned, loosen the locknut on the shift cable and adjust it as required, then retighten the locknut. 1 2 Install the retaining clip on the adjuster. If the clip feels as if it's binding as you rein-

4.Sa Remove the shift cable cover bolts (arrows) - 2WD models

4.5b On 4WD CR-V models the shift cable cover is secured by three bolts

4.6a On 2WD models, remove the nut (arrow) and detach the control lever

from the control shaft (arrow)

4.6b On 4WD CR-V models, remove the clip (arrow}, slide out the pin and detach

the cable from the lever

4.7 On CR-V models, remove these two nuts holding the cable casing bracket to

the floorpan, then pull the cable and grommet from the floorpan


CABLE TOO SHORT

CABLE TOO LONG

EXACT ALIGNMENT

� � - � -

• '� I 0636H

Adjuster

Shift cable

4.10 Make sure the hole in the adjuster is perfectly aligned with the hole in the shift cable

stall it, the cable is still out of adjustment and must be readjusted.

Civic and lntegra models 1 3 Remove the shift indicator panel mounting screws and align the marks by moving the panel. 1 4 Install the panel screws and tighten them securely.

All models 1 5 Verify that the shift lever is aligned with the Neutral mark on the shift indicator panel when the transaxle is in Neutral (see illustration). If they're not aligned, adjust the shift indicator panel (Civic and lntegra models only). 1 6 Start the engine and check the shift lever in al l gears. If any gear doesn't work properly, refer to Section 2.

5 Gear position switch - check, adjustment and replacement

Check Refer to illustrations 5.2a, 5.2b, 5.2c, 5.3a, 5.3b, 5.3c and 5.3d

Warning: The models covered by this manual are equipped with airbags. Always disable the airbag system before working in the vicinity of the impact sensors, steering column or instrument panel. See Chapter 12 for the airbag disarming procedure. 1 If you're working on a Civic or lntegra, remove the console (see Chapter 1 1 ) . If you're working on a CR-V, open the hood and locate the connector for the gear position switch (it's right above the starter solenoid). 2 Unplug the electrical connector from the gear position switch (see i llustrations). On Civic and l ntegra models it's a 1 4-pin connector; on CR-V models it's a 1 0-pin connector.

4.15 Make sure the white index mark at the base of the shift lever lines up with the corresponding neutral mark on the shift indicator

panel (Civic/Integral

5.2a Terminal guide for the Civic gear position switch connector

j2118-7b·5.2bHAYNESi

5.2b Terminal guide for the lntegra gear position switch connector

5.2c Location of the CR-V gear position switch electrical connector - inset shows wire side of female terminals as seen

from back of connector

' 78-6 Chapter 7 Part B Automatic transaxle and Continuously Variable Transaxle (CVT)

GEAR POSITION SWITCH

I\ TERMINAL 1 2 5 6 7

POSITION \ NOT USED - -2 L - - -

03 s - -04 0 - -

N -R -p -

*WITH CRUISE CONTROL

GEAR POSITION SWITCH (Without cruise control)

GEAR POSITION SWITCH (With cruise control)

I\ TERMINAL I A B E F

POSITION \ 1 0-+-o 2 - - -03 � r -- -04 � - -N R -p

\TERMINAL 1 2 3 POSITION \

1 -

2 u -

03 f\ - -

04 - -

N u -

R -

p - -

g• 12 13

---

--0

G N M L

� -�

--

4 5 6

.() -

-

Back-up Neutral Light Switch Safety Switch

14 3 4 10 11

-0 - -- -

- 1-.-() !42025-7b-5.3a HAYNES!

BACK-UP

LIGHT

SWITCH

NEUTRAL

SAFETY

SWITCH

Back-up Neutral Light Switch Safety Switch

c D J K

0---0 0---0

0---0 I 42025-7b-5.3c HAYNES!

7 8 9 10

--

-I 42025-78-5.30 HAYNES I

5.3a Continuity table for the gear position

switch - Civic models

5.3b Continuity table for the gear position switch -

lntegra models without cruise control

5.3c Continuity table for the gear position switch -

lntegra models with cruise control

5.3d Continuity table for the gear position switch -

CR-V models


5.1 1 Remove these two bolts and detach the cover for access to the gear position

switch (CR-V models)

3 Check for continu ity between the indicated terminals (on the switch side of the harness) in each switch position in accordance with the accompanying tables (see illustrations). Move the shift lever back and forth at each switch position without touching the push-button and check for continuity within the range of shift lever freeplay (about 5/64-inch). 4 If there's no continuity within the range of shift lever freeplay at each shift lever position, adjust the position of the switch.

Adjustment

Civic and l ntegra models

5 Move the shift lever to the Park position and loosen the switch mounting nuts (see illustration 5.16) . 6 Sl ide the switch toward the Drive positions unti l there's continuity between terminals 2 and 1 4 (Civic) or A and L (lntegra) within the range of shift lever freeplay (about 5/64-inch). 7 Recheck continuity as described above in Step 3. Make sure the engine starts when the shift lever is in the Neutral position. 8 If there's still no continuity at each shift lever position, inspect the sh ift lever detent

and bracket for damage. If they're undamaged, replace the gear position switch.

CR-V models Refer to illustrations 5. 1 1 and 5. 1 2

9 Apply the parking brake and place the shift lever in the Neutral position. Turn the ignition key to the On position; it the switch is in proper adjustment, the N on the gear position indicator wil l be i l luminated. If it isn't, try adjusting the switch. 1 0 Raise the front of the vehicle and support it securely on jackstands. 1 1 Remove the cover from the gear position switch (see illustration). 1 2 Loosen the switch mounting bolts (see illustration) and rotate the switch one way or the other until the N on the gear position indicator l ights up (an assistant would be helpful), then tighten the mounting bolts securely. (If the N doesn't light up within the switch's range of rotation , replace the switch.) 13 I nstall the switch cover and lower the vehicle. Check to make sure the gear position indicator works properly as the shift lever is placed in each gear range.

Replacement

Civic and lntegra models

Refer to illustration 5. 1 6

1 4 Remove the console (see Chapter 1 1 ). 1 5 Unplug the 1 4-pin connector (see illustrations 5.2a and 5.2b). 1 6 Remove the two switch mounting nuts and washers (see illustration).

·

1 7 Position the switch slider at the Neutral position. 1 8 Move the shift lever to the Neutral position, then install the new switch. 1 9 Attach the new switch with the two nuts and washers. 20 Test the new switch as described above in Step 3. Make sure the engine starts when the shift lever is in the Neutral position. 21 Reconnect the electrical connector. Clamp the harness. 22 Install the console (see Chapter 1 1 ).

CR-V models

23 Apply the parking brake and place the shift lever in the Neutral position. Open the hood and unplug the electrical connector for the gear position switch (see illustration 5.2c). 24 Raise the front of the vehicle and support it securely on jackstands. 25 Remove the cover from the gear position switch (see illustration 5.1 1). 26 Remove the bolts and detach the gear position switch from the transaxle (see illustration 5.12) . Note: Check the seal around the transaxle control shaft for leakage; if it is leaking, replace it. 27 To instal l the switch, make sure the transaxle control shaft is stil l set in the Neutral position. The switch must also be set to the Neutral position (it wi l l cl ick when it is placed in the Neutral position). 28 Place the switch over the shaft and install the bolts, but don't tighten them yet. 29 Turn the ignition key to the On position and make sure the N on the gear position indicator l ights up. If it doesn't, adjust the switch as described in Step 1 2. 30 Tighten the switch mounting bolts securely, then install the switch cover.

6 Interlock system - description, check and solenoid replacement and adjustment

Warning: The models covered by this manual are equipped with airbags. Always disable the airbag system before working in the vicinity of the impact sensors, steering column or instrument panel. See Chapter 12 for the airbag disarming procedure.

Description Vehicles equipped with an automatic

transaxle have an interlock system to prevent unintentional shifting. The i nterlock system consists of two subsystems: a shift lock system and a key interlock system.

5.1 2 Gear position switch mounting bolts (CR-V models) 5.16 Remove the nuts (arrows) and detach the gear position switch (note the position in which the switch slider

must be when installing the switch)

c 78-8 Chapter 7 Part B Automatic transaxle and Continuously Variable Transaxle (Cvn

6.6a Terminal guide for the key interlock solenoid connector (as seen from the back side of the connector) - Civic shown,

lntegra similar

6.6b Terminal guide for the key interlock solenoid connector (as seen from the back side of the connector) - CR-V models

6.1 1 a Terminal guide for the shift lock solenoid - Civic and lntegra models

Key interlock system

2 The key interlock system prevents the ignition key from being removed from the ignition switch unless the shift lever is in the Park position. If you insert the key when the shift lever is in any position other than Park, a solenoid is activated, making it impossible for you to remove the key until the shift lever is moved to the Park position.

Shift lock system

3 The shift lock system prevents the shift lever from moving from the Park position unless the brake pedal is depressed. Nor can the shift lever be shifted when the brake pedal and the accelerator pedal are depressed at the same time. In the event of a system malfunction, you can release the shift lever by inserting a key into the release slot near the shift lever (Civic/lntegra) or into the slot in the upper steering column cover (CR-V).

Check 4 The following checks· are simple tests of the key interlock solenoid and the shift lock solenoid you can do at home. Further testing of the interlock system should be left to a dealer service department.

6.1 1 b Terminal guide for the shift lock solenoid - CR-V models

Key interlock solenoid

Refer to illustrations 6.6a and 6.6b

5 Remove the lower instrument panel and knee bolster (see Chapter 1 1 ) . 6 If you're working on a Civic or lntegra, unplug the 7-pin connector (see illustration) from the main wire harness. If you're working on a CR-V, unplug the 6-pin connector from the junction block directly behind the fuse panel (see illustration). 7 Check for continuity between the terminals in each switch position. With the key pushed in , there should be continu ity between terminals 5, 6 and 7 (Civic and lntegra models) or 3, 4 and 5 (CR-V models); with the key released, there should be continuity only between term inals 5 and 6 (Civic and lntegra models) or 3 and 4 (CR-V models). 8 Verify that the key can't be removed when battery voltage is connected to terminal 7 and terminal 5 is grounded (Civic and lntegra models) or, on CR-V models, when battery voltage is connected to terminal 5 and terminal 3 is grounded. Caution: Apply voltage only long enough to perform this check. 9 If the key can't be removed, the key interlock solenoid is okay; if the key can be

6.18 Energize the solenoid, check the clearance between the shift lock lever and the lock pin groove (arrows) and compare your measurement to the clearance listed

in this Chapter's Specifications

removed, the steering lock assembly needs to be replaced (the key interlock solenoid isn't avai lable separately).

Shift lock solenoid

Refer to illustrations 6. 1 1 a and 6. 1 1 b

1 0 l fyou're working on a Civic or lntegra model, remove the center console (see Chapter 1 1 ) . I f you're working on a CR-V model , remove the lower instrument panel, knee bolster and the steering column covers (see Chapter 1 1 ). 1 1 Unplug the two-pin connector from the shift lock solenoid (see illustrations). 1 2 Using a pair of jumper wires, momentarily touch a positive battery lead to the number 1 terminal of the two-pin connector and a negative lead to the number 2 terminal and note whether the solenoid clicks on or not. Caution 1 : Be vety careful when applying battety voltage to an electrical component. Disconnect the component from the main wiring harness and apply voltage directly to the component. Do not apply voltage to the connector on the vehicle harness-side or damage to the


6.19 Wher;i the shift lock solenoid is Off, make sure the lock pin (A) is blocked by the shift lock lever (B)

6.22 Unplug the electrical connectors for the shift lock solenoid and parking pin switch, then remove the upper shift lever

assembly bolt (CR-V)

Powertrain Control Module may result. Caution 2: Make sure you don't connect the battery voltage lead to the wrong connector terminal. Reversing the polarity can damage or destroy the diode inside the solenoid.

a) If the solenoid doesn 't operate, replace it.

b) If the solen0id does operate, but you have been having problems with the shift lock system, it may be necessary to adjust the solenoid at its Off and On positions (see below).

Civic and lntegra models only

1 3 While the solenoid is on, it's a good idea to check the clearance between the shift lock lever and the lock pin groove (see Step 1 8). 14 With the solenoid turned off, note whether or not the lock pin is blocked by the sh ift lock lever. If it isn't, adjust the position of the shift lock solenoid until it is (see below).

Solenoid replacement Note: The following procedure pertains only to the shift lock solenoid. For information on how to replace the key interlock solenoid, refer to the "Ignition switch/key lock cylinder

replacement" Section in Chapter 12. The key interlock solenoid isn't available separately.


Refer to illustrations 6. 18 and 6. 19

15 Remove the shift lock col lar and the solenoid pin. 16 Remove the self-locking nuts and the shift lock solenoid. Discard the old nuts. 1 7 I nstallation is the reverse of removal. Don't tighten the new nuts until you have adjusted the solenoid as follows. 1 8 To adjust the shift lock solenoid, energize the solenoid and check the clearar.ice between the shift lock lever and the lock pin groove (see illustration) and compare your measurement to the clearance l isted in this Chapter's Specifications. Position the solenoid so the clearance is correct, then tighten the new self-locking nuts to the torque l isted in this Chapter's Specifications. Note: Be sure to use new self-locking nuts. 1 9 With the solenoid turned off, note whether or not the lock pin is blocked by the shift lock lever (see il lustration). If it isn't , readjust the position of the shift lock solenoid until it is.

CR-V models

Refer to illustrations 6.22, 6.24 and 6.25

Warning: The models covered by this manual are equipped with airbags. Always disable the airbag system before working in the vicinity of any airbag system component (see Chapter 12. 20 Remove the lower instrument panel, knee bolster and the steering column covers (see Chapter 1 1 ) .

21 Unbolt the steering column from the instrument panel support and lower it (see Chapter 1 0). 22 Unplug the electrical connectors for the shift lock solenoid and the parking pin switch (see illustration). 23 Remove the cl ip and detach the shift cable from the shift lever pin (see illustration 4.2b). Also detach the wiring harness c l ips from the bracket on the shift lever assembly. 24 Unscrew the bolts and detach the shift lever assembly from the steering column (see accompanying illustration and i l lustration 6.22). 25 Remove the screws securing the solenoid, then detach the solenoid plunger from the pin on tlie shift lock extension (see illustration). 26 Installation is the reverse of removal .

6.24 The shift lever assembly is secured at the bottom by these two bolts (CR-V)

6.25 Remove the two screws (A) then detach the shift lock solenoid plunger from the pin on the shift lock extension (B) (CR-V)

c 78- 1 0 Chapter 7 Part B Automatic transaxle and Continuously Variable Transaxle (CVT)

7.1 Unplug the connector (A) from the lock-up control solenoid valve assembly (B) located on top of the transaxle

7.4 Unplug the electrical connector from the shift control solenoid assembly (A)

7 Lock-up control solenoid and shift control solenoid - check and replacement

Check Refer to illustration 7. 1

Caution: Be very careful when applying battery voltage to an electrical component. Disconnect the component from the main wiring harness and apply voltage directly to the component or to the harness connector leading to the component. Do not apply voltage to the connector on the vehicle harness-side or damage to the Powertrain Control Module may result.

Lock-up control solenoid

1 Unplug the connector from the lock-up control solenoid valve assembly (see illustration). 2 Measure the resistance between each of the connector terminals (solenoid side) and ground and compare your measurements to the resistance listed in this Chapter's Specifications. If the resistance is out of specification for either terminal , replace the entire solenoid assembly. 3 Connect each of the connector term inals (of the solenoid side of the connector) to the battery positive terminal with a jumper wire. You should hear a cl icking sound as each solenoid valve is energized. If you don't, replace the solenoid assembly.

Shift control solenoid

Refer to illustration 7.4

4 Unplug the connector from the shift control solenoid valve assembly (see illustration). 5 Measure the resistance between each of the connector terminals (solenoid side} and ground and compare your measurements to the resistance listed in this Chapter's Specifications. If the resistance is out of specification for either terminal , replace the entire solenoid assembly. 6 Connect each of the connector termi-

nals to the battery positive terminal with a jumper cable. You should hear a cl icking sound as each solenoid valve is energized. If you don't, replace the solenoid assembly.

Replacement Refer to illustration 7. 7

Note: You cannot replace only one solenoid valve; both the lock-up and shift control solenoid valve assemblies must be replaced as a single unit. 7 Remove the mounting bolts and remove the solenoid valve assembly (see i l lustration) 8 Clean the mounting surface and oil pas-sages; make sure all dirt and dust is removed. 9 Install a new base gasket and install the new solenoid valve assembly. Tighten the solenoid valve bolts to the torque listed in this Chapter's Specifications. 1 O Check the electrical connector for dirt, corrosion and oil; clean it thoroughly if necessary. Reconnect it. 1 1 Check the solenoid valves as described above and make sure the new unit is functioning properly.

8 Automatic transaxle and Continuously Variable Transaxle (CVT) - removal and installation

Refer to illustrations 8. 7, 8.20, 8.22, 8.26 and 8.27

Removal 1 Disconnect the negative cable from the battery. Caution: If the radio in your vehicle is equipped with an anti-theft system, make sure you have the correct activation code before disconnecting the battery. 2 Remove the resonator, intake air duct and air cleaner housing (see Chapter 4). 3 Remove the starter motor cables and cable bracket from the starter (see Chapter 5).

7.7 The lock-up and shift control solenoid valve assemblies are retained by three

bolts (arrows) - lock-up assembly shown

4 Disconnect the transaxle ground cable from the transaxle. 5 Unplug the electrical connector from the lock-up control solenoid (see Section 7). 6 Unplug the speed sensor electrical con-nector (see Chapter 7 A). 7 Remove the three upper transaxle-toengine mounting bolts and the rear engine mounting bolt (see illustration). 8 Unstake and loosen the driveaxle/hub nuts (see Chapter 8) and the wheel lug nuts. Raise the vehicle and support it securely on jackstands. Remove the wheels. 9 Remove the splash shield (and guard bar, if you're working on a CR-V). 1 O Drain the transmission fluid (see Chapter 1 ) . Be sure to use a new sealing washer when you reinstall the drain plug. 1 1 Disconnect the lower arms from the steering knuckles (see Chapter 1 0). 12 Remove the r ight damper fork (see Chapter 1 0). 1 3 Remove the driveaxles and intermediate shaft (see Chapter 8). 1 4 If you ' re working on a 4WD CR-V, detach the driveshaft from the transfer case flange (see Chapter 8).

Chapter 7 Part B Automatic transaxle and Continuously Variable Transaxle (CVT) 78-1 1

8.7 Remove the transaxle-to-engine mounting bolts (arrows) 8.20 Remove the engine stiffener bolts (arrows) -Civic model shown

8.22 Before removing the driveplate-to-torque converter (or CVT driveplate and flywheel) bolts, mark the edge of the driveplate and

torque converter or flywheel to ensure they're reattached in the same relationship when the transaxle is reinstalled

8.26 Transaxle side mount connection details (arrows) -Civic model shown

1 5 Remove the elbow-shaped exhaust pipe section from underneath the engine (see Chapter 4). 1 6 Remove the shift cable cover, then detach the cable from the transaxle (see Section 4). 1 7 Remove the right front mount/bracket. 1 8 Disconnect the throttle control cable from the throttle control lever (lntegra models only; see Section 3). 1 9 Disconnect the transaxle f luid cooler hoses from the cooler l ines. Turn the hoses up to prevent fluid from flowing out, then plug the l ines to prevent contamination. 20 Remove the engine stiffener(s) (see illustration). 21 Remove the torque converter (conventional transaxle) or flywheel (CVT) access plate. Unplug any electrical connectors sti l l connected to the transaxle. 22 Mark the relationship of the torque converter (conventional transaxle) or flywheel (CVT) to the driveplate so that they can be reinstalled in the same relationship to one

another (see illustration). 23 Remove the torque converter- or flywheel-to-driveplate bolts one at a time by rotating the crankshaft pul ley for access to each bolt. 24 Remove the distributor mounting bolt, then attach an engine hoist or support fixture to the engine. 25 Place a transmission jack or a floor jack under the transaxle. Raise the transaxle assembly just enough to take the load off the transaxle mount. 26 Remove the transaxle side mount (see illustration). 27 Remove the lower transaxle-to-engine bolt, the lower engine-to-transaxle bolt and the rear engine mount bolts (see i l lustration). · 28 Move the transaxle back to disengage it from the engine block dowel pins and make sure the torque converter is detached from the driveplate. Secure the torque converter to the transaxle so it wi l l not fall out during removal. Lower the transaxle from the vehi-

cle. Note: It may be necessary to slowly lower the engine while the jack supporting the transaxle is being lowered. This will provide more clearance between the transaxle and the body.

8.27 Remove the rear engine mount bolts (arrows)

78-1 2 Chapter 7 Part B Automatic transaxle and Continuously Variable Transaxle (CVT)

Installation 29 Honda recom mends flushing the transaxle cooler and the cooler hoses and l ines with solvent whenever the transaxle is removed from the vehicle. Flush the l ines and fluid cooler thoroughly and make sure no solvent remains in the lines or cooler after flushing. It's a good_ idea to repeat the flushing procedure with-clean automatic transmission fluid to ensure that no solvent remains in the lines or cooler. 30 Install the starter motor (see Chapter 5). 31 Prior to installation, make sure that the torque converter hub is securely engaged in the pump. With the transaxle secured to the jack, raise it into position. Be sure to keep it level so the torque converter does not slide out.

32 Turn the torque converter to l ine it up with the driveplate. The marks you made on the torque converter and the driveplate must line up. 33 Make sure the two dowel pins are sti l l instal led, then move the transaxle ·forward carefully until the dowel pins and the torque converter are engaged. 34 Install the lower transaxle-to-engine bolt and the lower engine-to-transaxle bolt. Tighten them to the torque l isted in this Chapter's Specifications. Caution: Don't use the bolts to force the transaxle and engine together. If the transaxle doesn 't slide easily up against the engine, find out why before you tighten the bolts. 35 The remainder of installation is the reverse of removal.

36 Refil l the transaxle with fluid to the specified level (see Chapter 1 ) . Note that the transaxle may require more fluid than in a normal f luid and filter change, since the torque converter may be empty (the converter is not drained during a fluid change). 37 Start the engine, set the parking brake and shift the transaxle through all gears three times. Make sure the shift cable is working properly (see Section 4). 38 Check and, if necessary, adjust the ignition timing (see Chapter 1 ) . 39 Allow the engine to reach its proper operating temperature with the transaxle in Park or Neutral, then turn it off and check the fluid level. 40 Road test the vehicle and check for fluid leaks.

Chapter 8 Clutch and driveline Contents

Section

Clutch - description and check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Clutch components - removal, inspection and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Clutch hydraulic system - bleeding . . . . . . ,. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Clutch master cylinder - removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Clutch pedal adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Clutch release bearing and fork - removal, inspection

and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Clutch release cylinder - removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Differential lubricant level checks (4WD CR-V models) . . . See Chapter 1 Differential oi l seals (4WD CR-V models) - replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5 Differential (4WD CR-V models) - removal and installation. . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6

Specifications

General Clutch pedal standard height

Civic and lntegra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CR-V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Clutch pedal freeplay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Driveaxles Driveaxle length

Civic Left . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Right. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

lntegra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CR-V (front driveaxles)

Left . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Right

Manual transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

CV joint length (rear driveaxles on 4WD CR-V models) Inner joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Outer joint . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Torque specifications Clutch pressure plate bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Driveaxle/hub nut

Civic and lntegra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CR-V

Front. . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Intermediate shaft bearing support bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Differential rear mounting bracket bolts/nuts (4WD CR-V models) . . . . . . . . . Differential main mounting bracket-to-floorpan bolts

(4WD CR-V models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Differential main mounting bracket-to-differential bolts

(4WD CR-V models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Differential pinion flange nut (4WD CR-V models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Driveshaft flange-to-rear differential bolts (4WD CR-V models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Driveshaft flange-to-transfer case bolts (4WD CR-V models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Driveshaft center support bearing bolts (4WD CR-V models) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transfer case mounting bolts (4WD CR-V models) . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8-1

Section

Driveaxle boot - replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Driveaxles - removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 Driveshaft (4WD CR-V models) - check, removal

and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Intermediate shaft - removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 Pilot bearing - inspection and replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Starter/clutch interlock switch - check, replacement

and adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 O Transaxle lubricant level check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . See Chapter 1 Transfer case (4WD CR-V models) - removal and installation . . . . . . . 1 7

6-1 /2 inches 7-3/1 6 inches 1 /2 to 3/4 inch

30-1 /2 to 30-1 1 /1 6 inches 1 9-1 1 / 16 to 1 9-29/32 inches 1 8- 1 1 /1 6 to 1 8-29/32 inches

20 to 20-1 3/64 inches

20-5/1 6 to 20-1 /2 inches 20-1 /2 to 20-1 1 /1 6 inches

6-1 /32 to 6-3/1 6 inches 5-5/8 to 5-1 3/1 6 inches

Ft-lbs

1 9

1 34

1 81 1 34 29 40

36

51 87 24 24 29 33

8-2 Chapter 8 Clutch and driveline

• 3.3a The remote reservoir for the clutch master cylinder is located in the left (driver's side) rear corner of the engine compartment, and the master cylinder is right below it;

to get at the master cylinder, remove these two

3.3b Pinch off the fluid feed hose between the reservoir and the clutch master cylinder with a pair of locking pliers to prevent

the fluid from running out of the end of the hose when you disconnect it from the clutch master cylinder.

bolts (arrows) and lift the reservoir out of the way


The information in this Chapter deals with the components from the rear of the engine to the front wheels, except for the transaxle, which is dealt with in the previous Chapter. For the purposes of this Chapter, these components are grouped into two categories - clutch and driveaxles. Separate Sections within this Chapter offer general descriptions and checking procedures for components in each of the two groups.

Since nearly all the procedures covered in this Chapter involve working under the vehicle, make sure it's securely supported on sturdy jackstands or on a hoist where the vehicle can be easily raised and lowered.

2 Clutch - description and check

All vehicles with a manual transaxle use a single dry-plate, d iaphragm-spring type clutch. The clutch disc has a spl ined hub which allows it to sl ide along the splines of the transaxle input shaft. The cl utch and pressure plate are held in contact by spring pressure exerted by the d iaphragm in the pressure plate. 2 The clutch release system is operated by hydraulic pressure. The hydraulic release system consists of the clutch pedal, a master cylinder and fluid reservoir, the hydraulic line, a release (or slave) cylinder which actuates the clutch release lever and the clutch release (or throwout) bearing. 3 When pressure is applied to the clutch pedal to release the clutch, hydraulic pressure is exerted against the outer end of the clutch release lever. As the lever pivots the shaft fingers push against the release bearing. The bearing pushes against the fingers of the diaphragm spring of the pressure plate assembly, which in turn releases the clutch plate. 4 Terminology can be a problem when

discussing the clutch components because common names are in some cases different from those used by the manufacturer. For example, the driven plate is also called the clutch plate or disc, the clutch release bearing is sometimes called a throwout bearing, the release cylinder is sometimes called the operating or slave cylinder. 5 . Other than to replace components with obvious damage, some prel iminary checks should be performed to diagnose clutch problems. These checks assume that the transaxle is in good working condition.

a) The first check should be of the fluid level in the clutch master cylinder (see Chapter 1 ). If the fluid level is low, add fluid as necessary and inspect the hydrauliG system for leaks. If the master cylinder reservoir has run dry, bleed the system as described in Section 5 and retest the clutch operation.

b) To check "clutch spin-down time, " run the engine at normal idle speed with the transaxle in Neutral (clutch pedal up -engaged). Disengage the clutch (pedal down), wait several seconds and shift the transaxle into Reverse. No grinding noise should be heard. A grinding noise would most likely indicate a problem in the pressure plate or the clutch disc.

c) To check for complete clutch release, run the engine (with the parking brake applied to prevent movement) and hold the clutch pedal approximately 112-inch from the floor. Shift the transaxle between 1st gear and Reverse several times. If the shift is rough, component failure is indicated. Check the release cylinder pushrod travel. With the clutch pedal depressed completely, the release cylinder pushrod should extend substantially. If it doesn 't, check the fluid level in the clutch master cylinder.

d) Visually inspect the pivot bushing at the top of the clutch pedal to make sure there is no binding or excessive play.

3.4 To remove the clutch master cylinder, loosen the hose clamp (left arrow) on the feed line and use a flare-nut wrench to

loosen the pressure line fitting (right arrow), then, working inside the vehicle,

remove the two mounting bolts from under the dash

e) Crawl under the vehicle and make sure the clutch release lever is solidly mounted on the ball stud.

3 Clutch master cylinder - removal

and installation

Removal Refer to illustrations 3.3a, 3.3b, 3.4 and 3.5

1 Disconnect the cable from the negative battery terminal. Caution: If the radio in your vehicle is equipped with an anti-theft system, make sure you have the correct activation code before disconnecting the battery. 2 Working under the dashboard, remove the cotter pin or spring cl ip from the master cylinder pushrod clevis. Pull out the clevis pin to disconnect the pushrod from the pedal. 3 Detach the clutch master cylinder reservoir (see i l lustration). Clamp a pair of locking pliers onto the clutch fluid feed hose, a cou-

Chapter 8 Clutch and driveline 8-3

3.5 To disconnect the clutch master cylinder from the clutch pedal, remove the cotter pin and clevis pin that attach it to the top

of the pedal; to detach the master cylinder from the firewall, remove the two mounting nuts {arrows)

4.3 Using a flare-nut wrench, loosen the clutch fluid line fitting {arrow) at the release cylinder

4.4 Remove the two mounting bolts {arrows) from the clutch release cylinder

pie of inches downstream of the reservoir {see il lustration). The pl iers should be just tight enough to prevent fluid flow when the hose is disconnected. 4 Disconnect the hydraul ic l ines at the cylinder {see illustration). Loosen the fluid feed hose clamp and detach the hose from the cylinder. Have rags handy as some fluid will be lost as the line is removed. Cap or plug the ends of the l ines (and/or hose) to prevent fluid leakage and the entry of contaminants. Caution: Don't allow brake fluid to come into contact with the paint as it will damage the finish. 5 Working under the dash, unscrew the two clutch master cylinder retaining nuts {see illustration) and remove the cylinder.

Installation 6 Place the master cylinder in position and install the mounting nuts finger tight. 7 Connect the hydraulic lines to the master cyl inder. Move the cyl inder sl ightly as necessary to thread the fitting into the cylinder (don't tighten the fitting yet). Attach the fluid feed hose to the cylinder and tighten the hose clamp. 8 Tighten the mounting nuts securely, then tighten the hydraulic line fitting securely.

5.4 The setup for bleeding the clutch hydraulic system is simple: a length of hose between the bleeder plug and a

small container with about two inches of brake fluid in it; make sure the hose is

submerged in the fluid

9 Connect the pushrod to the clutch pedal. On models that don't use a spring clip, use a new cotter pin to secure the clevis pin. 10 Remove the locking pliers from the feed hose. Fil l the clutch master cylinder reservoir with brake fluid conforming to DOT 3 specifications and bleed the clutch system as outlined in Section 5.

4 Clutch release cylinder - removal

and installation

Removal Refer to illustrations 4.3 and 4.4

1 Disconnect the negative cable from the battery. Caution: If the radio in your vehicle is equipped with an anti-theft system, make sure you have the correct activation code before disconnecting the battery. 2 Raise the vehicle and support it securely on jackstands. 3 Disconnect the fluid hose at the release cylinder. Use a flare nut wrench so you don't strip the corners off the fitting {see il lustra-

tion). Have a small can and rags handy - some fluid will be spilled as the line is removed. Plug the line to prevent excessive fluid loss. 4 Remove the two release cylinder mount-ing bolts {see illustration). 5 Remove the release cylinder.

Installation 6 Install the release cylinder on the clutch housing, but don't completely tighten the bolts yet. Make sure the pushrod is seated in the release fork pocket. 7 Connect the hydraulic line to the release cyl inder, then tighten the release cyl inder mounting bolts securely. Using a flare-nut wrench, tighten the hydraulic fitting securely. 8 Fil l the clutch master cylinder with brake fluid conforming to DOT 3 specifications. 9 Bleed the system as described in Sec-tion 5. 1 O Lower the vehicle and connect the negative battery cable.

5 Clutch hydraulic system -

bleeding


1 Bleed the hydraul ic system whenever any part of the system has been removed or the fluid level has fallen so low that air has been drawn i nto the master cylinder. The bleeding procedure is very similar to bleeding a brake system. 2 Fill the master cylinder with new brake fluid conforming to DOT 3 specifications. Caution: Do not re-use any of-the fluid coming from the system during the bleeding operation or use fluid which has been inside an open container for an extended period of time. 3 Raise the vehicle and place it securely on jackstands to gain access to the release cylinder, which is located on the front of the transaxle. 4 Remove the dust cap which fits over the bleeder valve and push a length of plastic hose over the valve {see illustration). Place c


6.5 Mark the relationship of the pressure plate to the flywheel (just in case you're going to re-use the old pressure plate)

6.6 Remove the pressure plate bolts (arrows) gradually and evenly in a criss-cross pattern

the other end of the hose into a clear container with about two inches of brake fluid. The hose end must be in the fluid at the bottom of the container. 5 Have an assistant depress the clutch pedal and hold it. Open the bleeder valve on the release cyl inder, al lowing fluid to flow through the hose. Close the bleeder valve when the flow of fluid (and bubbles) ceases. Once closed, have your assistant release the pedal. 6 Continue this process unti l all air is evacuated from the system, indicated by a solid stream of fluid being ejected from the bleeder valve each time with no air bubbles in the hose or container. Keep a close watch on the fluid level inside the clutch master cylinder reservoir - if the level drops too far, air wil l get into the system and you'l l have to start all over again. 7 Install the dust cap and lower the vehicle. Check carefully for proper operation before placing the vehicle into normal service.

6 Clutch components - removal, inspection and installation

Warning: Dust produced by clutch wear and deposited on clutch components is hazardous to your health. DO NOT blow it out with compressed air and DO NOT inhale it. DO NOT use gasoline or petroleum-based solvents to remove the dust. Brake system cleaner should be used to flush the dust into a drain pan. After the clutch components are wiped clean with a rag, dispose of the contaminated rags and cleaner in a covered, marked container.


1 Access to the clutch components is normally accomplished by removing the transaxle, leaving the engine in the vehicle. If

the engine is being removed for major overhaul , check the clutch for wear and replace worn components as necessary. However, the relatively low cost of the clutch components compared to the t ime and trouble spent gain ing access to them warrants their replacement anytime the engine or transaxle is removed, unless they are new or in nearperfect condition. The following procedures are based on the assumption the engine will stay in place. 2 Remove the transaxle from the vehicle (see Chapter 7, Part A). Support the engine while the transaxle is out. Preferably, an engine hoist should be used to support it from above. However, if a jack is used underneath the engine, make sure a piece of wood is positioned between the jack and oil pan to spread the load. Caution: The pick-up for the oil pump is vefY close to the bottom of the oil pan. If the pan is bent or distorted in any way, engine oil starvation could occur. 3 The clutch fork and release bearing can remain attached to the transaxle housing for the time being. 4 To support the clutch disc during removal , install a clutch al ignment tool through the clutch disc hub. 5 Carefully inspect the flywheel and pres-

sure plate for indexing marks. The marks are usually an X, an 0 or a white letter. If they cannot be found, scribe or paint marks yourself so the pressure plate and the flywheel will be in the same alignment during installation (see illustration) . 6 Turning each bolt a l ittle at a t ime, loosen the pressure plate-to-flywheel bolts (see illustration). Work in a criss-cross pattern until all spring pressure is relieved. Then hold the pressure plate securely and completely remove the bolts, followed by the pressure plate and clutch disc.

Inspection Refer to illustrations 6. 9, 6. 1 1 a and 6. 1 1 b

7 Ordinarily, when a problem occurs in the c lutch, it can be attributed to wear of the clutch driven plate assembly (clutch disc) . However, a l l components should be inspected at this time. 8 I nspect the flywheel for cracks, heat checking, grooves and other obvious defects. I f the i mperfect ions are sl ight, a machine shop can machine the surface flat and smooth, which is highly recommended regardless of the surface appearance. Refer to Chapter 2 for the flywheel removal and installation procedure.

6.9 The clutch disc

Lining - this will wear down in use

2 Springs or dampers -check for cracking and deformation

3 Splined hub - the splines must not be worn and should slide smoothly on the transaxle input shaft splines

4 Rivets - these secure the lining and will damage the flywheel or pressure plate if allowed to contact the surfaces

NORMAL FINGEP WEAR

Chapter 8 Clutch and driveline

EXCESSIVE WEAR

EXCESSIVE FINGER WEAR

8-5

BROK.EN OR B ENl rjNGERS

6.11 a Replace the pressure plate if any of these conditions are noted

9 Inspect the l in ing on the clutch disc. There should be at least 1 /1 6-inch of l in ing above the rivet heads. Check for loose rivets, distortion, cracks, broken springs and other obvious damage (see illustration). As mentioned above, ordinarily the clutch disc is routinely replaced, so if in doubt about the condition, replace it with a new one. 1 O The release bearing should also be replaced along with the clutch disc (see Section 8). This is also a good time to check the condition of the pilot bearing (see Section 7). 1 1 Check the machined surfaces and the diaphragm spring fingers of the pressure plate (see il lustrations). If the surface is grooved or otherwise damaged, replace the pressure plate. Also check for obvious damage, distortion, cracking, etc. Light g lazing can be removed with emery cloth or sandpaper. If a new pressure plate is required, new and factory-rebuilt units are avai lable.

Installation Refer to illustration 6. 13

12 Before instal lation, clean the flywheel and pressure plate machined surfaces with brake cleaner, lacquer thinner or acetone. It's important that no oil or grease is on these surfaces or the l ining of the clutch disc. Handle the parts only with clean hands.

13 Position the clutch disc and pressure plate against the flywheel with the clutch held in place with an alignment tool (see illustration). Make sure the disc is installed properly (most replacement cl utch discs wi l l be marked "flywheel side" or something similar -if not marked, install the clutch disc with the damper springs toward the transaxle). 1 4 Tighten the pressure plate-to-flywheel bolts only finger t ight, working around the pressure plate. 1 5 Center the clutch disc by ensuring the al ignment tool extends through the splined hub and into the pocket in the crankshaft. Wiggle the tool up, down or side-to-side as needed to center the disc. Tighten the pressure plate-to-flywheel bolts a little at a time, working i n a criss-cross pattern to prevent distorting the cover. After all of the bolts are snug, tighten them to the torque l isted in this Chapter's Specifications. Remove the alignment tool. 1 6 Using high-temperature grease, lubricate the inner groove of the release bearing (see Section 8). Also place grease on the release lever contact areas and the transaxle input shaft bearing retainer. 1 7 Instal l the clutch release bearing (see Section 7). 18 Install the transaxle and all components removed previously.

7 Pilot bearing - inspection and

replacement

The clutch pilot bearing is a ball bearing which is pressed into the flywheel. It's greased at the factory and doesn't require additional lubrication. Its primary purpose is to support the front of the transaxle input shaft. The pilot bearing should be inspected whenever the c lutch components are removed from the engine. Because of its inaccessibi lity, replace it with a new one if you have any doubt about its condition. Note: If the engine has been removed from the vehicle, disregard the following Steps which don't apply. 2 Remove the transaxle (see Chapter 7 A). 3 Remove the clutch components (see Section 6). 4 Using a flashlight, inspect the bearing for excessive wear, scoring, dryness, roughness and any other obvious damage. If any of these conditions are noted, replace the bearing. 5 Remove the flywheel (see Chapter 2 Part A). Removal can be accomplished by using a hammer and drift; drive the bearing out of the flywheel, from the front to the rear. 6 To install a new bearing, lightly lubricate the outside surface with grease, then drive it

6.11 b Inspect the pressure plate friction surface for score marks, cracks and signs of overheating

6.13 Center the clutch disc in the pressure plate with a clutch alignment tool


8.3 Reach behind the release lever and disengage the retention spring (left arrow), then remove the lever and

8.4 To check the bearing, hold it by the outer race and rotate the inner race while applying pressure; if the bearing doesn't turn

smoothly or if it's noisy, replace slide the bearing tangs (right arrow) off the lever

into the recess with a bearing driver or a socket. 7 I nstall the flywheel, (see Chapter 2A). Install the clutch components, transaxle and other components removed previously. Tighten all fasteners to the recom mended torque values.

8 Clutch release bearing and fork -removal, inspection and installation

Warning: Dust produced by clutch wear and deposited on clutch components is hazardous to your health. DO NOT blow it out with compressed air and DO NOT inhale it. DO NOT use gasoline or petroleum-based solvents to remove the dust. Brake system cleaner should be used to flush the dust into a drain pan. After the clutch components are wiped clean with a rag, dispose of the contaminated rags and cleaner in a labeled, covered container.

Removal Refer to illustration 8.3 and 8.4

1 Unbolt the clutch release cylinder (see Section 4), but don't disconnect the fluid line.

8.7a Using high-temperature grease, lubricate the ball stud socket in the back

of the release lever . . .

Suspend the release cylinder out of the way with a piece of wire. 2 Remove the transaxle (see Chapter 7, Part A). 3 Slide the release bearing off the input shaft, disengage the clutch release fork retention spring from the ball stud and remove the fork (see illustration).

Inspection 4 Hold the bearing by the outer race and rotate the inner race while applying pressure. If the bearing doesn't turn smoothly or if it's noisy, replace the bearing/hub assembly with a new one (see illustration). 5 Wipe the bearing with a clean rag and inspect it for damage, wear and cracks. It's common practice to replace the bearing with a new one whenever a clutch job is performed, to decrease the possibility of a bearing failure in the future. Don't immerse the bearing in solvent - it's sealed for l ife and to do so would ru in it. Also check the release lever for cracks and bends.

Installation Refer to illustrations 8.6, 8. 7a, 8. 7b and 8. 7c

6 Fill the inner groove of the release bearing with high temperature grease. Also apply

8. 7b . . . the lever ends, the depression for the release cylinder pushrod . . .

the bearing

8.6 Apply a light coat of high-temperature grease to the bearing surface of the

retainer (before installing the transaxle, apply the same grease to the input shaft

splines to help the shaft slide through the clutch hub)

a l ight coat of the same grease to the transaxle input shaft spl ines and the input shaft bearing retainer (see illustration). 7 Lubricate the release fork ball socket, fork ends and release cyl i nder pushrod socket with high temperature grease (see illustrations).

8.7c . . . and the ball stud


9.1 Pedal height is the distance between the pedal pad and the floor

9.2 Back out the stopper bolt or switch (A} for clearance, then loosen the locknut just behind the clevis (8). Turn the pushrod

to adjust the pedal height

8 Attach the release bearing to the release fork. 9 Slide the release bearing onto the transaxle input shaft front bearing retainer while passing the end of the release fork through the opening in the clutch housing. Push the clutch release fork onto the ball stud unti l it's firmly seated. 1 O Apply a l ight coat of high temperature grease to the face of the release bearing where it contacts the pressure plate diaphragm fingers. 1 1 The remainder of installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.

9 Clutch pedal adjustment

Pedal height Refer to illustrations 9. 1 and 9.2

1 The height of the clutch pedal is the distance the pedal sits off the floor (see illustration). If the pedal height is not within the specified range, it must be adjusted. 2 To adjust the clutch pedal, loosen the locknut on the clutch switch or adjusting bolt and back the switch out unti l it no longer touches the pedal, then loosen the locknut on the clutch pushrod (see il lustration}. Turn the pushrod to adjust the pedal height, then tighten the locknut. 3 Turn the switch or bolt clockwise until it just contacts the pedal arm, then turn it in an additional 3/4 to 1 turn. Tighten the locknut. 4 Adjust the starter/clutch interlock switch as described in Section 1 0.

Pedal freeplay Refer to illustration 9.5

5 The freeplay is the pedal slack, or the distance the pedal can be depressed before it begins to have any effect on the clutch system (see illustration}. If the pedal freeplay is not within the specified range, it must be adjusted. 6 To adjust the pedal freeplay, loosen the locknut on the clutch pushrod. Then back off the pushrod to adjust the pedal freeplay to the specified range and retighten the locknut.

9.5 Pedal freeplay is the distance the pedal

travels before resistance is felt

7 Check and, if necessary, adjust the starter/interlock switch (see Section 1 0) .

1 0 Starter/clutch interlock switch -check, replacement and adjustment


Check The starter/clutch interlock switch is

located near the upper end of the clutch pedal (see illustration}. It has two wires - one coming from the starter relay and one going to ground. When the ignition switch key is turned to the Start position and the clutch pedal is depressed, the starter relay's path to ground is closed by the starter/clutch interlock switch and the starter motor is activated. 2 If the engine won't crank when the clutch pedal is depressed, adjust the switch (see Step 6) and try again. If it still won't turn over, check the switch (see Step 3) and, if necessary, replace it (see Step 5). If the engine rotates when the clutch pedal isn't depressed, adjust the switch and try again. 3 If the engine won't start when the clutch pedal is depressed, either there's no voltage from the starter relay to the switch, or there's no continuity between the two terminals on the switch.

4 Check the voltage to th a switch with a voltmeter or test l ight. V\ !1i:>n you turn the ignition key to the Start position and depress the clutch pedal, there should be voltage in the wire from the starter relay. If there isn't, look for an open or short circuit condition somewhere between the starter relay and the switch. If there is voltage in this wire, check the other side of the switch for voltage (with

1 0.1 The interlock switch (arrow} is located on a bracket near the top of the clutch pedal; it's secured to the bracket by a pair of nuts, one above the bracket, one below, which are also used to adjust

the position of the switch plunger in relation to the stopper on the pedal


1 1 .1 If the driveaxle nut is "staked", use a center punch to unstake it (wheel removed for clarity)

1 1 .2 Loosen the driveaxle/hub nut with a long breaker bar

the pedal depressed}. If there's voltage on both sides of the switch, the switch should be operating correctly. Try adjusting it (see Step 6). If voltage isn't present on both sides, the switch is bad.

Replacement 5 Unplug the electrical connector, loosen the adjustment nut and unscrew the switch from its mounting bracket. Installation is the reverse of removal.

Adjustment 6 Loosen the locknut and turn the switch in or out, as necessary, to provide continuity through the switch when the clutch pedal is depressed.

1 1 Driveaxles - removal and installation

Front Removal

Refer to illustrations 1 1 . 1, 1 1 . 2, 1 1 . 6, 1 1 . 7a and 1 1. 7b

1 Remove the wheel cover or hub cap. If

the driveaxle/hub nut is staked, unstake it with a punch or chisel (see illustration); if it's secured by locking tabs, bend the tabs out. 2 Break the hub nut loose with a socket and large breaker bar (see illustration). 3 Loosen the wheel lug nuts, raise the vehicle and support it securely on jackstands. Remove the wheel. Drain the transaxle lubricant (see Chapter 1 ). 4 Disconnect the damper fork from the shock absorber assembly and the lower control arm (see Chapter 1 0). 5 Separate the lower control arm from the steering knuckle (see Chapter 1 0) . Now remove the driveaxle/hub nut. 6 Swing the knuckle/hub assembly out (away from the vehicle} until the end of the driveaxle is free of the hub (see illustration). Note: If the driveaxle splines stick in the hub, tap on the end of the driveaxle with a plastic hammer. Support the outer end of the driveaxle with a piece of wire to avoid unnecessary strain on the inner CV joint. 7 Carefully pry the inner end of the driveaxle from the transaxle - or, on models so equipped, the intermediate shaft - using a large screwdriver or prybar positioned between the transaxle or bearing support and

1 1 .6 Swing the hub/knuckle out (away from the vehicle) and pull the driveaxle

from the hub

the CV joint housing (see illustrations). Support the CV joints and carefully remove the driveaxle from the vehicle. To prevent damage to the intermediate shaft seal or the differential seal, hold the inner CV joint horizontal until the driveaxle is clear of the intermediate shaft or transaxle.

1 1 .7a Use a large screwdriver or a prybar to pop the inner end of the driveaxle from the transaxle, or . . .

1 1 . 7b . . . if you're removing the left driveaxle from on a model equipped with an intermediate shaft, insert the prybar between the intermediate shaft bearing and the driveaxle to pop it loose


1 1 .Sa Pry the old spring clip from the inner end of the driveaxle with a small screwdriver or awl

1 1 .Sb To install the new spring clip, start one end in the groove and work the clip over the shaft end, into the groove

1 1 .20a Remove the trailing arm-to-lower suspension arm bolt (arrow) . . .

1 1 .20b . . . then pry the trailing arm outward and detach the driveaxle from the hub

Installation

Refer to illustrations 1 1. Ba and 1 1 .Bb

8 Pry the old spring cl ip from the inner end of the driveaxle and install a new one (see i l lustrations). Lubricate the differential or intermediate shaft seal with mu lt i-purpose grease and raise the driveaxle into position while supporting the CV joints. 9 Insert the spl ined end of the inner CV joint into the differential side gear or the intermediate shaft and make sure the spring clip locks in its groove. 1 O Apply a l ight coat of m ult i-purpose grease to the outer CV joint splines, pull out on the strut/steering knuckle assembly and install the stub axle into the hub. 1 1 Insert the stud of the hub carrier balljoint into the steering knuckle and tighten the nut (see the torque specifications in Chapter 1 0). Be sure to use a new cotter pin. Install the damper fork (see Chapter 1 0). 12 Install a new driveaxle/hub nut (and, if applicable, a new locking tab washer). Tighten the hub nut securely, but don't try to tighten it to the actual torque specification until you've lowered the vehicle to the ground. 13 Grasp the inner CV joint housing (not the driveaxle) and pul l out to make sure the driveaxle has seated securely in the transaxle. 1 4 Install the wheel and lug nuts, then

lower the vehicle. 1 5 Tighten the lug nuts to the torque l isted in the Chapter 1 Specifications. Tighten the hub nut to the torque listed in this Chapter's Specifications. Using a hammer and punch, stake the nut to the groove in the driveaxle. If the hub nut uses a locking tab, be sure to bend the tabs up against the nut. Install the wheel cover (if applicable). 1 6 Refill the transaxle with the recommended type and amount of lubricant (see Chapter 1 ).

Rear (4WD CR-V models) Removal

Refer to illustrations 1 1.20a, 1 1.20b and 1 1.21

17 Remove the wheel cover or hub cap. Unstake the driveaxle/hub nut (see illustration 1 1 .1 ) , then break the hub nut loose with a socket and large breaker bar (see illustration 1 1 .2). 1 8 Block the front wheels to prevent the vehicle · from rol l ing. Loosen the wheel lug nuts, raise the rear of the vehicle and support it securely on jackstands. Remove the wheel. 1 9 Remove the driveaxle/hub nut. 20 Remove the bolt and detach the trailing arm from the lower suspension arm, then pry the trai l ing arm outward and remove the outer end of the driveaxle from the hub (see

illustrations). Caution: Don't let the driveax/e hang by the inner CV joint. 21 Place a drain pan under the rear differential. Pry the inner end of the driveaxle out of the differential and remove it from the vehicle (see illustration).

Installation

22 Pry the old spring clip from the inner end of the driveaxle and install a new one (see illustrations 1 1 .Sa and 1 1 .Sb).

1 1 .21 Carefully pry the inner end of the driveaxle from the differential

; 8-1 0

1 2.5 Location of the intermediate shaft bearing support bolts (arrows)

23 Apply a light fi lm of grease to the area on the inner CV joint stub shaft where the seal rides, then insert the splined end of the inner CV joint into the differential. Make sure the spring clip locks in its·groove. 24 Apply a light film of grease to the outer CV joint splines, pry the trailing arm outward and insert the outer end of the driveaxle into the hub. 25 Connect the trai l ing arm to the lower suspension arm and install the bolt. Using a floor jack, raise the trai l ing arm to simulate normal ride height, then tighten the bolt to the torque l isted in the Chapter 1 O Specifications. 26 Install a new driveaxle/hub nut. Tighten the hub nut securely, but don't try to tighten it to the actual torque specification until you've lowered the vehicle to the ground. 27 I nstall the wheel and lug nuts, then lower the vehicle. Tighten the lug nuts to the torque listed in the Chapter 1 Specifications. 28 Tighten the driveaxle/hub nut to the torque listed in this Chapter's Specifications, then, using a hammer and a punch, stake the collar of the nut into the slot in the driveaxle. Install the wheel cover or hub cap. 29 Check the differential lubricant, adding as necessary to bring it to the appropriate level (see Chapter 1 ) .

1 2 Intermediate shaft - removal and installation

Removal Refer to illustration 12.5

1 Loosen the left (driver's side} front wheel lug nuts, raise the front of the vehicle and support it securely on jackstands. Remove the wheel. 2 Drain the transaxle lubricant (see Chap-ter 1 ). 3 Separate the left lower control arm from the steering knuckle (see Chapter 1 0). 4 Pry the inner CV joint housing from the intermediate shaft. Position the driveaxle out of the way ahd hang it with a piece of wire.


1 3.3a Cut off the boot clamps and discard them - don't try to re-use old clamps

Do not allow it to hang unsupported, as the outer CV joint may be damaged. 5 Remove the three bearing support-toengine block bolts (see i llustration) and slide the intermediate shaft out of the transaxle. Be careful not to damage the differential seal when pull ing the shaft out. 6 Check the support bearing for smooth operation by turning the shaft while holding the bearing. If you feel any roughness, take the bearing support to a dealer service department or other repair shop to have a new bearing installed. To do the job at home, you'd need specialized tools.

Installation 7 Lubricate the lips of the differential seal with multi -purpose grease. Carefully guide the intermediate shaft into the differential side gear then instal l the mounting bolts through the. bearing support. Tighten the bolts to the torque l isted in this Chapter's Specifications. 8 Install a new spring clip on the inner CV joint (see illustrations 1 1 .Ba and 1 1 .Bb) and seat the driveaxle into the intermediate shaft splines. 9 Connect the lower control arm to the steering knuckle and tighten the balljoint stud n ut to the torque l isted in the Chapter 1 0 Specifications. 10 Install the wheel and lug nuts, lower the vehicle and tighten the lug nuts to the torque listed in the Chapter 1 Specifications. 1 1 Refill the transaxle with the proper type and amount of lubricant (see Chapter 1 ).

1 3 Driveaxle boot - replacement

Note 1 : If the CV joints are worn, indicating the need for an overhaul (usually due to torn boots), explore all options before beginning the job. Complete rebuilt driveaxles are available on an exchange basis, which eliminates much time and work. If you decide to rebuild a CV joint, check on the cost and availability of parts before disassembling the driveaxle. Note 2: Some auto parts stores carry "split"

1 3.3b Slide the boot down the driveaxle, out of the way

type replacement boots, which can be installed without removing the driveaxle from the vehicle. This is a convenient alternative; however, the driveaxle should be removed and the CV joint disassembled and cleaned to ensure the joint is free from contaminants such as moisture and dirt which will accelerate CV joint wear. 1 Remove the driveaxle from the vehicle (see Section 1 1 ). 2 Mount the driveaxle in a vise. The jaws of the vise should be lined with wood or rags to prevent damage to the driveaxle.

Inner CV joint and boot (front

driveaxle) or inner and outer

CV joint and boot (rear

driveaxle)

Disassembly

Refer to illustrations 13.3a, 13.3b and 13.6

3 If you have any doubts about the condi-tion of the outer boot this would be a good time to replace it as wel l . Cut off both boot clamps and slide the boot towards the center of the driveaxle (see illustrations). 4 Scribe or paint alignment marks on the outer race and the tri-pot bearing assembly so they can be returned to their original position, Hien slide the outer race off the tri-pot bearing assembly. 5 Remove the snap-ring from the end of the axleshaft. 6 Secure the bearing rollers with tape, then remove the tri-pot. bearing assembly from the axleshaft with a brass drift and a hammer (see illustration). Remove the tape, but don't let the rollers fall off and get mixed up. 7 Remove the stop-ring (if equipped} , slide the o ld boot off the driveaxle and discard it.

Inspection 8 Clean the old grease from the outer race and the tri-pot bearing assembly. Carefully disassemble each section of the tri-pot assembly, one at a time so as not to mix up the parts, and clean the needle bearings with solvent.

1 3.6 Secure the bearing rollers with tape and drive the tri-pot off the shaft with

a hammer and brass drift, then remove the stop-ring

9 Inspect the rollers, tri-pot, bearings and outer race for scoring, pitting or other signs of abnormal wear, which will warrant the replacement of the inner CV joint.

Reassembly Refer to illustrations 13. 1 Oa, 13. 1 Ob, 13. 12, 13. 13, 13. 14, 13. 15a, 13. 15b, 13. 16, 13. 1 7a, 13. 1 7b 13. 1 7c, 13. 1 7d and 13. 1 7e

1 0 Wrap the spl i nes of the axleshaft with tape to avoid damaging the new boot, then slide the boot onto the axleshaft (see illustration). Remove the tape and slide the inner stop-ring (if equipped) into place (see illustration). 1 1 Slide the tri-pot assembly onto the axleshaft. 1 2 Install the outer snap-ring (see illustration). 1 3 Apply a coat of CV joint grease to the inner bearing surfaces to hold the needle bearings in place when reassembling the tripot assembly (see illustration). Make sure each roller is installed on the same post as before. Note: If the rollers are equipped with a flat, rectangular shaped surface, make sure


1 3.1 Oa Wrap the splined area of the axleshaft with tape to prevent damage

to the boot when installing it

13.12 Install the tri-pot assembly on the axleshaft, then install the snap-ring

the flat sides are positioned closest to the driveaxle. 1 4 Pack the outer race with half of the grease furnished with the new boot and place the remainder in the boot. I nstall the outer race (see il lustration). Make sure the marks

8-1 1

13.10b Install the stop-ring on the axleshaft, making sure it seats in its

groove (not all driveaxles have a stop ring)

13.13 Use plenty of CV joint grease to hold the needle bearings in place when you install the roller assemblies on the

tri-pot, and make sure you put each roller in its original position

you made on the tri-pot assembly and the outer race are aligned. 1 5 Seat the boot in the grooves in the outer

13.14 Pack the outer race with grease and slide it over the tri-pot assembly - make sure the match marks on

13.15a If you're working on a front driveaxle, adjust the driveaxle length to the dimension listed in this Chapter's Specifications

before tightening the boot clamps the outer race and tri-pot line up

8-1 2 Chapter 8 Clutch and driveline

1 3.15b If you're working on a rear driveaxle, adjust the length of the CV joint to the dimension listed in

... , . this Chapter's Specifications before

tightening the boot clamps

OUTER CV JOINT

1 3.17a To install fold-over type clamps, bend the tang down . . .

1 3. 1 7c You'll need a special tightening tool to install "band" type boot clamps:

Install the band with its end pointing in the direction of axle rotation and

tighten it securely . . .

1 3. 1 7b . . . and flatten the tabs to hold it in place

13.17d . . . bend back the end of the clamp, cut off the excess, then place a dimple in the center of the folded-over

portion with a hammer and center punch

13.16 Equalize the pressure inside the boot by inserting a small, dull screwdriver between the

boot and the outer race

race and the axleshaft, then adjust the driveaxle (front) or CV joint (rear) to the proper length (see illustrations). 1 6 With the driveaxle (front) or CV joint (rear) set to the proper length, equalize the pressure in the boot by inserting a blunt screwdriver between the boot and the outer race (see il lustration). Don't damage the boot with the tool. 17 Install and tighten the new boot clamps (see illustrations). 1 8 Install the driveaxle assembly (see Section 1 1 ).

Outer CV joint and boot (front

driveaxle)

Disassembly 19 Following Steps 3 through 7, remove the inner CV joint from the driveaxle and disas-

1 3. 1 7e If you're installing crimp-type boot clamps, you'll need a pair of special

crimping pliers (available at most auto parts stores)

1 3.23 After the old grease has been rinsed away and the solvent has been

blown out with compressed air, rotate the outer joint assembly through its full range

of motion and inspect the bearing surfaces for wear and damage - if any of

the ball bearings, the race or the cage look damaged, replace the driveaxle and

outer joint assembly

semble it. 20 If the driveaxle is equipped with a dynamic damper, scribe or paint a location mark on the axleshaft along the outer edge of the damper (the side facing the outer CV joint), cut the retain ing clamp and sl ide the damper off. Note: If you 're planning to replace the axleshaft and outer CV joint assembly, measure the distance between the inner CV joint boot and the dynamic damper so the damper can be placed in the proper position on the new driveaxle. 21 Cut the boot clamps from the outer CV joint. Slide the boot off the shaft. Note: The outer CV joint can't be disassembled or removed from the shaft.

Inspection


22 Thoroughly wash the inner and outer CV joints in clean solvent and blow them dry with compressed air, if available. Warning: Wear eye protection when using compressed air. Note: Because the outer joint can't be disassembled, it is difficult to wash away all the old grease and to rid the bearing of solvent once it's clean. But it is imperative that the job be done thoroughly, so take your time and do it right. 23 Bend the outer CV joint housing at an angle to the axleshaft to expose the bearings, i nner race and cage (see il lustration). I nspect the bearing surfaces for signs of wear. If the bearings are damaged or worn, replace the driveaxle.

Reassembly

24 Slide the new outer boot onto the axleshaft. It's a good idea to wrap tape around the splines of the shaft to prevent damage to


1 4.6 Checking driveshaft runout with a dial indicator

the boot (see illustration 1 3.1 0a). When the boot is in position, add the specified amount of grease (included in the boot replacement kit) to the outer joint and the boot (pack the jo:nt with as much grease as it will hold and put the rest into the boot). Slide the boot on the rest of the way and install the new clamps (see illustrations 13.1 7a through 13.17e). 25 Slide the dynamic damper, if equipped, onto the shaft. Make sure its outer edge is al igned with the previously applied mark. Note: If you 're using a new axleshaft and outer CV joint assembly, install the damper on the shaft to the distance from the inner CV joint boot measured in Step 20 . Install a new retaining clamp. 26 Clean and reassemble the inner CV joint by following Steps 8 through 1 7, then install the driveaxle as outlined in Section 1 1 .

1 4 Driveshaft (4WD CR-V models) -check, removal and installation

Check Refer to illustration 14.6

1 Raise the rear of the vehicle and support it securely on jackstands. Block the front wheels to keep the vehicle from rolling off the stands. Release the parking brake and place the transmission in Neutral. 2 Crawl under the vehicle and visual ly inspect the driveshaft. Look for any dents or cracks in the tubing. If any are found, the driveshaft must be replaced. 3 Check for oi l leakage at the front and rear of the driveshaft. Leakage where the driveshaft connects to the transfer case indicates a defective transfer case seal. Leakage where the driveshaft connects to the differential indicates a defective pinion seal. 4 While under the vehicle, have an assistant rotate a rear wheel so the driveshaft wil l rotate. As it does, make sure the universal joints are operating properly without binding,

8-1 3

1 4.9 Mark the relationship of the driveshaft to the differential pinion flange and the transfer case flange

noise or looseness. Listen for any noise from the center bearing, ind icating it 's worn or damaged. Also check the rubber portion of the center bearing for cracking or separation, which will necessitate replacement of the driveshaft assembly. 5 The universal joints can also be checked with the driveshaft motionless, by gripping your hands on either side of the joint and attempting to twist the joint. Any movement at all in the joint is a sign of considerable wear. Lifting up on the shaft wil l also indicate movement in the universal joints. If the joints are worn, the driveshaft must be replaced as an assembly. 6 Mount a dial indicator with its plunger touching the center of one of the driveshafts (see il lustration). Slowly turn the driveshaft and measure the runout, comparing your findings with the runout l imit l isted in this Chapter's Specifications. Repeat the check on the other driveshaft. If either shaft exceeds the maximum allowable runout limit, replace the driveshaft as an assembly. 7 Finally, check the driveshaft mounting bolts at the ends to make sure they're tight.

Removal and installation Refer to illustrations 14.9, 14. 10, 14. 1 1 and 14. 12

8 Rafse the rear of the vehicle and support it securely

. on jackstands. Place the transmis

sion in Neutral with the parking brake off. Block the front wheels to prevent the vehicle from rolling. 9 Make reference marks on the driveshaft flanges, the differential pinion flange and the transfer case flange in l ine with each other (see illustration). This is to make sure the driveshaft is reinstalled in the same position to preserve the balance. 1 O Remove the rear universal joint bolts. Turn the driveshaft (or wheels) as necessary to bring the bolts into the most accessible position. I nsert a screwdriver into the joint

; 8-1 4

14.10 Immobilize the driveshaft by placing a screwdriver into the universal joint

while loosening the bolts

while loosening the bolts to prevent the shaft from turning (see illustration). 1 1 Unbolt the driveshaft safety loops from the floorpan (see il lustration). 1 2 Unbolt the center support bearing from the floorpan (see illustration). 1 3 Unbolt the front o f the driveshaft from the transfer case flange and remove the driveshaft assembly. 1 4 Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure. Be sure to align the marks on the flanges and tighten all fasteners to the torque values listed in this Chapter's Specifications.

15 Differential oil seals (4WD CR-V

models) - replacement

Pinion oil seal Refer to illustrations 15.3, 15.4, 15. 7, 15.8 and 15.9

1 Raise the rear of the vehicle and support it securely on jackstands. Place the transmission in Neutral with the parking brake off. Block the front wheels to prevent the vehicle

1 5.4 A chain wrench can be used to prevent the pinion flange from turning

when loosening the nut


14.11 Remove the driveshaft safety loops

from rolling. 2 Mark the relationship of the driveshaft to the pinion flange, then unbolt the driveshaft from the flange (see Section 1 4) . Suspend the driveshaft with a piece of wire {don't let it hang by the center support bearing). 3 Using a hammer and a punch, unstake the pinion flange nut (see illustration). 4 A flange holding tool will be required to keep the companion flange from moving while the self-locking pinion nut is loosened. A chain wrench wil l also work (see illustration). 5 Remove the pinion nut, spring washer, back-up ring and 0-ring. 6 Withdraw the flange. I t may be necessary to use a two-jaw puller engaged behind the flange to draw it off. Do not attempt to pry or hammer behind the flange or hammer on the end of the pinion shaft. 7 Pry out the old seal and discard it (see illustration). 8 Lubricate the lips of the new seal and fill the space between the seal l ips with wheel bearing grease, then tap it evenly into position with a seal installation tool or a large socket (see illustration). Make sure it enters the housing squarely and is tapped in to its

1 5. 7 Carefully pry out the old seal . . .

1 4. 12 The driveshaft center support bearing is retained by two bolts

1 5.3 Insert a punch into the slot and unstake the pinion flange nut

before unscrewing it

full depth. 9 Install the pi nion flange, a new 0-ring { lubricated with clean differential lubricant), the back-up ring, spring washer (with the concave side facing the flange), and a new nut (see i l lustration). If necessary, tighten

1 5.8 . . . and drive the new one in with a seal installation tool or a socket with an

outside diameter slightly smaller than that of the seal

Chapter 8 Clutch and driveline 8-1 5

15.9 Differential pinion flange dMails (4WD CR-V models)

1 Pinion flange 3 Back-up ring 2 0-ring 4 Spring washer

the pinion nut to draw the flange into place. Do not try to hammer the flange into position. 1 O Tighten the nut to the torque l isted in this Chapter's Specifications, then stake the collar of the nut into the slot in the pinion shaft. 1 1 Reconnect the driveshaft to the pinion flange (see Section 1 2). 12 Check the d ifferential lubricant level and add some, if necessary, to bring it to the appropriate level (see Chapter 1).

Driveaxle oil seals Refer to illustrations 15. 15 and 15. 16

1 3 Raise the rear of the vehicle and support it securely on jackstands. Place the transmission in Neutral with the parking brake off. Block the front wheels to prevent the vehicle from rol l ing. 14 Remove the driveaxle(s) (see Section 1 1 ). 15 Pry the seal from the differential housing (see illustration). 1 6 Using a seal installer or a large deep socket as a drift, install the new oil seal. Drive it into the bore squarely and make sure it's completely seated (see illustration). 1 7 Lubricate the l ip of the new seal with

5 Nut 1 5.15 Carefully pry out the driveaxle oil seal with a seal removal

tool or a large screwdriver; make sure you don't scratch the seal bore

multi-purpose grease, then install the driveaxle. Be careful not to damage the l ip of the new seal. 1 8 Check the differential lubricant level and add some, if necessary, to bring it to the appropriate level (see Chapter 1 ).

16 Differential (4WD CR-V models) -removal and installation

Refer to illustrations 16. 7 and 1 6.8

1 Raise the rear of the vehicle and support it securely on jackstands. Place the transmission in Neutral with the parking brake off. Block the front wheels to prevent the vehicle from rolling. 2 Drain the differential l ubricant (see Chapter 1 ). 3 Remove the driveaxles (see Section 1 1 ). 4 Mark the relationship of the driveshaft to the pinion flange, then unbolt the driveshaft from the flange (see Section 1 4) . Suspend the driveshaft with a piece of wire (don't let it hang by the center support bearing). 5 Unbolt the damper weight from the dif-ferential. 6 Detach the breather tube from the fitting

15.16 Use a seal installer or a large socket to install the new seal - whatever

type of tool you use, make sure it doesn't contact the raised seal lip (left seal only)

on the floorpan. 7 Support the differential with a floor jack. Remove the nuts and bolts from the mounting bracket at the rear of the differential (see illustration).

'

8 Remove the differential-to-floorpan

1 6. 7 Differential mounting bracket bolts 16.8 Differential-to-floorpan bolts

8-1 6 Chapter 8 Clutch and driveline

1 7.4 Remove the front portion of the exhaust system (arrow) for access to the transfer case

1 7.6 Remove the engine stiffener bolts and the transfer case mounting bolts . . .

bolts (see illustration). Slowly lower the jack and remove the differential out from under the vehicle. 9 Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure. Tighten all fasteners to the torque values l isted in this Chapter's Specifications. Fill the differential with the proper lubricant (see Chapter 1 ) .

1 7 Transfer case (4WD CR-V models) - removal and installation

Refer to illustrations 1 7.4, 1 7. 6, 1 7. 7 and 1 7.8

1 Raise the front of the vehicle and sup-

port it securely on jackstands. 2 Mark the relationship of the driveshaft to the transfer case flange, then un bolt the driveshaft from the flange (see Section 1 4) .

Suspend the driveshaft with a piece of wire (don't let it hang by the center support bearing). 3 Drain the transmission lubricant (see Chapter 1).

4· Unbolt the front portion of the exhaust pipe from the exhaust manifold and the catalytic converter (see illustration). 5 If you ' re working on a model with an automatic transaxle, remove the shift cable cover and detach the cable from the control lever (see Chapter 78). 6 Remove the engine rear stiffener, then

unscrew the remainder of the transfer case mounting bolts (see il lustration). 7 Carefully pry the transfer case from the transaxle, using the notch provided (see illustration). 8 I nstallation is the reverse of removal, noting the following points:

a) Install a new 0-ring to the case (see illustration).

b) Tighten the mounting bolts to the torque listed in this Chapter's Specifications.

c) Tighten the engine stiffener bolts to the torque listed in the Chapter 7 A or 78 Specifications.

d) Refill the transaxle with the proper type and amount of lubricant (see Chapter 1 ).

1 7.7 . . . then pry the transfer case from the transmission 1 7.8 Replace this 0-ring with a new one before installing the transfer case

Chapter 9 Brakes Contents

Section

Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) - general information and trouble codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

Brake disc - inspection, removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Brake fluid level switch - check and replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5 Brake hoses and lines - inspection and replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Brake hydraulic system - bleeding . . . . . . . . . �. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 0 Brake light switch - check, replacement and adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 4 Disc brake caliper - removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

Specifications

General Brake pedal

Freeplay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Height

Civic Manual transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

l ntegra Manual transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

CR-V Manual transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic transaxle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Parking brake lever travel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power brake booster pushrod-to-master cylinder piston

clearance (with a vacuum of 20 in-Hg applied to booster) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Power brake booster input rod length (from booster mounting

surface to center of hole in clevis) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Disc brakes Brake pad minimum thickness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Disc minimum thickness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thickness variation (parallelism) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Runout l imit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Drum brakes Brake lining minimum thickness . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Drum diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Torque specifications Brake hose-to-caliper banjo bolt (front or rear) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Front caliper bolts

Civic (refer to the numbers on the caliper body for identification) Type 541 O caliper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Type 2056 caliper

Upper bolt.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Lower bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

lntegra 1 994 through 1 997 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 998 and later . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

CR-V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Front caliper mounting bracket bolts Civic and lntegra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CR-V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Rear caliper mounting bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9-1

Section

Disc brake pads - replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Drum brake shoes - replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Master cylinder - removal and installation . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Parking brake - adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 Parking brake cable(s) - replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 3 Power brake booster - check, removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 Wheel cylinder - removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

1 /1 6 to 3/1 6 inch

6-1 /32 inches 6-5/1 6 inches

6-5/1 6 inches 6-1 /2 inches

6-1 /8 inches 6-5/1 6 inches See Chapter 1

0.0 to 0.020 inch

4-1 9/32 inches (+/- 1 /64 inch)

See Chapter 1 Refer to minimum thickness cast into disc No more than 0.0006 inch 0.004 inch

See Chapter 1 Refer to maximum diameter cast into drum

I Ft-lbs (unless otherwise indicated)

25

24

25 20

23 36 36

80 83 1 7

,- 9-2 Chapter 9 Brakes

Torque specifications (continued) Rear caliper mounting bracket bolts

Ft-lbs (unless otherwise indicated)

Civic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 lntegra

1 994 through 1 997 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 41 1 998 and later . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ·

Wheel cylinder nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 in-lbs 1 08 in-lbs 1 32 in-lbs

Brake booster mounting nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Master cylinder mounting nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .


General All vehicles covered by this manual are

equipped with hydraulically operated power assisted brake systems. All front brake systems are disc type (see illustration). Some models use drum type brakes at the rear, others are equipped with rear disc brakes (see illustration).

All brakes are self-adjusting. The front and rear disc brakes automatically compensate for pad wear, while the rear drum brakes incorporate an adjustment mechanism which is activated as the brakes are applied, either through the pedal or the parking brake lever.

The hydraulic system is a diagonally split design, meaning there are separate circuits for the left front/right rear and the right front/left rear brakes. If one circuit fails, the other circuit will remain functional and a warning indicator will l ight up on the dashboard when a substantial amount of brake fluid is lost, showing that a failure has occurred.

Master cylinder The master cylinder is bolted to the

power brake booster, which is mounted on the driver's side of the firewall. To locate the master cylinder, look for the large fluid reservoir on top. The fluid reservoir is a removable plastic cup, secured to the master cylinder by a clamp.

The master cylinder is designed for the

"split system" mentioned earlier and has separate piston assemblies for each circuit.

Proportioning valve The proportioning valve assembly is

located on the firewall. On vehicles equipped with the Anti-lock Brake System (ABS), it's an integral part of the modulator/solenoid unit, which is located on the right (passenger's) side of the engine compartment.

The proportioning valve regulates the hydraulic pressure to the rear brakes during heavy braking to el iminate rear wheel lockup. Under normal braking conditions, it allows full pressure to the rear brake system unti l a predetermined pedal pressure is reached. Above that point, the pressure to the rear brakes is limited.

The proportioning valve is not serviceable - if a problem develops with the valve, it must be replaced as an assembly.

Power brake booster The power brake booster, which uses

engine manifold vacuum and atmospheric pressure to provide assistance to the hydraulically operated brakes, is mounted on the firewall in the engine compartment.

Parking brake A parking brake lever inside the vehicle

operates a single front cable attached to a pair of rear cables, each of which is connected to its respective rear brake. When the parking brake lever is pu l led up on drum brake models, each rear cable pulls on a

lever attached to the brake shoe assembly, causing the shoes to expand against the drum. When the lever is pul led on models with rear disc brakes, the rear cables pull on levers that are attached to screw-type actuators in the cal iper housings, which apply force to the cal iper pistons, clamping the brake pads against the brake disc.

Precautions There are some general cautions and

warnings involving the brake system on these vehicles:

a) Use only brake fluid conforming to DOT 3 specifications.

b) The brake pads and linings may contain asbestos fibers which are hazardous to your health if inhaled. Whenever you work on brake system components, clean all parts with brake system cleaner. Do not allow the fine dust to become airborne.

c) Safety should be paramount whenever any servicing of the brake components is performed. Do not use parts or fasteners which are not in perfect condition, and be sure that all clearances and torque specifications are adhered to. If you are at all unsure about a certain procedure, seek professional advice. Upon completion of any brake system work, test the brakes carefully in a controlled area before putting the vehicle into normal service.

d) If a problem is suspected in the brake system, don't drive the vehicle until it's fixed.

1.1 Typical front disc brake component layout 1 .2 Typical rear disc brake component layout

1 Brake hose 3 Disc 2 Caliper 4 Caliper pin

1 Caliper 3 Brake hose 2 Caliper bolts 4 Disc

2 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) -general information and trouble codes

General information In a conventional braking system, if you

press the brake pedal too hard, the wheels can "lock up" (stop turning) and the vehicle can go into a skid. If the wheels lock up, you can lose control of the vehicle. The Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) prevents the wheels from locking up by modulating (pulsing on and off) the pressure of the brake fluid at each caliper.

The Anti-lock Brake System has two basic subsystems: One is an electric.al system and the other is hydraulic. The electrical

Chapter 9 Brakes

half has four "gear pulsers," four wheel sensors, a computer and an electrical circuit connecting all the components. The hydraulic part of the system consists of a solenoid/modulator, the disc brake calipers and the hydraul ic f luid l ines between the solenoid/modulator and the calipers.

In principle, the system is pretty simple: Each wheel has a wheel sensor monitoring a gear pulser (a ring with evenly-spaced raised ridges cast into its circumference). The wheel sensor "counts" the ridges of the gear pulser as they pass by, converts this information into an electrical output and transmits it back to the computer. The computer constantly "samples" the voltage in puts from all four wheel sensors and compares them to each other. As long as the gear pulsers at all four

TROUBLE WHEELS-AFFECTED CODE OTHER MALFUNCTIONING

COMPONENT/ COMPONENTS

MAIN SUB- SYSTEM FRONT FRONT REAR REAR POSSIBLY INVOLVED

CODE CODE RIGHT LEFT RIGHT LEFT

-Pump motor - - - - Pressure switch over-run

2 Pump motor - - - - Motor relay, Unit

circuit problem fuse, Motor fuse

1 3 High pressure - - - - Solenoid leakage

4 Pressure

switch - - - -

8 Accumulator

gas leakage - - - -

Parking brake Brake fluid level

2 1 switch-related - - - - switch

problem I BRAKE I light

1 0 3 2 Pulser(s) 0

4 0 0 1 2 Different diameter tire

1 0

4 2

Speed sensor 0

4 0 8 0 - 0 0

5 4 Speed sensor(s) 0 Modulator

8 0 Front or rear fail-

- - - - -

Fail-safe relay safe relay

6 1 (Open, short) - - - - Front fail-safe relay

4 - - - - Rear fail-safe relay

1 Solenoid related 0 ABS B1 fuse

7 2 problem 0 Front fail-safe relay

4 (Open) 0 0 Rear fail-safe relay

1 ABS

8 2 control Faulty ABS unit 4 unit problem

I 2118-9-2.S HAYNES I 2.5 1997 and earlier model lntegra ABS trouble codes

9-3

wheels are rotating at the same speed, the Anti-lock Brake System is inactive. But when a wheel locks up, the voltage signal from that wheel sensor deviates from the signals coming from the other wheels. So the computer "knows" the wheel is locking up. It sends an electrical signal to the solenoid/modulator assembly, which releases the brake flu id pressure to the brake caliper at that wheel. As soon as the wheel unlocks and resumes turning at the same rate of speed as the other wheels, its wheel sensor voltage output once again matches the output of the other wheels and the computer deactivates the signal to the solenoid/modulator.

In reality, the Anti-lock Brake System is far more complex than it sounds, so we don't recommend that you attempt to diagnose or service it. If the Anti-lock Brake System on your vehicle develops problems, take it to a dealer service department or other qual ified shop.

Obtaining ABS trouble codes Normally, the ABS indicator light should

come on when the engine is started, then go off immediately. Under certain conditions, however, the indicator l ight may remain on. If this occurs, the ABS computer has stored a diagnostic trouble code because it has detected a problem in the ABS system. You can have the ABS indicator display the diagnostic trouble code as follows: 2 Unplug the service check connector from the connector cover located underneath the glove box (Civic and lntegra models) or behind the passenger's side of the center console (CR-V models) (see Chapter 6, Section 2). 3 Bridge the two terminals of the service check connector with a jumper wire.

1 997 and earlier lntegra models


4 Turn the ignition switch to On, but don't start the engine. Two seconds after you turn on the ignition, the ABS computer wil l begin d isplaying any stored d iagnostic trouble code(s) by blinking the ABS indicator light on and off. The sequence begins with a twosecond pause, followed by a series of blinks representing the main code, followed by a one-second pause, followed by another series of blinks representing the sub-code (if any), followed by a five-second pause, then the "ne1<t main code/sub-code blinks, another five second pause, the next main code/subcode combination, etc. The ABS computer can indicate up to three codes. 5 If you miscount, turn t�e ignition switch to Off, then back to On, to recycle the ABS computer. Record the number of main code and sub-code bl inks and compare them to the accompanying i l lustration (see il lustration). Most ABS repairs must be performed by a dealer service department or other qualified automotive repair facility.

Civic, CR-V and 1 998 and later

lntegra models

6 Turn the ignition switch to On, but don't '

start the engine. Two seconds after you turn on the ignition, the ABS computer will begin displaying any stored diagnostic trouble code(s) by blinking the ABS indicator light on and off. The sequence begins with a 3.6-second pause, followed by a series of blinks representing the code, followed by a 3.6 second pause, followed by another series of bl inks representing the next code (if any), etc. The ABS light will blink a longer blink to represent the first digit of a two digit number, then blink short for the second digit (for example, one long blink, pause, followed by six short blinks indicates a Code 1 6). 7 ' Record the number of code bl inks and /

Chapter 9 Brakes

refer to the following code chart. 8 Not all codes apply to all models.

Erasing diagnostic codes 9 Diagnostic codes must be cleared from the computer memory after the repairs have been performed.

1 997 and earlier lntegra models

10 Clear the diagnostic codes by removing the jumper wire from the electrical connector, then remove the 1 5 amp ABS B2 fuse (located in the engine compartment fuse block) for at least three seconds. Reinstall the fuse and plug in the service check connector.

Civic, CR-V and 1 998 and later

lntegra models

1 1 With the jumper wire sti l l installed and the ignition off, press on the brake pedal and then turn the ignition on. When the ABS indicator l ight goes out, release the brake pedal until the light comes on again and press on the brake pedal. Hold the pedal down unti l the indicator l ight goes out and release the pedal. 1 2 The indicator light should blink twice to indicate that the codes are erased. Turn off the ignition, remove the jumper wire and plug in the service check connector.

ABS Trouble Codes (Civic, CR-V and 1 998 and later l ntegra models)

Code Probable cause

1 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . Right front wheel sensor (open/short to body ground or short to power)

1 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . Right front wheel sensor (electrical noise or intermittent interruption)

1 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . Left front wheel sensor (open/short to body ground or short to power)

1 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . Left front wheel sensor (electrical noise or intermittent interruption)

1 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . Right rear wheel sensor (open/short to body ground or short to power)

1 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . Right rear wheel sensor (electrical noise or intermittent interruption)

1 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . Left rear wheel sensor (open/short to body ground or short to power)

1 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . Left rear wheel sensor (electrical noise or intermittent interruption)

21 . . . . . . . . . . . . Right front pulser

22 . . . . . . . . . . . . Left front pu Iser

23 . . . . . . . . . . . . Right rear pulser

24 . . . . . . . . . . . . Left rear pulser

31 . . . . . . . . . . . . Right front inlet solenoid

Code Probable cause

32 . . . . . . . . . . . . Right front outlet solenoid

33 . . . . . . . . . . . . Left front in let solenoid

34 . . . . . . . . . . . . Left front outlet solenoid

35 . . . . . . . . . . . . Right rear inlet solenoid

36 . . . . . . . . . . . . Right rear outlet solenoid

37 . . . . . . . . . . . . Left rear inlet solenoid

38 . . . . . . . . . . . . Left rear outlet solenoid

41 . . . . . . . . . . . . Right front wheel lock

42 . . . . . . . . . . . . Left front wheel lock

43 . . . . . . . . . . . . Right rear wheel lock

44 . . . . . . . . . . . . Left rear wheel lock

51 . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor lock

52 . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor remains OFF

53 . . . . . . . . . . . . Motor remains ON

54 . . . . . . . . . . . . Fail safe relay

61 . . . . . . . . . . . . Low ignition voltage

62 . . . . . . . . . . . . High ignition voltage

71 . . . . . . . . . . . . Different diameter tire

81 . . . . . . . . . . . . Central Processing Unit and ROM/RAM diagnostics

3 Disc brake pads - replacement Note: This procedure applies to front and rear disc brakes.

Front pads Refer to illustrations 3.5 and 3.6a through 3.6p

5 Push the piston back into the bore to provide room for the new brake pads. A C-clamp can be used to accomplish this (see illustration). As the piston is depressed to the bottom of the caliper bore, the fluid in the master cylinder will rise. Make sure it doesn't overflow. If necessary, siphon off some of the fluid.

Warning: Disc brake pads must be replaced on both front wheels at the same time - never replace the pads on only one wheel. Also, the dust created by the brake system is harmful to your health. Never blow it out with compressed air and don't inhale any of it. An approved filtering mask should be worn when working on the brakes. Do not, under any circumstances, use petroleum-based solvents to clean brake parts. Use brake system cleaner only!

1 Remove the cap from the brake fluid reservoir. 2 Loosen the wheel lug nuts, raise the front, or rear, of the vehicle and support it securely on jackstands. 3 Remove the front, or rear, wheels. Work on one brake assembly at a time, using the assembled brake for reference if necessary. 4 Inspect the brake disc carefully as outlined in Section 5. If machining is necessary, fo llow the information in that Section to remove the disc, at which time the cal ipers and pads can be removed as well.

6 Follow the accompanying i l lustrations, beginning with 3.6a, for the actual pad replacement procedure. Be sure to stay in order and read the caption under each i l lustration. Once you have installed the new pads, proceed to Step 1 4.

Chapter 9 Brakes 9-5

3.5 Using a large C-clamp, push the piston back into the caliper -note that one end of the clamp is on the back side of the caliper

and the other end (screw end) is pressing on the outer brake pad

3.6a Before removing anything, spray the assembly with brake system cleaner to remove the dust produced by brake pad wear -

DO NOT blow the dust off with compressed air!

3.6b Remove the lower caliper bolt (lower arrow) (upper arrow points to banjo fitting

for brake hose, which should not be disconnected unless you're removing

the caliper from the vehicle)

3.6e Remove the outer brake pad and shim

3.6c Swing the caliper up . . .

3.6f Remove the inner brake pad (some models don't have a shim

on the inner pad)

3.6d . . . and support it in this position

3.6g Remove and inspect the upper and lower brake pad retainer clips

.�9-6 Chapter 9 Brakes

3.6h The pad retainer clips should fit snugly into their respective grooves in the caliper mounting bracket; if they don't,

replace them

3.6j Apply anti-squeal compound to the back of the pads, then install the shim(s)

3.6i Inner pad (left) and outer pad and shim layout -some models have inner pad shims

3.6k Install the new inner pad; make sure the "ears" on the upper and lower ends of the pad are fully engaged with their respective

grooves and the pad retainer clips

3.61 Install the new outer pad and shim (if the new pad has no shim, take the old

shim off the old pad and install it on the new outer pad)

3.6m Before installing the caliper, remove the caliper pin dust boots and inspect

them for tears and cracks; if they're damaged, replace them

3.6n Clean off the caliper bolts (Civic with a type 2056 caliper) or sliding pins (all

other models} and coat them with high-temperature grease


3.6o Swing the caliper down over the disc and new pads (if the piston hits the inner pad, depress the piston further into the

caliper bore with your C-clamp)

3.6p Install the lower bolt and tighten it to the torque listed in this Chapter's Specifications

3.7a Remove the caliper shield bolts (arrows) and the shield, then clean the brake as shown in illustration 3.6a

3.7b Remove the two caliper mounting bolts (arrows) . . .

3.7c . . . and lift the caliper from its mounting bracket; hang the caliper out

of the way with a piece of wire (see illustration 3.6d) - don't let it

hang by the brake hose

Rear pads Refer to illustrations 3. la through 3. 7f, 3.8 and 3. 12

7 Fol low the accompanying il lustrations,

3.7d Remove the outer pad and shim

beginning with 3.7a, for the pad replacement procedure. Be sure to stay in order and read the caption under each i l lustration. When you have completed the Steps described in the accompanying photos, proceed to Step 8.

3.7e Remove the inner pad and shim

Chapter 9 Brakes

3.7f Remove the brake pad retainers from the caliper mounting bracket

3.8 Before installing the brake pads, apply a coat of disc brake anti-squeal compound to the backing plates of the pads - follow

the manufacturer's instructions on the label

8 Apply a thin coat of d isc brake antisqueal compound, in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations, on the backing plates of the new pads (see illustration). 9 I nstall the shims onto their respective pads. 1 0 I nstall the pad retainers in the caliper mounting bracket. Lubricate the >etainers with a thin film of silicone grease. 1 1 Install the new pads and shims to the caliper mounting bracket. 1 2 Retract the piston by engaging the tips of a pair of needle-nose pliers with two of the grooves in the face of the piston and turning it clockwise until it bottoms in the bore (see

Jllustration). Now, rotate the piston out until one of its grooves is aligned with the tab on the inner brake pad when you install the cal iper. You may have to adjust the piston position by turning it back and forth to fit the tab in the groove. If the piston d ust boot becomes distorted when the piston is turned, turn the piston in the opposite d irection to restore the shape of the boot, but make sure the groove is aligned properly. 1 3 Install the caliper protector.

3.12 To provide clearance for the new brake pads, back the piston into the

caliper bore by rotating it with a pair of needle-nose pliers

Front or rear pads 1 4 Install the wheel and lug nuts, lower the vehicle and tighten the lug nuts to the torque specified in Chapter 1 . 1 5 Apply and release the brake pedal and (if you replaced rear pads) the hand brake lever several times to bring the pads into contact with the brake discs. 1 6 Check the brake fluid level and add fluid, if necessary (see Chapter 1). Check the operation of the brakes in an isolated area before driving the vehicle in traffic.

4 Disc brake caliper - removal and installation

Warning: Dust created by the brake system is harmful to your health. Never blow it out with compressed air and don 't inhale any of it. An approved filtering mask should be worn when working on the brakes. Do not, under any circumstances, use petroleum-based solvents to clean brake parts. Use brake system cleaner only!

4.2 The parking brake cable is attached to the rear caliper by a clevis pin that is

secured by a cotter pin


1 Loosen - but don't remove - the lug nuts on the front, or rear wheels. Raise the front or rear of the vehicle and place it securely on jackstands. Remove the wheels. 2 If you' re removing a rear caliper, remove the cotter pin from the clevis p in that connects the parking brake cable to the parking brake lever (see illustration). Pull out the pin and detach the cable. 3 Disconnect the brake l ine from the caliper (see il lustration 3.6b) and plug it to keep contaminants out of the brake system and to prevent losing any more brake fluid than is necessary (see illustration). 4 Refer to Section 3 and remove the caliper (it's part of the brake pad replacement procedure).

Installation 5 Install the caliper by reversing the removal procedure. Remember to replace the sealing washer on either side of the brake line fitting (they should be included with the rebuild kit).

4.3 Using a short piece of rubber hose of the appropriate diameter, plug the brake

line banjo fitting like this


5.3 The brake pads on this vehicle were obviously neglected, as they wore down completely and cut deep grooves into the disc -

wear this severe means the disc must be replaced

5.4a Make sure the disc retaining screws or lug nuts are tight, then rotate the disc and check the runout with a dial indicator -

if the reading exceeds the maximum allowable runout limit, the disc will have to be machined or replaced

5.4b Using a swirling motion, remove the glaze from the disc with emery cloth or sandpaper

5.5a The minimum allowable thickness is stamped into the disc (typical)

6 Bleed the brake system (see Section 1 0). 7 Install the wheels, hand tighten the wheel lug nuts, remove the safety stands and lower the vehicle. Tighten the wheel lug nuts to the torque listed in the Chapter 1 Specifications.

5 Brake disc - inspection, removal and installation

Note: This procedure applies to both the front and (on vehicles so equipped) rear brake discs.

Inspection Refer to illustrations 5.3, 5.4a, 5.4b, 5.5a and 5.5b

1 Loosen the wheel l ugs nuts, raise the vehicle and support it securely on jackstands. Remove the wheel and install the lug nuts with 3 mm thick washers under them to hold the disc in place (if the two disc retain ing screws are still i n place, th is wi l l be unnecessary). If you're checking the rear disc, release the parking brake. 2 Remove the brake caliper (see Sec-

tion 4). It's not necessary to disconnect the brake hose. After removing the caliper bolts, suspend the caliper out of the way with a piece of wire. 3 Visually inspect the d isc surface for scoring or damage (see-ittustration). Light scratches and shallow grooves are normal after use and may not always be detrimental to brake operation, but deep scoring (over 0.01 5 inch) requires refinishing by an automotive machine shop. Be sure to check both sides of the disc. 4 If you've noted pulsation during braking, suspect disc runout. To check disc runout, place a dial indicator at a point about 1 /2-inch from the outer edge of the disc (see i l lustration). Set the indicator to zero and turn the disc. The indicator reading should not exceed the specified allowable runout limit. If it does, have the disc refinished by an automotive machine shop. Note: Professionals recommend that the discs be resurfaced regardless of the dial indicator reading, as this will impart a smooth finish and ensure a perfectly flat surface, eliminating any brake pedal pulsation or other undesirable symptoms related to questionable discs. At the very

least, if you elect not to have the discs resurfaced, remove the glazing from the surface with emery cloth or sandpaper using a swirling motion (see illustration). 5 It is absolutely critical that the disc not be machined to a thickness less than the minimum allowable thickness. The minimum

5.5b A micrometer is used to measure disc thickness

- 9-1 0

5.6a Before you can remove the front disc, you'll have to remove these caliper mounting bracket-to-steering knuckle

bolts (arrows) and the bracket

5.7b If the disc is stuck, thread two bolts into the disc and tighten them to force

the disc off the hub

wear (or discard) thickness is stamped on the disc (see illustration). The disc thickness can be checked with a m icrometer (see illustration).

Removal Refer to illustrations 5. 6a, 5. 6b, 5. 7a, 5. 7b and 5. 7c

6 Remove the two caliper mounting bracket-to-steering knuckle bolts (see illustration) or, on rear calipers, the bracket-totrai l ing arm bolts (see il lustration), and remove the mounting bracket. 7 Remove the lug nuts which were installed to hold the disc in place, or the two disc retaining screws, if present (see il lustration) and remove the disc from the hub. If the disc is stuck to the hub and won't come off, thread two bolts into the holes provided (see i llustration) and tighten them. Alternate between the bolts, turning them a little at a time, until the disc is free (see illustration).

Installation 8 Place the disc in position over the

Chapter 9 Brakes

5.6b To remove the rear disc, remove the caliper-to-trailing arm bolts (arrows), then

remove the caliper mounting bracket

5.7c As you remove the disc, make sure you don't damage the threads on the

studs for the wheel lug nuts

threaded studs. Install the disc retain ing screws. 9 Install the caliper mounting bracket, tightening the bolts to the torque l isted in this Chapter's Specifications. I nstall the brake pads and caliper over the d isc. Tighten the caliper bolts to the torque listed in this Chapter's Specifications. 1 0 I nstall the wheel and lug nuts, then lower the vehicle to the ground. Tighten the lug nuts to the torque l isted in the Chapter 1 Specifications. Depress the brake pedal a few times to bring the brake pads into contact with the disc. Bleeding of the system wil l not be necessary unless the fluid hose was disconnected from the caliper. Check the operation of the brakes carefully before placing the vehicle into normal service.

6 Drum brake shoes - replacement


Warning: Drum brake shoes must be replaced on both wheels at the same time -never replace the shoes on only one wheel.

5.7a If the disc retaining screws are stuck, use an impact screwdriver

to loosen them

6.2 If the drum is hard to pull off, thread a pair of 8 mm bolts into the holes provided

and press the drum off

Also, the dust created by the brake system is harmful to your health. Never blow it out with compressed air and don 't inhale any of it. An approved filtering mask should be worn when working on the brakes. Do not, under any circumstances, use petroleum-based solvents to clean brake parts. Use brake system cleaneF only! Caution: Whenever the brake shoes are replaced, the return and hold-down springs should also be replaced. Due to the continuous heating/cooling cycle that the springs are subjected to, they lose their tension over a period of time and may allow the shoes to drag on the drum and wear at a much faster rate than normal. Note: All four rear brake shoes must be replaced at the same time, but to avoid mixing up parts, work on only one brake assembly at a time. 1 Loosen the wheel lug nuts, raise the rear of the vehicle and support it securely on jackstands. Block the front wheels to keep the vehicle from rolling. Remove the rear wheels. Release the parking brake. 2 Remove the brake drum. It should sim-

Chapter 9 Brakes 9-1 1

6.4a Right rear drum brake assembly (Civic)

6.4b Before removing anything, clean the brake assembly with brake cleaner and allow it to dry - position a drain pan under the brake to catch the residue - DO NOT USE COMPRESSED AIR TO

BLOW BRAKE DUST OFF THE PARTS!

I 6.4c Push down on the retainer spring with a screwdriver, then turn the tension pin to align its blade with the slot in the retainer

spring - the spring should pop off (repeat this on the other spring)

6.4d Pull the shoe assembly away from the backing plate (hub removed for clarity) . . .

ply pull straight off the hub. If the drum won't come off, tap it carefully with a soft-faced mallet, or screw a couple of 8.0 mm bolts into the tapped holes (see illustration). If it sti l l won't budge, the shoes have probably carved wear grooves into the drum. To get the drum off, you ' l l have to retract them. Remove the rubber plug in the backing plate. Use one screwdriver inserted through the hole i n the backing plate to hold the selfadjuster lever away from the adjuster bolt, then use another screwdriver to rotate the adjuster bolt until the drum can be removed. 3 Replacing the shoes is a lot easier if you remove the rear wheel bearing cap, spindle nut and washer, and slide off the hub unit (see Chapter 1 0). However, this is not absolutely necessary.

Civic models Refer to illustrations 6.4a through 6.4r

4 If you ' re working on a Civic model, fol-

6.4e . . . and unhook the return spring

low i l lustrations 6.4a through 6.4r for the brake shoe replacement procedure. Be sure to stay in order and read the caption under each i l lustration. When you have finished installing the new shoes, proceed to Step 6.

6.4f Pull back on the parking brake cable spring and squeeze the pliers just enough to grip the cable, holding the spring in the

compressed position (diagonal cutting pliers are being used because they grip the cable well - be careful not to cut the

cable}; unhook the cable end from the parking brake lever

- 9-1 2

6.4g Swing the parking brake lever away from the trailing shoe, which will force the

adjuster bolt clevis out of its groove in the shoe; the two shoes can now

be separated

6.4j Put the new trailing shoe on the lever, place the wave washer over the pin, then install the retaining clip; crimp the ends

of the clip together with a pair of needle-nose pliers

Chapter 9 Brakes

6.4h Remove the self-adjuster lever and spring from the leading shoe

6.4k Clean the adjuster bolt and clevis, then lubricate the threads and ends with

high-temperature grease

6.4i Pry open the parking brake lever retaining clip and separate the lever from the shoe; be careful not to lose the wave

washer that is under the clip

6.41 Connect the self-adjuster lever spring to the leading brake shoe, then insert the

pin on the lever into its hole in the shoe

6.4m Insert the short clevis of the adjuster bolt into its slot in the leading shoe, making sure it catches the self-adjuster lever

6.4n Connect the upper return spring between the two shoes, pry the lower ends of the shoes apart and insert the clevis at the other end of the adjuster bolt into the slot in the shoe; note the position

of the stepped portion of the clevis opening

6.40 Lubricate the brake shoe contact areas on the backing plate with high

temperature grease

CR-V models Refer to illustrations 6.5a through 6.5v

5 If you're working on a CR-V model, follow i l lustrations 6.Sa through 6.Sv for the brake shoe replacement procedure. Be sure to stay in order and read the caption under each i l lustrat ion. When you have finished installing the new shoes, proceed to Step 6.

All models Refer to illustration 6.6

6 Before reinstalling the drum it should be checked for cracks, score marks, deep scratches and hard spots, which wi l l appear as small discolored areas. If the hard spots cannot be removed with sandpaper or emery cloth or if any of the other conditions l isted above exist, the drum must be taken to an automotive machine shop to have it machined. Note: Professionals recommend resurfacing the drums whenever a brake job is done. Resurfacing will eliminate the possi-

Chapter 9 Brakes

6.4p Compress the parking brake cable spring, hold it in position and connect the

cable end to the parking brake lever (again, if you use diagonal cutting pliers,

be careful not to cut or nick the cable)

6.4r With the brake shoes in position on the backing plate, pass the tension pins

through the holes in the backing plate and brake shoes, then install the retainer

springs (see il lustration 6.4c) - make sure the parking brake cable spring and the

lower return spring are seated behind the anchor plate, as shown here

9- 1 3

6.4q Place the brake shoe assembly against the backing plate, engaging the

upper ends of the shoes in the slots in the wheel cylinder pistons. Connect the lower

return spring between the shoes

6.5a Left rear drum brake assembly (CR-V)

6.5b Before removing anything, wash the brake assembly with brake cleaner and allow it to dry - position a drain pan under the

brake to catch the residue - DO NOT blow the dust out with compressed air!

6.5c Detach the upper return spring from the trailing shoe - a special tool (insert) is available at some auto parts stores and

makes detaching the end of the upper return spring much easier, but a pair of locking pliers and a prybar can be used

: 9- 1 4 Chapter 9 Brakes

6.5d Detach the adjuster spring from the self-adjuster lever . . . 6.5e . . . then remove the lever

6.5f Align the hold-down pin with the slot in the retainer spring, then

remove the spring

6.5i Remove the lower return spring

. 6.5g Remove the trailing shoe and detach the parking brake lever from it by removing the C-clip and washer

6.5j Remove retainer spring from the leading shoe

6.5h Remove the adjuster screw and the upper return spring

6.5k Clean the backing plate and lubricate the shoe contact areas

with high-temperature grease


6.51 Attach the parking brake lever to the new trailing shoe . . . 6.5m . . . install the wave washer . . .

6.5n . . . and secure the pin with a new C-clip

6.5o Position the trailing shoe assembly on the backing plate and secure it with

the retainer spring

6.5p Clean the adjuster screw and lubricate the threads and socket

end with high-temperature grease

6.5q Connect the lower return spring to the bottom of each shoe 6.5r Install the adjuster screw and upper return spring assembly, making sure it engages the slot in each shoe

_ 9-1 6

6.5s Secure the leading shoe with the retainer spring

Chapter 9 Brakes

6.5t Connect the ends of the upper return spring to the hole in each shoe

6.5u Install the adjuster lever . . .

6.5v . . . followed by the adjuster spring 6.6 The maximum allowable diameter is cast into

the drum (typical)

bility of out-of-round drums. If the drums are worn so much that they can't be resurfaced without exceeding the maximum allowable diameter (stamped into the drum) (see illustration), then new ones wil l be required. At the very least, if you elect not to have the drums resurfaced, remove the glazing from the surface with sandpaper or emery cloth using a swirling motion. 7 Install the hub and bearing unit , the washer and a new spindle nut (if removed previously). Tighten the nut to the torque listed in the Chapter 1 O Specifications. 8 When installing the brake drum, adjust the brake shoes by turning the star wheel on the adjuster screw until the drum just slips over the shoes. When turning the drum, the shoes should not rub; if they do, remove the drum and back off the star wheel a little bit so they don't. 9 Mount the wheel, install the lug nuts, then lower the vehicle. Tighten the lug nuts to the torque listed in the Chapter 1 Specifications. 1 O Make a number of forward and reverse stops to adjust the brakes until satisfactory pedal action is obtained. 1 1 Check brake operation before driving the vehicle in traffic. Warning: Do not operate the vehicle if you are in doubt about the effectiveness of the brake system.

7 Wheel cylinder - removal and installation

Note: If the wheel cylinders leak, they must be replaced with new ones - the manufacturer does not recommend rebuilding them.


1 Raise the rear of the vehicle and support it securely on jackstands. Block the front wheels to keep the vehicle from rolling. 2 Remove the brake shoe assembly (see Section 6). 3 Remove al l d irt and foreign material from around the wheel cylinder. 4 Unscrew the brake line fitting (see illustration). Don't pull the brake line away from the wheel cylinder. 5 Remove the wheel cyl inder mounting bolts. 6 Detach the wheel cylinder from the brake backing plate and place it on a clean workbench. Immediately plug the brake line to prevent fluid loss and contamination. Note: If the brake shoe linings are contaminated with brake fluid, install new brake shoes and clean the drums with brake system cleaner.

Installation 7 Apply RTV sealant to the mating surface of the wheel cylinder and the brake backing plate, place the cylinder in position and connect the brake l ine. Don't tighten the fitting completely yet.

7.4 To remove the wheel cylinder, unscrew the brake line fitting (upper arrow), then remove the two wheel

cylinder retaining bolts (lower arrows)


8.4 Use a flare-nut wrench to unscrew the threaded fittings (1) at the master cylinder - a regular wrench can round off the corners; to detach the master cylinder from the brake booster, unplug the

electrical connector for the brake fluid warning switch, then remove the two nuts (2)

8.8 The best way to bleed air from the master cylinder before installing it on the vehicle is with a pair of bleed tubes

8 Install the mounting bolts, tightening them securely. Tighten the brake l ine fitting. Install the brake shoe assembly. 9 Bleed the brakes (see Section 1 0). 1 O Check brake operation before driving the vehicle in traffic. Warning: Do not operate the vehicle if you are in doubt about the effectiveness of the brake system.

8 Master cylinder - removal and installation

Note: If the master cylinder is defective, it must be replaced with a new one - the manufacturer does not recommend rebuilding it.


1 The master cylinder is located in the engine compartment, mounted to the power brake booster. 2 Remove as much fluid as you can from the reservoir with a syringe. 3 Place rags under the fluid fittings and prepare caps or plastic bags to cover the ends of the lines once they are disconnected. Caution: Brake fluid will damage paint. Cover all painted surfaces and be careful not to spill fluid during this procedure. 4 Loosen the tube nuts at the ends of the brake lines where they enter the master cylinder (see illustration). To prevent rounding off the corners on these nuts, the use of a flarenut wrench, which wraps around the nut, is preferred. 5 Pul l the brake l ines sl ightly away from the master cylinder and plug the ends to prevent contamination. 6 Disconnect the electrical connector at the master cyl inder, then remove the nuts attaching the master cylinder to the power booster. Pull the master cylinder off the studs and out of the engine compartment. Again, be careful not to spil l the fluid as this is done.

Installation Refer to illustration 8. 8

7 Bench bleed the new master cylinder before install ing it. Because it will be necessary to apply pressure to the master cylinder piston and, at the same time, control flow from the brake l ine outlets, it is recommended that the master cylinder be mounted in a vise, with the jaws of the vise clamping on the mounting flange. 8 Attach a pair of master cylinder bleeder tubes (available at most auto parts stores) to the outlet ports of the master cylinder (see illustration). 9 Fi l l the reservoir with brake fluid of the recommended type (see Chapter 1) . 1 O Slowly push the pistons into the master cylinder (a large Phi l l ips screwdriver can be used for this) - air wi l l be expelled from the pressure chambers and into the reservoir. Because the tubes are submerged in f luid, air can't be drawn back into the master cylinder when you release the pistons. 1 1 Repeat the procedure until no more air bubbles are present. 1 2 Remove the bleed tubes, one at a time, and install plugs in the open ports to prevent fluid leakage and air from enterin

·g . Install the

reservoir cover. 1 3 Install the master cylinder over the studs on the power brake booster and tighten the attaching nuts only finger tight at this time. 14 Thread the brake line fittings into the master cylinder. Since the master cylinder is sti l l a bit loose, it can be moved slightly in order for the fittings to thread in easily. Do not strip the threads as the fittings are tightened. 1 5 Ful ly tighten the mounting nuts to the torque l isted in this Chapter's Specifications, then the brake line fittings securely. 1 7 Fi l l the master cylinder reservoir with fluid, then bleed the master cylinder and the brake system as described in Section 1 0. To bleed the cylinder on the vehicle, have an assistant pump the brake pedal several times and then hold the pedal to the floor. Loosen the fitting nut to allow air and fluid to escape.

9.4a Use a flare-nut wrench to break loose the brake line-to-hose fitting . . .

Repeat this procedure on both fittings until the fluid is clear of air bubbles. Test the operation of the brake system carefully before placing the vehicle into normal service. Warning: Do not operate the vehicle if you are in doubt about the effectiveness of the brake system.

9 Brake hoses and lines -inspection and replacement


1 · About every six months the flexible hoses which connect the steel brake l ines with the rear brakes and front calipers should be inspected for cracks, chafing of the outer cover, leaks, blisters, and other damage. 2 Replacement steen rnd flexible brake l ines are commonly available from dealer parts departments and auto parts stores. Warning: Do not, under any circumstances, use anything other than genuine steel brake lines or approved flexible brake hoses as replacement items. 3 When installing the brake l ine, leave at least 3/4-inch clearance between the line and any moving or vibrating parts. 4 To disconnect a hose and l ine, use a

c 9-1 8 Chapter 9 Brakes

9.4b . . . then remove the clip and slide the hose out of the bracket

10.8 When bleeding the brakes, a hose is connected to the bleed screw at the caliper or wheel cylinder and then submerged in

brake fluid - air will be seen as bubbles in the tube and container (all air must be expelled before moving to the next wheel)

flare-nut wrench (see il lustration). Then remove the clip and slide the hose out of the bracket (see illustration). 5 When d isconnecting two hoses, use normal wrenches on the hose fittings. When connecting two hoses, make sure they are not twisted or strained. 6 Steel brake l ines are usually retained along their span with cl ips. Always remove these cl ips completely before removing a fixed brake l ine. Always reinstall these clips, or new ones if the old ones are damaged, when replacing a brake line, as they provide support and keep the l ines from vibrating, which can eventually break them. 7 When replacing brake l ines be sure to use the correct parts. N EVER use copper tubing! Purchase steel brake l ines from a dealer or auto parts store. 8 When instal l ing a steel l ine, make sure it's securely supported in the brackets and has plenty of clearance between moving or hot components. 9 After installation, check the fluid level in the master cylinder and add fluid as necessary. Bleed the brake system as described in Section 1 O and test the brakes carefully before driving the vehicle in traffic. Warning: Do not operate the vehicle if you are in doubt about the effectiveness of the brake system.

1 0 Brake hydraulic system -

bleeding


Warning: Wear eye protection when bleeding the brake system. If the fluid comes in contact with your eyes, immediately rinse them with water and seek medical attention. 1 Bleeding the hydraulic system is necessary to remove any air that manages to find its way into the system when it's been opened during removal and installation of a hose, line, caliper or master cylinder. It will probably be necessary to bleed the system at all four

brakes if air has entered the system due to low fluid level, or if the brake l ines have been disconnected at the master cylinder. 2 If a brake line was disconnected only at a wheel, then only that caliper or wheel cylinder must be bled. If a brake l i ne is disconnected at a fitting located between the master cylinder and any of the brakes, that part of the system served by the disconnected l ine must be bled. 3 Remove any residual vacuum from the power brake booster by applying the brake several times with the engine off. Remove the master cyl inder reservoir cover and fill the reservoir with brake fluid. Reinstall the cover. Note: Check the fluid level often during the bleeding operation and add fluid as necessary to prevent the fluid level from falling low enough to allow air bubbles into the master cylinder. 4 Have an assistant on hand, as well as a supply of new brake fluid, a clear container partially filled with clean brake fluid, a length of plastic, rubber or vinyl tubing to fit over the bleed screw and a wrench to open and close the bleed screw.

Models with ABS 5 If you're working on a vehicle equipped with an Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) and have removed and installed (or replaced) the master cyl i nder, or if the f luid level i n the master cylinder became too low and al lowed air into the system, begin the procedure by bleeding the l i nes at the master cyl inder. Have an assistant slowly depress the brake pedal and hold it there, then loosen the brake l ine fittings (one at a time) at the master cylinder, allowing fluid and air to escape. Repeat this procedure unti l the f luid coming out is free of air , then proceed to the next step.

1 994 and 1 995 lntegra models 6 On these models, bleed the hydrau l ic modulator. Attach a snug-fitting bleed hose to the bleeder valve on the hydraulic modulator unit. Start the engine to build up pressure

in the modulator, then slowly open the bleeder valve 1 /8 to 1 /4 turn to allow fluid and air to escape; do this in small i ncrements, repeating the procedure until the fluid coming out of the modulator is free of air. Warning: The fluid in the modulator is under high pressure. Don 't open the bleeder valve rapidly or more than 114 of a turn, or the brake fluid may squirt out with great force. Turn off the engine and proceed to bleed the remainder of the system. Note: If the ABS light on the instrument panel comes on, repeat this step.

All models 7 Beginn ing with the fi rst wheel in the bleeding sequence, loosen the bleed screw slightly, then tighten it to a point where it is snug but can sti l l be loosened qu ickly and easily. The bleeding sequence is as follows:

All Civic models and 1 994 through 1 997

lntegra models

Right rear, left front, left rear, right front

1 998 and later lntegra models and all CR-V models

Left front, right front, right rear, left rear

8 PJace one end of the tubing over the bleed screw and submerge the other end in brake fluid in the container (see il lustration). 9 Have the assistant slowly depress the brake pedal and hold the pedal firmly depressed. 1 O While the pedal is held depressed, open the bleed screw just enough to allow a flow of fluid to leave the screw. Watch for air bubbles to exit the submerged end of the tube. When the fluid flow slows after a couple of seconds, close the screw and have your assistant release the pedal. 1 1 Repeat Steps 9 and 10 until no more air is seen leavi ng the tube, then t ighten the bleed screw and proceed to bleed the rest of the brakes, following the sequence shown in Step 7. Be sure to check the fluid in the master cylinder reservoir frequently. 1 2 Never use old brake f lu id. It contains

1 1 .1 O To remove the power brake booster, remove the cotter pin and clevis pin that connect the pushrod

to the brake pedal, then remove the four mounting nuts (arrows)

moisture which can boil during (or after) heavy braking, rendering the brakes inoperative. 1 3 Refil l the master cylinder with fluid at the end of the operation. 1 4 Check the operation of the brakes. The pedal should feel solid when depressed, with no sponginess. If necessary, repeat the entire process. Warning: Do not operate the vehicle if you are in doubt about the effectiveness of the brake system.

1 1 Power brake booster - check, removal and installation

Operating check Depress the brake pedal several times

with the engine off and make sure there is no change in the pedal reserve distance.

Chapter 9 Brakes

2 Depress the pedal and start the engine. If the pedal goes down slightly, operation is normal.

Airtightness check 3 Start the engine and turn it off after one or two minutes. Depress the brake pedal several times slowly. If the pedal goes down farther the first time but gradually rises after the second or third depression, the booster is airtight. 4 Depress the brake pedal whi le the engine is running, then stop the engine with the pedal depressed. If there is no change in the pedal reserve travel after holding the pedal for 30 seconds, the booster is airtight.

Removal Refer to illustration 1 1 . 1 O 5 Power brake booster units should not be disassembled. They require special tools not normally found in most automotive repair stations or shops. They are fairly complex and because of their critical relationship to brake performance it is best to replace a defective booster unit with a new or rebuilt one. 6 To remove the booster, first remove the brake master cyl inder as described in Section 8. 7 Disconnect the hose leading from the engine to the booster. Be careful not to damage the hose when removing it from the booster fitting. 8 Locate the pushrod clevis pin connecting the booster to the brake pedal. This

· is

accessible from under the dash panel in front of the driver's seat. 9 Remove the cotter p in with pl iers and pull out the clevis pin. 1 0 Remove the four nuts (see illustration) holding the brake booster to the firewall . You may need a l ight to see them, because they're up under the dash area. 1 1 Slide the booster straight out from the firewall until the studs clear the holes and pull the booster, brackets and gaskets from the engine compartment area.

9-1 9

:��--� "

Clearance

1 1 . 14a The booster pushrod-to-master cylinder clearance must be as specified -if there is interference between the two,

the brakes may drag; if there is too much clearance, there will be excessive

brake pedal travel

Installation Refer to illustrations 1 1 . 14a 1 1 . 14b, 1 1 . 14c, 1 1 . 14d and 1 1 . 1 5

1 2 I f a new booster i s being installed, measure the length of the input rod, from the booster mounting surface to the hole in the clevis; it should be as l isted in this Chapter's Specifications. If it isn't, loosen the locknut and turn the clevis one way or the other until the length is correct. 1 3 Installation procedures are basically the reverse of those for removal. Tighten the booster mounting nuts to the torque l isted in this Chapter's Specifications. Also, be sure to use a new cotter pin on the clevis pin. 1 4 I f a new power brake booster unit is being installed, also check the pushrod clearance (see illustration) as follows:

i

1 1 .14b Measure the distance that the pushrod protrudes from the brake booster at the master cylinder mounting surface

(including the gasket, if equipped

1 1 .1 4c Measure the distance from the mounting flange to the end of the master cylinder

9-20 Chapter 9 Brakes

STAR LOCKNUT

PUSHROD LOCKNUT

1 1 .14d Measure the distance from the piston pocket to the end of the master cylinder

1 1 . 15 To adjust the length of the booster pushrod, loosen the star locknut and turn the adjuster in or out, as necessary,

to achieve the desired setting

1 2.4 The parking brake adjusting nut (arrow) is on the equalizer assembly

1 3.3 Loosen the bolts and detach the parking brake cable from the clips (arrows)

a) Using a hand-held vacuum pump, apply a vacuum of 20 in-Hg to the booster. Measure the distance that the pushrod protrudes from the master cylinder mounting surface on the front of the power brake booster, including the gasket (if used). Write down this measurement (see illustration). This is "dimension A. "

b) Measure the distance from the mounting flange to the end of the master cylinder (see illustration). Write down this measurement. This is "dimension B. "

c) Measure the distance from the end of the master cylinder to the bottom of the pocket in the piston (see illustration). Write down this measurement. This is "dimension C. "

d) Subtract measurement B from measurement C, then subtract measurement A from the difference between B and C. This the pushrod clearance.

e) Compare your calculated pushrod clearance to the pushrod clearance listed in this Chapter's Specifications. If necessary, adjust the pushrod length to achieve the correct clearance (see the next Step).

1 5 I f the clearance i s more o r less than

specified, loosen the star locknut and turn the adjuster on the power booster pushrod until the clearance is within the specified l imit (see il lustration). After adjustment, tighten the locknut. Recheck the clearance. Repeat this step as often as necessary unti l the clearance is correct. 1 6 After the final installation of the master cylinder and brake hoses and l ines, bleed the brakes as described in Section 1 0.

1 2 Parking brake - adjustment

Refer to illustration 12.4 1 If you're working on a Civic or lntegra, remove the shift lever knob (see Chapter 7). 2 I f you' re working on a Civic or lntegra, remove the center console (see Chapter 1 1 ) . If you're working on a CR-V, remove cover from the parking brake lever. 3 Block the front wheels, raise the rear of the vehicle and support it securely on jackstands. Apply the parking brake lever u nti l you hear one click. 4 Turn the adjusting nut on the equalizer

(see illustration) clockwise while rotating the rear wheels. Stop turning the nut when the brakes just start to drag on the rear wheels. 5 Release the parking brake lever and check to see that the brakes don't drag when the rear wheels are turned. The travel on the parking brake lever should be as l isted in the Chapter 1 Specifications when properly adjusted. 6 Lower the vehicle and reinstall the con-sole (see Chapter 1 1 ) .

1 3 Parking brake cable(s) -replacement


1 Block the front wheels and loosen the rear wheel lug n uts. Raise the rear of the vehicle and support it securely on jackstands. 2 On vehicles with rear drum brakes, remove the brake drum(s) (see Section 6). 3 Following the procedure in the previous Section, loosen the cable adjusting nut. Remove the cable clamps from the cable housing (see illustration). Unhook the cable

Chapter 9 Brakes

WITH CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM

B

r-i -.H 4J �

C C D WITHOUT CRUISE

CONTROL SYSTEM

9-21

1 4.4a Terminal guide for the brake light switch - Civic

rfi2l @HJ

142025-9-14.4< HAYNES!

1 4.4b Terminal guide for the brake light

switch - lntegra

1 4.4c Terminal guide for the brake light switch - CR-V

12118-9-15.4 HAYNES!

from the equalizer. 4 On models with rear drum brakes, remove the brake shoes (see Section 6) and disconnect the cable end from the lever on the trail ing brake shoe (see illustration 6.4f). Depress the tangs on the cable housing retainer and pass the cable through the backing plate. You can do this by passing an offset 12 mm box end wrench over the end of the cable and onto the retainer. This compresses all the tangs simultaneously. 5 On models with rear d isc brakes, remove the clip and clevis to disconnect the cable end from the actuator lever on the caliper (see illustration 4.2), then remove the spring clip to free the cable housing from the support bracket. 6 Unbolt the cable housing clamps from the underbody, noting how the cable is routed, then remove the cable from the vehicle. It may be necessary to remove the exhaust pipe heat shield bolts at the rear to allow cable removal. 7 If both cables are to be removed, repeat the above steps to remove the remaining cable. 8 Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure. After the cable(s) are installed, be sure to adjust them according to the procedure described in Section 12 .

1 4 Brake light switch - check, replacement and adjustment

Check Refer to illustrations 14.4a, 14.4b and 14.4c

1 To check the brake light switch, push on the brake pedal and verify that the brake l ights come on. 2 If they don't, check the brake light fuse (see Chapter 1 2 or check your owner's manual for fuse locations). Also check the brake light bulbs in both tail light assemblies (don't forget to check the high-mount brake light). 3 If the fuse and the bulbs are okay, locate the brake light switch at the top of the brake pedal. 4 Unplug the switch electrical connector (see illustrations). 5 On Civic models, check for cont inu ity across terminals 1 and 2; on lntegra models, check for continu ity across switch terminals B and C; on CR-V models, check for continuity across switch terminals 3 and 4. When the brake pedal is depressed, there should be continu ity; when it's released, there should be no continuity. If the switch doesn't operate as described, replace it.

Replacement 6 Disconnect the electrical connector from the switch, if you haven't already done so. 7 Remove the locknut on the pedal side of the switch and unscrew the switch from the bracket. 8 Installation of the brake l ight switch is the reverse of the removal procedure.

Adjustment 9 Loosen the brake l ight switch locknut and back off the brake l ight switch unti l there's clearance between the switch plunger and the brake pedal. 10

·Lo,osen the push rod locknut and screw

the pushrod in or out with pl iers unti l the pedal height from the floor is correct (as listed in this Chapter's Specifications). 1 1 Tighten the locknut se9.u.rely. 1 2 Screw i n the brake light switch until the pl unger is ful ly depressed (threaded end touching the pad on the pedal arm), then back off the switch 1 /2-turn and tighten the locknut securely. 1 3 Depress the pedal with your hand and measure the pedal freeplay. It should be within the dimensions listed in this Chapter's Specifications. Make sure the brake l ights operate when the pedal is depressed and go off when the pedal is released.

c 9-22 Chapter 9 Brakes

15.38 Raise the brake fluid level sensor float and make sure there is no continuity

15.3b Make sure there is continuity with the float lowered

15 Brake fluid level switch - check and replacement

Refer to illustrations 15.3a and 15.3b 1 Unplug the switch electrical connector

and remove the brake fluid reservoir cap and switch assembly. 2 Make sure the fluid level float moves up and down easily, if it doesn't, replace the assembly. 3 Connect the leads of an ohmmeter to the electrical connectors of the fluid level

switch. Raise and lower the float and check for continuity. When the float is raised, there should be no continuity; when it's lowered, there should be continuity (see illustrations). If the float assembly doesn't operate as described, replace it.

1 0-1

Chapter 1 0 Suspension and steering systems Contents

Section Balljoints - replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 1 Hub and bearing assembly (front) -

removal and illustration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Hub and bearing assembly (rear) - removal and installation .. . . . . . . . . 12 Lower control arm (front) - removal and installation . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . 6 Power steering pump - removal and installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Power steering system - bleeding. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Shock absorber or coil spring - replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 Shock absorber/coil spring assembly (front) -

removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Shock absorber/coil spring assembly (rear) -

removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .... 10

Specifications

General Power steering fluid type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Torque specifications

Front suspension Shock absorber

Shock absorber-to-body mounting nuts Civic, lntegra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. CR-V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Shock absorber damper rod upper nut. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Damper fork

Pinch bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Fork-to-lower arm through-bolt nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Lower control arm Front pivot bolt

lntegra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. Civic, CR-V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Rear pivot stud nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. Bushing clamp bolts or nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Stabilizer bar Link nuts (upper and lower)

Rubber bushing type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ball stud type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .

Bushing clamp nuts . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : .. . .. . . . ....... .. .. Steering knuckle (lower) balljoint nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . Upper control arm

Balljoint nut. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . Civic, CR-V

Pivot bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lntegra

Control arm-to-shock tower nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Section Stabilizer bar and bushings (front) - removal and installation ........ 4 Stabilizer bar and bushings (rear) - removal and installation .••••••.. 1 1 Steering gear - removal and installation . . • . . . • • . • . • . . . . . . • . . . • • . • • . . . • • . • • . • • • . 1 7 Steering gear boots - replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . • . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . • • . • • • . • • • • . . . 16 Steering knuckle and hub assembly - removal and installation..... 7 Steering wheel - removal and installation ................. . . . . . . ............... 1 4 Suspension arms (rear) - removal and installation ......................... 1 3 Tie-rod ends - removal and installation.......................................... 1 5 Upper control arm (front) - removal and installation . . • • • . . • • . . . . • • • . • • • . . 5 Wheel alignment - general information . .................... .. .............. . . . .. 21 Wheels and tires - general information . . . • • . . • • . . . • . . • • • . • . • . . . • . . • • . . • • . • • • . • . . 20

See Chapter 1 I f t - t b) � L ) ) � 8 2 Ft-lbs (unless otherwise Indicated) f O U. iJ - { bO t

36 43 22

I F l --l �S L 3 :J S- 8 1 f- i� )) ! 4DO � iJ M

32 47

47 76 61 66

1 6 22 1 6 36 to 43

29 to 35

40

47

-31, )1 f I I � f, 4-S-N M ��/ 2 ?, tJ rJ

1 0-2 Chapter 10 Suspension and steering systems

Torque specifications

Rear suspension

Ft-lbs (unless otherwise indicated)

Compensator arm Compensator arm-to-body pivot bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Compensator arm-to-trailing arm bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47

Hub-to-spindle nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 34 Lower arm _

Lower arm-fO�body pivot bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Lower arm-to-trailing arm bolt .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

Shock absorber Damper rod nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. . 22 Shock-to-lower arm bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Shock upper mounting nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . � . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

Trailing arm bushing bracket-to-body bolts .!. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 Upper arm

Bushing bracket-to-body bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Upper arm-to-trailing arm bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

Stabilizer bar Link nuts (upper and lower) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6 Bushing clamp nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6

Steering system Steering wheel nut (Civic, lntegra) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Steering wheel bolt (CR-V) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Airbag module Torx bolts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Steering gear mounting bolts

Left (driver's side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Right (passenger's) side . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tie-rod end-to-steering knuckle nut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I ntermediate shaft pinch-bolt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chassis stiffener bracket . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

36 29 84 in-lbs

32 29 33 1 6 28

1 . 1 Front suspension and steering components

1 Steering gear 2 Lower control arm bushing clamp

3 Lower control arm 4 Damper fork

5 Steering knuckle 6 Shock absorber/coil spring assembly

Chapter 1 O Suspension and steering systems 1 0-3

Shock absorber/coil spring assembly

General information

Refer to illustrations 1. 1 and 1 .2

The front suspension (see illustration) is a fully independent design with upper and lower control arms, shock absorber/coil spring assemblies and a stabilizer bar.

The rear suspension uses trailing arms, upper and lower control arms, "compensator" arms and shock absorber/coi l spring units (see illustration).

All models use rack-and-pinion steering. Some models are power-assisted. The power steering system employs an engi ne-driven pump connected by hoses to the steering gear.

Frequently, when working on the suspension or steering system components, you may come across fasteners which seem impossible to loosen. These fasteners on the underside of the vehicle are continually subjected to water, road grime, mud, etc. , and can become rusted or "frozen," making them extremely d ifficult to remove. In order to u nscrew these stubborn fasteners without damaging them (or other components), be sure to use lots of penetrating oil and allow it

1 .2 Rear suspension components

2 Upper arm 3 Lower arm

to soak in for a while. Using a wire brush to clean exposed threads will also ease removal of the nut or bolt and prevent damage to the threads. Sometimes a sharp blow with a hammer and punch is effective i n breaking the bond between a nut and bolt threads, but care must be taken to prevent the punch from slipping off the fastener and ruining the threads. Heating the stuck fastener ·and surrounding area with a torch sometimes helps too, but isn't recommended because of the obvious dangers associated with fire. Long breaker bars and extension, or "cheater," pipes wil l increase leverage, but never use an extension pipe on a ratchet - the ratcheting mechanism could be damaged. Sometimes, turning the nut or bolt in the tightening (clockwise) direction first will help to break it loose. Fasteners that requ i re drastic measures to loosen should always be replaced with new ones.

Since most of the procedures that are dealt with in this chapter involve jacking up the vehicle and working underneath it, a good pair of jackstands will be needed. A hydraulic floor jack is the preferred type of jack to lift the vehicle, and it can also be used to support certain components during various oper-

4 Compensator arm 5 Trailing arm

ations. Warning: Never, under any circumstances, rely on a jack to support the vehicle while working on it. Whenever any of the suspension or steering fasteners are loosened or removed they must be inspected and, if necessary, be replaced with new ones of the same part number or of original equipment quality and design. Torque specifications must be followed for proper reassembly and component retention. Never attempt to heat or straighten any suspension or steering component. Instead, replace any bent or damaged part with a new one.

2 Shock absorber/coil spring assembly {front) - removal and installation

"·

Removal Refer to illustrations 2.4, 2.5a, 2.5b and 2.6

1 Loosen the wheel lug nuts, raise the vehicle and support it securely on jackstands. Remove the wheel. 2 Unbolt the brake hose from the shock absorber assembly. 3 Disconnect the stabilizer bar from the

- 1 0-4 Chapter 1 0 Suspension and steering systems

2.4 Remove the damper fork pinch bolt (arrow)

lower control arm (see Section 4). 4 Place a floor jack under the lower control arm to support it when the shock absorber assembly is removed. Remove the damper fork pinch bolt (see illustration). 5 Remove the damper fork-to-lower control arm bolt and remove the fork (see illustrations). It may be necessary to tap the fork from the shock absorber. 6 Support the shock absorber and coil spring assembly and remove the two upper mounting nuts (see illustration). Remove the unit from the fenderwell .

Installation 7 Guide the shock absorber assembly up into the fenderwell and insert the upper mounting studs through · the holes in the body. Once the studs protrude from the holes, install the nuts so the assembly won't fall back through, but don't tighten the nuts completely yet. The shock absorber is heavy and awkward, so get an assistant to help you, if possible. 8 Insert the lower end of the shock absorber into the damper fork. Make sure the aligning tab on the back of the shock body

2.6 Remove the nuts (arrows) from the shock absorber mounting studs - don't

remove the larger nut in the center

2.5a Remove the through-bolt that connects the damper fork to the

lower control arm

enters the slot in the damper fork. 9 Connect the damper fork to the lower control arm. Raise the lower control arm with the floor jack to simulate normal ride height, then tighten the self-locking nut to the torque l isted in this Chapter's Specifications. Now tighten the damper fork pinch bolt to the torque listed in this Chapter's Specifications. 1 O Connect the stabilizer bar to the control arm (see Section 4). Attach the brake hose to its bracket and tighten the bolt securely. 1 1 Install the wheel and lug nuts, lower the vehicle and tighten the lug nuts to the torque l isted in the Chapter 1 Specifications. 1 2 Tighten the upper mounting nuts to the torque listed in this Chapter's Specifications.

3 Shock absorber or coil spring -replacement

Refer to illustrations 3.5 and 3.6

1 Remove the shock absorber/coil spring assembly (see Section 2 or 1 0). 2 Check the shock absorber for leaking fluid, dents, cracks or other obvious damage.

3.5 Install the spring compressor according to the tool manufacturer's instructions and compress the spring until all pressure is relieved from the

mounting base

2.5b Detach the damper fork from the shock absorber

Check the coil spring for chips or cracks which could cause premature failure and inspect the spring seats for hardness or general deterioration. The shock absorber assemblies, complete with the coil springs, are available on an exchange basis which el iminates much time and work. So, before disassembling your shock to replace individual components, check on the availabil ity of parts and the price of a complete rebuilt unit. Warning: Disassembling a shock absorber/coil spring assembly is potentially dangerous and utmost attention must be directed to the job, or serious injury may result. Use only a high-quality spring compressor and carefully follow the manufacturer's instructions furnished with the tool. After removing the coil spring from the shock absorber, set it aside in a safe, isolated area. 3 Mount the shock absorber assembly in a vise. Line the vise jaws with wood or rags to prevent damage to the unit and don't tighten the vise excessively. 4 Mark the relationsh ip of the damper mounting base to the spring (or if the spring is being replaced, put the mark on the damper unit). This wi l l ensure correct positioning of the mounting base when the unit is reassembled. 5 Following the tool man ufacturer's instruet ions, install the spring compressor (which can be obtained at most auto parts stores or equipment yards on a daily rental basis) on the spring and compress it sufficiently to relieve all pressure from the damper mounting base (see illustration). 6 Remove the damper cap (see i l lustration) . Unscrew the self-locking nut whi le holding the damper shaft with an Al len wrench to prevent it from turning. Remove the parts from the upper part of the shock and lay them out in the exact order in which they're removed. 7 Carefully l ift the compressed spring from the assembly and set it in a safe place. Warning: Keep the ends of the spring facing away from your body! 8 Sl ide the rest of the parts off of the damper shaft and lay them out in the exact

��

�1 ��

�

m

I

Chapter 1 0 Suspension and steering systems 1 0-5

4.2a Some models use rubber bushing type links; remove the nut and bolt (arrows) and remove the stabilizer

bar link assembly

order in which they're removed. 9 Install the bump stop, bump stop plate (if equipped), dust cover and dust cover plate onto the new damper unit . "Extend the damper shaft as far as it will go and slide the components down to the damper body. 1 O Carefully place the coil spring onto the shock absorber body, with the end of the spring resting in the lowest part of the seat.

3.6 Exploded view of a typical front shock absorber/coil spring assembly

1 Self-locking nut 2 Damper mounting washer 3 Damper mounting rubber 4 Damper mounting collar 5 Damper mounting base 6 Damper mounting rubber 7 Spring mounting rubber 8 Spring 9 Dust cover plate

10 Dust cover 1 1 Bump stop plate 12 Bump stop 13 Damper unit

4.3 Remove the bolts (arrows) attaching the stabilizer bar bracket to the chassis

4.2b Other models use ballstud type links

1 1 Install the spring mounting rubber, lower mounting rubber, damper mounting collar, damper mounting base, seal, upper mounting rubber, damper mounting washer and a new self-locking nut. Before tightening the nut, al ign the previously applied marks on the mounting base and the spring (or damper body). 1 2 Tighten the self-locking nut to the torque listed in this Chapter's Specifications, again using the Allen wrench to prevent the shaft from turning. Remove the spring compressor. Install the damper cap. 13 Install the shock absorber/coi l spring assembly (see Section 2 or 1 0).

4 Stabilizer bar and bushings (front) - removal and installation

Refer to illustrations 4.2a, 4.2b and 4.3

1 Apply the parking brake. Loosen the front wheel lug nuts, raise the front of the vehicle and support it securely on jackstands. Remove the wheels. 2 Detach the stabilizer bar l inks from the bar (see i l lustrations). Note the order in which the spacers, washers and bushings are arranged on the link bolt. 3 Remove the bolts which attach the stabi l izer bar brackets to the underside of the v,ehicle (see illustration). 4 Remove the bar from under the vehicle. 5 Pull the brackets off the stabi lizer bar and inspect the bushings for cracks, hardness and other signs of deterioration. If the bushings are damaged, replace them. 6 Installation is the reverse.of removal.

5 Upper control arm (front) -removal and installation

Refer to illustrations 5.2, 5.3, 5.4a, 5.4b and 5.5

1 Loosen the front wheel lug nuts, raise the vehicle, place it securely on jackstands and remove the wheel . Support the lower

) 1, ) l - ·� {, !E�� o Suspension and steering systems

5.2 Loosen - but don't remove - the upper balljoint castle nut (arrow)

control arm with a floor jack. If you're working on an lntegra, remove the shock absorber assembly (see Section 2). 2 Remove the cotter pin and loosen, but do not remove, the castle nut (see illustration) from the upper balljoint stud. The nut wil l prevent the u pper control arm and the steering knuckle from separating violently in the next step. 3 Separate the upper control arm from the steering knuckle with a puller (see illustration). Remove the castle nut. Don't let the top of the steering knuckle fall out. If necessary. secure it to the shock absorber with a piece of wire. 4 If you' re working on a Civic or CR-V, remove the upper control arm pivot bolts from inside the engine compartment (see illustrations), then remove the upper control arm. 5 If you're working on an lntegra, remove the upper control arm-to-shock tower nuts (see illustration). 6 Installation is the reverse of removal. Be sure to t ighten all of the fasteners . to the torque values listed in this Chapter's Specifications. Note: If you're working on a Civic or CR-V, raise the front suspension with a floor jack to simulate normal ride height before tightening the control arm pivot bolts.

5.3 Install a puller and separate the upper control arm balljoint stud from the

steering knuckle

5.4b . . . and the rear pivot bolt

6 Lower control arm (front) -removal and installation

Refer to illustrations 6.4, 6.5 and 6.6

1 Loosen the front wheel lug nuts, raise the vehicle, place it securely on jackstands and remove the wheel. 2 Detach the stabilizer bar l ink from the lower control arm (see Section 4). 3 Detach the damper fork from the control arm (see Section 2).

5.4a To detach the upper control arm from the shock tower on a Civic, remove

the front pivot bolt (arrow) . . .

5.5 To detach the upper control arm from the shock tower on an lntegra, remove

these two nuts (arrows)

4 Remove the cotter pin from the castle nut on the lower balljoint stud. Loosen the nut, but don't remove it yet. Using a puller, separate the lower control arm from the balljoint in the steering knuckle (see illustration). Remove the nut. 5 Remove the pivot bolt from the inner end of the lower control arm (see illustration).

6.4 Separate the lower control arm from the steering knuckle balljoint with a puller

6.5 Remove the pivot bolt (arrow) from the inner end of the lower control arm

Chapter 1 O Suspension and steering systems 1 0-7

6.6 To detach the lower control arm's rear pivot stud from its bushing, remove this nut (arrow); it's not necessary to

remove the three bushing clamp bolts (arrows) 7.1 Loosen the driveaxle/hub nut with a socket and breaker bar

unless you need to replace the bushing itself

6 Remove the nut from the rear pivot stud (see i l lustration), pul l the stud out of the bushing and remove the arm noting which way the washers face. Note: It's not necessary to remove the three bushing clamp retaining bolts unless the bushing is to be replaced. 7 Installation is the reverse of removal. Raise the lower control arm with a floor jack to simulate normal ride height before tightening the front pivot bolt or the rear pivot stud nut.

7 Steering knuckle and hub assembly - removal and installation

Removal Refer to illustration 7. 1 1 Remove the wheel cover, if equipped. Loosen the driveaxle/hub nut (see illustration). Loosen the wheel lug nuts, raise the front of the vehicle and support it securely on jackstands. Remove the wheel and the driveaxle/hub nut. 2 Unbolt the brake hose bracket from the steering knuckle. Unbolt the brake cal iper, hang it out of the way with a piece of wire, remove the cali per mounting bracket and remove the brake disc (see Chapter 9). 3 Disconnect the tie-rod end from the steering knuckle (see Section 1 5). 4 Separate the lower control arm from the balljoint in the bottom of the steering knuckle (see Section 6). 5 Separate the upper end of the knuckle from the upper control arm balljoint. 6 Carefully pul l the knuckle and hub assembly off of the driveaxle. Tap the end of the driveaxle with a soft-faced hammer to break the driveaxle loose from the hub. Support the driveaxle with a piece of wire to prevent damage to the inner CV joint.

Installation 7 Apply a l ight coat of chassis grease to the driveaxle splines. Insert the driveaxle through the splined bore of the hub whi le guiding the steering knuckle into position.

8 Connect the upper end of the knuckle to the upper control arm balljoint (see Section 5). Tighten the balljoint stud nut to the torque l isted in this Chapter's Specifications. 9 Connect the balljoint on the bottom of the knuckle to the lower con�rol arm (see Section 6). 1 O Install the brake disc, caliper mount and caliper (see Chapter 9). Attach the brake hose bracket. 1 1 Install the driveaxle/hub nut and tighten it securely. 1 2 Install the wheel and lug nuts, lower the vehicle and tighten the lug nuts to the torque l isted in the Chapter 1 Specifications. 13 Tighten the driveaxle/hub nut to the torque specified in Chapter 8.

8 Hub and bearing assembly (front) - removal and illustration

Remove the steering knuckle assembly from the vehicle and separate the hub assembly from the brake disc (see Section 7). 2 Due to the special tools and expertise required to press the hub from the steering knuckle, the assembly should be taken to an automotive machine shop or other qualified shop to have the bearing replaced if it is worn.

1 0.2 Detach the cover (arrow) for access to the upper shock absorber mounting

nuts on models so equipped

9 Balljoints - replacement

The front suspension uses two balljoints. The upper balljoint, located in the upper control arm, can't be removed. If it 's worn or damaged, replace the upper control arm (see Section 5). 2 The lower balljoint, located in the steering knuckle, can be removed, but special tools are needed. If it's worn or damaged, remove the knuckle (see Section 7) and take it to an automotive machine shop or other repair shop to have it replaced.

10 Shock absorber/coil spring assembly (rear) - removal and installation

Refer to illustrations 10.2, 1 0,3 and 1 0.4 1 Loosen the rear wheel lug nuts, raise the vehicle, place it securely on jackstands and remove the rear wheels. Support the trailing arm with a floor jack. 2 Remove the damper upper cover (if equipped) (see illustration). 3 Remove the shock absorber upper mounting nuts (see illustration). 4 Remove the shock absorber lower

1 0.3 Remove the upper mounting nuts (arrows) - don't remove the larger

center nut

- 1 0-8 Chapter 1 0 Suspension and steering systems

1 0.4 Remove the mounting bolt (right arrow) that attaches the lower end of the

shock absorber to the lower arm; to disconnect the lower arm from the

trailing arm (Section 13), remove the left bolt (left arrow)

mounting bolt (see illustration). 5 Lower the jack and the lower arm and remove the shock absorber/coil spring assembly. 6 To inspect or replace the shock absorber or coil spring, see Section 3. 7 Installation is the reverse of removal. Be sure to tighten all fasteners to the torque values l isted in this Chapter's Specifications. Note: Before tightening the shock absorber lower mounting bolt, raise the rear of the trailing arm with the floor jack to simulate normal ride height.

1 1 Stabilizer bar and bushings (rear) - removal and installation

Refer to illustration 1 1 . 2

1 Loosen the rear wheel lug nuts, raise the vehicle, place it securely on jackstands and remove the rear wheels. 2 Remove the stabilizer bar-to- l ink bolts and the stabilizer bar-to-body clamp bolts and remove the stabilizer bar (see illustration). 3 Pul l the brackets off the stabilizer bar

1 2.4a Unstake the hub nut

1 1 .2 Remove the stabilizer bar-to-link bolts and the clamp

bolts (arrows)

and inspect the bushings for cracks, hardness and other signs of deterioration. If the bushings are damaged, replace them. 4 Installation is the reverse of removal.

12 Hub and bearing assembly (rear) - removal and installation

2WD mode/s Refer to illustrations 12.3, 12.4a, 12.4b and 12.t.

Note: The rear hub and bearing are combined into a single assembly. The bearing is sealed for life and requires no lubrication or attention. If the bearing is worn or damaged, replace the entire hub and bearing assembly. 1 Loosen the rear wheel lug nuts, raise the vehicle, place it securely on jackstands and remove the rear wheel. 2 Remove the brake drum or caliper and disc (see Chapter 9). 3 Remove the dust cover (see i l lustra-tion). 4 Unstake the hub retaining nut (see illustration), unscrew the nut, then remove the thrust washer and the hub assembly (see illustration).

1 2.4b The hub assembly should come off easily, but if it's stuck, pull it from the rear

knuckle with a slide hammer

1 2.3 Using a hammer and chisel, remove the dust cover

5 Install the new hub assembly and thrust washer, t ighten the new nut to the torque l isted in this Chapter's Specifications, then stake its edge into the groove in the spindle (see il lustration). 6 Install the dust cover by tapping lightly around the edge until it is seated. 7 The remainder of installation is the reverse of removal.

4WD models Refer to illustration 12. 13

8 Remove the wheel cover or hub cap. Unstake the driveaxle/hub nut and loosen it (see Chapter 8). 9 Loosen the wheel lug nuts, raise the rear of the vehicle and support it securely on jackstands. Remove the wheel. 1 0 Remove the driveaxle/hub nut. 1 1 Using a flare nut wrench, unscrew the brake l ine fitting from the wheel cylinder (see Chapter 9). Also remove the ABS wheel speed sensor and move it aside so it doesn't get damaged. 12 Remove the brake shoes from the backing plate (see Chapter 9). 1 3 Remove the hub-to-trai l ing arm bolts (see illustration). 1 4 Remove the hub and bearing assembly, along with the brake backing plate, from the

1 2.5 Stake the hub nut back into place

Chapter 1 0 Suspension and steering systems 1 0-9

1 2.13 On 4WD CR-V models the rear hub and bearing assembly is retained fo the trailing arm with three bolts (driveaxle

removed for clarity)

trailing arm. If the bearing is to be replaced, take the assembly to an automotive machine shop (a hydraulic press and special adapters are required). 1 5 I nstallation is the reverse of removal, noting the following points:

a) Tighten the hub and bearing assembly bolts to the torque listed in this Chapter's Specifications.

b) Tighten the driveaxle/hub nut to the torque listed in the Chapter 8 Specifications.

c) Tighten the lug nuts to the torque listed in the Chapter 1 Specifications.

d) Bleed the brakes (see Chapter 9).

1 3 Suspension arms (rear) - removal and installation

Loosen the rear wheel lug nuts, raise the vehicle, place it securely on jackstands and remove the wheel.

Upper arm Refer to illustration 13.2

2 Remove the upper arm-to-trai l ing arm bolt and nut (see illustration). 3 Remove the mounting bolts from the upper arm inner bushing and remove the upper arm. 4 I nspect the bushing for cracking or deterioration. If it's worn, have i t pressed out, and a new one installed, by an automotive machine shop or other repair shop. 5 Installation is the reverse of removal. Be sure to tighten all fasteners to the torque l isted in this Chapter's Specifications. Note: Before tightening the upper arm-to-trailing arm bolt, raise the rear of the trailing arm with a floor jack to simulate normal ride height.

Lower arm Refer to illustration 13. 7

6 Remove the lower arm-to-trai l ing arm bolt and the shock absorber-to-lower arm bolt (see Section 1 0).

1 3.2 To remove the upper arm, remove the bolt and nut (right arrows) that attach

it to the trailing arm, then remove the two bolts (left arrows) that attach

the inner end to the body

7 Remove the inner pivot bolt and nut from the lower arm (see illustration), then remove the lower arm. 8 Inspect the lower arm bushings for cracks and deterioration. If any of them are worn, have them pressed out, and new ones installed, by an automotive machine shop or other repair shop. 9 Installation is the reverse of removal. Be sure to tighten all fasteners to the torque listed in this Chapter's Specifications. Note: Before tightening the lower arm-to-trailing arm, lower arm inner pivot bolt and shock absorber-to-lower arm bolt, raise the rear of the trailing arm with a floor jack to simulate normal ride height.

Compensator arm Refer to illustration 13. 10

10 Remove the compensator arm-to-trailing arm bolt (see illustration). 1 1 Remove the compensator arm-to-body nut and bolt and remove the compensator arm. 12 Inspect the compensator arm bushings for wear and deterioration. If either of them need to be replaced, have them pressed out,

1 3.1 O To remove the compensator arm, remove the bolt that attaches the arm to the body (right arrow), then remove the

bolt that attaches the compensator arm to the trailing arm (left arrow)

13.7 To disconnect the inner end of the lower arm from the chassis, remove

the pivot bolt (arrow)

and new ones instal led, by an automotive machine shop or other repair shop. 1 3 Installation is the reverse of removal. Note: Before tightening the compensator arm-to-body bolt or compensator arm-totrailing arm bolt, raise the rear of the trailing arm with a floor jack to simulate normal ride height.

Trailing arm Refer to illustrations 13. 1 Ba and 13. 1 Bb

1 4 Disconnect the brake hose from the wheel cyl inder or rear caliper and plug the hose to prevent leakage or contamination. Remove the brake drum and brake shoes, or the rear caliper and disc. Disconnect the parking brake cable (see Chapter 9). 1 5 Remove the rear hub and bearing assembly (see Section 1 2). 1 6 Remove the brake backing plate. 1 7 Detach the upper, lower and compensator arms from the trailing arm. 18 Disconnect the parking brake cable bracket from the trai l ing arm, then remove the bolts from the trailing arm bushing shaft (see il lustrations) and remove the trai l ing arm.

1 3.18a To disconnect the trailing arm from the body, remove the left bushing shaft bolt (arrow) . . .

- 1 0- 1 0 Chapter 1 0 Suspension and steering systems

1 3.18b . . . and the right bolt (right arrow); and don't forget to detach the bracket for the parking brake cable by removing the

bolt indicated by the left arrow

1 9 Inspect the trai l ing arm bushing for cracks and deteriorat ion. If it needs to be replaced, have it pressed out, and a new one installed, by an automotive machine shop or other repair shop. 20 Installation is the reverse of removal, noting the following points:

a) Before tightening the fasteners to the torque values listed in this Chapter's Specifications, raise the rear of the trailing arm with a floor jack to simulate normal ride height.

b) Bleed the brake hydraulic system (see Chapter 9).

14 Steering wheel - removal and installation

Removal Refer to illustrations 14.2a, 14.2b, 14.c, 14.2d, 14.3a, 14.3b, 14.4, 14.6 and 14. 7

Warning: Most models covered by this manual are equipped with a Supplemental Restraint System (SRS), more commonly known as an airbag(s). Always disable the

1 4.2d Plug the shorting connector into the airbag module connector to disable the airbag module (1994 and 1 995 lntegra models only)

1 4.2a Remove the access plate from the underside of the steering wheel - on some

models it's secured by a screw

airbag system before working in the vicinity of the airbag unit(s), steering column or instrument panel to avoid the possibility of accidental deployment of the airbag, which could cause personal injury (see Chapter 12). 1 Disconnect the cable from the negative battery terminal, then disconnect the positive battery cable and wait at least three minutes before proceeding. Caution: If the stereo in your vehicle is equipped with an anti-theft system, make sure you have the correct activation code before disconnecting the battery. 2 Rotate the wheel 1 80-degrees so the access plate is facing up. Remove the access plate and unplug the connector for the airbag module (see il lustrations). On 1 994 and 1 995 l ntegra models, remove the shorting connector from the access plate and plug it into the airbag module connector (see illustrations). Note: On all other models the airbag automatically is shorted when the connector is unplugged. 3 Turn the steering wheel back so it is centered again and the front wheels are straight, then pry off the small panel on each side of the steering wheel. Remove both Torx screws from the side of the steering wheel

1 4.3a Remove the left Tone screw (arrow) that attaches the airbag module to the

steering wheel . . .

1 4.2b Unplug the yellow connector (arrow) for the airbag module

1 4.2c The shorting connector is stowed on the inside of the access plate (1 994

and 1 995 lntegra models)

facing toward the dash (see i l lustrations). These screws retain the airbag module. 4 Pu l l off the module (see il lustration) and carefully set the module in a safe location with the trim side facing up. Warning: When carrying the airbag module, make sure the trim side is facing away from you. When you set it down, place it in an isolated area with the trim side facing up. Also, don't set any

1 4.3b . . . then remove the right Torx screw (arrow)

Chapter 1 0 Suspension and steering systems 1 0-1 1

1 4.4 Remove the airbag module from the steering wheel and set it in a safe location

(always store the airbag module with the trim side facing UP)

objects on top of the airbag module. 5 Unplug the electrical connectors for the horn and, if equipped, the cruise control system. 6 Remove the steering wheel retaining nut or bolt. Paint or scribe a mark indicating the relationship of the steering wheel hub to the steering shaft (see illustration). 7 If you ' re working on a Civic or lntegra model, remove the wheel by pull ing it straight off the shaft, using a side-to-side rocking motion. If you're working on a CR-V model , remove the wheel with a steering wheel puller (see il lustration). Don't attempt to remove the wheel by hammering on the steering shaft or steering wheel. Warning: While the steering wheel is removed, DO NOT turn the steering shaft. If you do so, the airbag cable reel could be damaged.

Installation Refer to illustration 14.9

8 Make sure that the wheels are pointed straight ahead. 9 Make absolutely sure that the cable reel is centered with the arrow on the cable reel pointing up (see illustration). This shouldn't be a problem as long as you have not turned the steering shaft while the wheel was removed. If for some reason the shaft was turned, center the cable reel as follows:

a) Rotate the cable reel clockwise until it stops.

b) Rotate the cable reel counterclockwise about two turns until the yellow gear tooth lines up with the mark on the cover (some models) and the arrow on the cable reel points straight up.

1 O Be sure to align the index mark on the steering wheel hub with the mark on the shaft when you slip the wheel onto the shaft. Also, make sure the pins on the cable reel engage the corresponding holes in the steering wheel, and the projections on the turn signal canceling cam l ine up with the slots on the steering wheel hub. Install the mounting nut or bolt and tighten it to the torque l isted in this Chapter's Specifications.

1 4.6 After removing the steering wheel nut or bolt, mark the relationship

of the wheel to the shaft

1 1 Plug in the horn connector and, if equipped, the cruise control connector. 1 2 Reattach the airbag module with NEW Torx bolts and tighten the bolts to the torque l isted in this Chapter's Specifications. Install the Torx bolt access panels. 13 If you're working on a 1 994 or 1 995 lntegra, unplug the shorting connector from the airbag connector. 1 4 Plug the airbag and cable reel connector halves together. 1 5 Secure the shorting connector (if equipped) to the access plate and install the access plate.

1 5 Tie-rod ends - removal and installation

Removal Refer to illustrations 15.2a, 15.2b and 15.4

1 Loosen the wheel lug nuts. Raise the front of the vehicle, support it securely on jackstands and remove the wheel. 2 Hold the tie-rod end with a back-up wrench and loosen the jam nut enough to

1 5.2a Using a back-up wrench to prevent the tie-rod end from turning, loosen

the jam nut

1 4.7 If you're working on a CR-V model, use a steering wheel puller to separate

the wheel from the steering shaft

1 4.9 Before installing the steering wheel, make sure that the wheels are pointed

straight ahead and the "Top" mark points straight up on the cable reel for the airbag

system; also, note that on some models the yellow gear tooth at 7 o'clock is lined

up with its mark on the cover

mark the position of the tie-rod end in relation to the threads (see illustrations). 3 Remove the cotter pin and loosen the nut on the tie-rod ehd stud. Don't completely remove the nut.

1 5.2b Make an alignment mark on the exposed threads, along the edge of the

tie-rod end, so the new tie-rod end will be installed in the exact same position

c1 Q-1 2 Chapter 1 0 Suspension and steering systems

1 5.4 Use a puller to separate the tie-rod end from the steering knuckle arm

4 Separate the tie-rod from the steering knuckle arm with a puller (see illustration). Remove the nut and detach the tie-rod. 5 Unscrew the tie-rod end from the tie-rod.

Installation 6 Thread the tie-rod end on to the marked position and insert the tie-rod stud into the steering knuckle arm. Don't tighten the jam nut yet. 7 Install the nut on the stud and tighten it to the torque l isted in this Chapter's Specifications. Install a new cotter pin. Note: If necessary, turn the nut a little more to align a slot in the nut with the hole in the stud. Don't loosen the nut to allow cotter pin insertion. 8 Tighten the jam nut securely. 9 Install the wheel and lug nuts. Lower the vehicle and tighten the lug nuts to the torque listed in the Chapter 1 Specifications. 1 0 Have the alignment checked by a dealer service department or an alignment shop.

16 Steering gear boots -replacement


1 Loosen the lug nuts, raise the front of the vehicle and support it securely on jackstands. Remove the wheel. 2 Remove the tie-rod end and jam nut (see Section 1 5). 3 Remove the steering gear boot clamps and slide off the boot (see illustration). 4 Before installing the new boot, wrap the threads and serrations on the end of the tierod with a layer of tape so the small end of the new boot isn't damaged. 5 Slide the new boot into position on the steering gear until it seats in the groove in the steering rod and install new clamps. 6 Remove the tape and install the tie-rod end (see Section 1 5). 7 Install the wheel and lug nuts. Lower the vehicle and tighten the lug nuts to the torque listed in the Chapter 1 Specifications.

1 6.3 .Cut the steering gear boot clamps (arrows)

1 7 Steering gear - removal and installation

Removal Refer to illustrations 1 7. 1, 1 7.2, 1 7.8, 1 7.9, 1 7. 1 0a and 1 7. 10b

1 Park the veh icle with the front wheels pointing straight ahead. Working under the dash, remove the steering joint cover (see i l lustration) . Lock the steering wheel by removing the ignition key or loop the seat belt through the steering wheel to prevent the steering wheel from rotating. Caution: Failure to do this could result in damage to the airbag system cable reel. 2 Mark the relationship of the intermediate shaft universal joint to the steering gear input shaft (see il lustration). Remove the upper and lower pinch bolts from the intermediate shaft and slide the intermediate shaft up and off the steering gear input shaft. 3 Apply the parking brake. Loosen the front wheel lug nuts, raise the front of the vehicle and support it securely on jackstands. Remove the wheels. 4 Remove the shift and extension rods (manual transaxle) or shift cable (automatic transaxle) from the transaxle (see Chapter 7 A or 7B).

1 7.2 Mark the relationship of the intermediate shaft to the steering gear

input shaft and remove the pinch bolts (arrow indicates lower bolt)

1 7 .1 Pop off the upper and lower clamps (upper left arrow points to lower clamp;

upper clamp not visible in this photo), pop out the single plastic retaining clip (lower left arrow) and slide off the cover; when you put it back on, make sure the two holes (right arrows) in the flange at the lower end of the shield engage with the

locating pins in the firewall

5 Remove the catalyt ic converter or the front portion of the exhaust pipe. 6 Remove the tie-rod ends (see Section 1 5). Extend the steering gear all the way to the right. 7 If you're working on a 4WD CR-V model, disconnect the driveshaft from the transfer case flange and support it so it doesn't hang by the center support bearing. Also remove the transfer case (see Chapter 8). 8 Place a drain pan under the steering gear. Disconnect the power steering fluid lines (see illustration) and cap them to prevent contamination and excessive loss of fluid. 9 On models so equipped, remove the chassis stiffener bracket (see illustration). 1 0 Support the steering gear and remove the mounting bolts (see illustrations). Move the steering gear as far as possible to the right, then rotate the steering gear so that the input shaft is facing forward . Lower the left end of the steering gear past the frame and guide it out toward the left side of the vehicle.

1 7.8 Loosen the power steering fluid line fittings (arrows), disconnect the lines and

plug them to prevent leakage and contamination

Chapter 1 0 Suspension and steering systems 1 0- 1 3

1 7.9 On later models, remove the bolts (arrows) and detach the chassis stiffener bracket

17.10a Remove these bolts (arrows) from the left end (driver's side) of the steering gear

Installation 1 1 Installation is the reverse of removal, noting the following points:

a) After mounting the steering gear, center the rack within the housing.

1 7.10b Remove these bolts (arrows) from the right (passenger side) steering gear mounting clamp and remove the clamp

b) When connecting the intermediate shaft to the steering gear input shaft, be sure to align the previously applied matchmarks.

c) Tighten all steering fasteners to the torque values listed in this Chapter's Specifications.

d) If you 're working on a 4WD CR-V model, install the transfer case and connect the driveshaft as described in Chapter 8. Refill the transaxle with the proper type and amount of fluid (see Chapter 1 ) . ·

e) Fill the power steering pump reservoir with the recommended fluid (see Chapter 1). Bleed the steering system (see Section 19).

1 8 Power steering pump - removal and installation


1 Disconnect the cable from the negative battery terminal, then disconnect the positive battery cable. Caution: If the stereo in your vehicle is equipped with an anti-theft system,

make sure you have the correct activation code before disconnecting the battery. 2 Disconnect the fluid hoses at the pump (see il lustrations). Note the difference between the pressure and the return hoses; the return hose is held to the pump with a spring type clamp, and the pressure l ine has two bolts holding it to the pump body. Cap or plug both hoses to prevent leakage or contamination. Install a new 0-ring on the end of the pressure line. 3 Remove the pump adjusting bolt. 4 Remove the pump mounting bolt(s) and remove the pump from the engine. 5 Installation is the reverse of removal. Be sure to adjust the drivebelt tension (see Chapter 1 ) and bleed the power steering system (see Section 1 9).

19 Power steering system - bleeding

Following any operation in which the power steering fluid lines have been disconnected , the power steering system must be bled to remove all a ir and obtain proper

1 8.2a To remove the power steering pump on earlier models, disconnect the pressure line bolts (1) and the return line clamp (2),

then remove the adjuster bolt (3) and the mounting bolts (4)

1 8.2b On later models, disconnect the pressure line bolts (1) and the return line clamp (2), then remove the adjuster

bolt (3) and the mounting bolt (4)

c 1 Q- 1 4 Chapter 1 0 Suspension and steering systems

METRIC TIRE SIZES CAMBER CASTER P 1 85 I 80 R 13 - -

TIRE TYPE / 7 ��IAMETER P-PASSENGER ASPECT RATIO (INCHES) T-TEMPORARY (SECTION HEIGHT) 13 C-COMMERCIAL

(SECTION WIDTH) �� 70 SECTIOf.l WIDTH 75 CONSTRUCTION TYPE

(MILLIMETERS) 80 R-RADIAL 185 B-BIAS - BELTED 195 D-DIAGONAL (BIAS) 205 ETC

SECTION HEIGHT

FRONT OF VEHICLE

... ---- x -----.�

TOE-IN (Y-X)

i ------- v ------�

20.1 Metric tire size code

steering performance. 2 With the front wheels in the straight ahead position , check the power steering fluid level (see Chapter 1 ). If it's low, add fluid until it reaches the lower mark on the reservoir. 3 Start the engine and al low it to run at fast idle. Recheck the fluid level and add more if necessary to reach the Cold mark on the dipstick. 4 Bleed the system by turning the wheels from side-to-side, without hitting the stops. This will work the air out of the system. Keep the reservoir full of fluid as this is done. 5 When the air is worked out of the system, return the wheels to the straight ahead position and leave the vehicle running for several more minutes before shutting it off. 6 Road test the vehicle to be sure the steering system is functioning normally and noise free. 7 Recheck the fluid level to be sure it is up to the Hot mark on the reservoir whi le the engine is at normal operating temperature. Add fluid if necessary (see Chapter 1 ).

20 Wheels and tires - general information


All vehicles covered by this manual are equipped with metric-sized steel belted radial ti res (see il lustration). Use of other size or type of tires may affect the ride and handling of the veh icle. Don't mix different types of tires, such as radials and bias belted, on the same vehicle as handling may be seriously affected . I t 's recommended that ti res be replaced in pairs on the same axle, but if only one tire is being replaced, be sure it's the

21 .1 Wheel alignment details

same size, structure and tread design as the other.

Because tire pressure has a substantial effect on handling and wear, the pressure on all ti res should be checked at least once a month or before any extended trips (see Chapter 1 ) .

Wheels must be replaced i f they are bent, dented, leak air, have elongated bolt holes, are heavily rusted, out of vertical symmetry or if the lug nuts won't stay tight. Wheel repairs that use welding or peening are not recommended.

Tire and wheel balance is important to the overall handl ing, braking and performance of the veh icle. Unbalanced wheels can adversely affect handling and ride characteristics as well as tire l ife. Whenever a tire is installed on a wheel , the t i re and wheel should be balanced by a shop with the proper equipment.

21 Wheel alignment - general information

Refer to illustration 21 . 1

A wheel alignment refers to the adjustments made to the wheels so they are in proper angular relationship to the suspension and the ground. Wheels that are out of proper alignment not only affect steering control, but also increase tire wear. Toe-in can be adjusted on the front and rear wheels. The front and rear camber and caster angles should be checked to determine if any of the suspension components are worn out or bent (see illustration).

Getting the proper wheel alignment is a very exacting process, one in which complicated and expensive machines are necessary

to perform the job properly. Because of this, you should have a technician with the proper equipment perform these tasks. We wi l l , however, use th is space to give you a basic idea of what is involved with wheel alignment so you can better understand the process and deal intelligently with the shop that does the work.

Toe-in is the turning in of the wheels. The purpose of a toe specification is to ensure parallel rolling of the wheels. In a vehicle with zero toe-in, the distance between the front edges of the wheels will be the same as the distance between the rear edges of the wheels. The actual amount of toe-in is normally only a fraction of an inch. At the front end, toe-in is controlled by the tie-rod end position on the tie-rod . At the rear it is adjusted by moving the com pensator arm within its bracket on the body. Incorrect toein wil l cause the tires to wear improperly by making 1:hem scrub against the road surface.

Camber is the tilting of the wheels from the vertical when viewed from the front or rear of the vehicle. When the wheels tilt out at the top, the camber is said to be positive (+). When the wheels tilt in at the top the camber is negative (-). The amount of tilt is measured in degrees from the vertical and this measurement is called the camber angle. This angle affects the amount of tire tread which contacts the road and compensates for changes in the suspension geometry when the vehicle is cornering or traveling over an undulating surface. Camber isn't adjustable on these vehicles.

Caster is the ti lt ing of the top of the steering axis from the vertical. A tilt toward the rear is positive caster and a tilt toward the front is negative caster. Caster isn't adjustable on these vehicles.

Chapter 11 Body Contents

Section Body - maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 2 Body repair - major damage . . . .. ....... ....... ...................... .... . ... ..... . . . . 6 Body repair - minor damage . . . . . ... ..... ....... .... ....... ... ..... ... . . . . ............ 5 Bumper covers and bumpers - removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Center console - removal and installati.on. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Cowl cover - removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Dashboard trim panels - removal and installation .. .... ... ................ 25 Door - removal, i nstallation and adjustment. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . .. . . . 19 Door latch, lock cylinder and handles - removal

and installatio n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . .. . . 20 Door trim panel - removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Door window glass - removal and installation . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Door window glass regulator - removal and installation . . . . .. . . . . . ... . . 22 Front fender - removal and installation . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . ........ .... ....... ...... 12 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ,.............................. 1 Hinges and locks - maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Hood - removal, installation and adjustment . ...... ...... .... .. ..... ... ...... 9 Hood release latch and cable - removal and installation .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Instrument panel - removal and installation . . . ........... . . . . ..... ...... ...... 27 Liftgate (hatchback models) - removal, installation

and adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14

Specifications

Torque specification Passenger's airbag module retaining nuts . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

11-1

Section Liftgate latch, lock cylinder and support struts

(hatchback models) - removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Radiator grille (CR-V models) - removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Rear hatch glass and support struts (CR-V models) -

removal, installation and adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 33 Rearview mirrors - removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . 23 Seats - removal and installation. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . ... . .. . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Steering column covers - removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Tailgate and assist strut (CR-V models) - removal,

installation and adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 Tailgate latch, lock cylinder and handle (CR-V models) -

removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Trunk lid (sedan models) - removal, installation

and adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . ... . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . 16 Trunk l id latch, lock cylinder and support struts

(sedan models) - removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . ....... ... .... 15 Trunk release and fuel door cables - removal and installation . . . . . . 17 Upholstery and carpets - maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Vinyl trim - maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . 3 Windshield and fixed glass - replacement . . . . . . ... . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

86 in-lbs


These models feature a "unibody" layout, using a floor pan with front and rear frame side rails which support the body components, front and rear suspension systems and other mechani cal components.

body than it is to repair mechanical components. The hidden areas of the body, such as the wheel wells, the frame and the engine compartment, are equally i m portant, although they don't require as frequent attention as the rest of the body.

can wear down the paint. 6 Spots of tar or asphalt thrown up from the road should be removed with a cloth soaked in solvent. 7 Once every six months, wax the body and chrome trim. If a chrome cleaner is used to remove rust from any of the vehicle's plated parts, remember that the cleaner also removes part of the chrome, so use it sparingly. Certain components are particularly vul

nerable to accident damage and can be unbolted and repaired or replaced. Among these parts are the body moldings, bumpers, front fenders, the hood and trunk lid (or l iftgate) and all glass.

Only general body maintenance pract ices and body panel repair procedures within the scope of the do-it-yourselfer are included in this Chapter.

2 Body - maintenance

The condition of your vehicle's body is very i mportant, because the resale value depends a great deal on it. It's much more difficult to repair a neglected or damaged

2 Once a year, or every 12,000 miles, it's a good idea to have the underside of the body steam cleaned. All traces of dirt and oil will be removed and the area can then be inspected careful ly for rust, damaged brake l ines, frayed electrical wires, damaged cables and other problems. 3 At the same time, clean the engine and the engine compartment with a steam cleaner or water soluble degreaser. 4 The wheel wells should be given close attention, since undercoating can peel away and stones and dirt thrown up by the tires can cause the paint to chip and flake, allowing rust to set in. If rust is found, clean down to the bare metal and apply an anti-rust paint. 5 The body should be washed about once a week. Wet the vehicle thoroughly to soften the dirt, then wash it down with a soft sponge and plenty of clean soapy water. If the surplus dirt is not washed off very careful ly, it

3 Vinyl trim - maintenance

Don't clean vinyl trim with detergents, caustic soap or petroleum based cleaners. Plain soap and water worRs just fine, with a soft brush to clean dirt that may be ingrained. Wash the vinyl as frequently as the rest of the vehicle.

After cleaning, appl ication of a h igh quality rubber and vinyl protectant wi l l help prevent oxidation and cracks. The protectant can also be appl ied to weather-stripping, vacuum lines and rubber hoses, ·which often fail as a result of chemical degradation, and to the tires.

These photos illustrate a method of repairing simple dents. They are intended to supplement Body repair - minor damage in this Chapter and should not be used as the sole instructions for body repair on these vehicles.

If you can't access the backside of the body panel to hammer out the dent, pull it out with a slide-hammer-type dent puller. In the deepest portion of the dent or along the crease line, drill or

punch hole(s) at least one inch apart . . .

3 Using coarse-grit sandpaper, remove the paint down to the bare metal. Hand sanding works fine, but the disc sander shown

here makes the job faster. Use finer (about 320-grit) sandpaper to feather-edge the paint at least one inch around the dent area

5 Following label instructions, mix up a batch of plastic filler and hardener. The ratio of filler to hardener is critical, and, if you mix it incorrectly, it will either not cure properly or cure too quickly (you

won't have time to file and sand it into shape)

2 . . . then screw the slide-hammer into the hole and operate it. Tap with a hammer near the edge of the dent to help 'pop' the metal back to its original shape. When you're finished, the dent area should be close to its original contour and about 1/8-inch

below the surface of the surrounding metal

4 When the paint is removed, touch will probably be more helpful than sight for telling if the metal is straight. Hammer

down the high spots or raise the low spots as necessary. Clean the repair area with wax/silicone remover

6 Working quickly so the filler doesn't harden, use a plastic applicator to press the body filler firmly into the metal, assuring it

bonds completely. Work the filler until it matches the original contour and is slightly above the surrounding metal

7 Let the filler harden until you can just dent it with your fingernail. Use a body file or Surform tool (shown here) to rough

shape the filler

9 You shouldn't be able to feel any ridge at the transition from the filler to the bare metal or from the bare metal to the old paint.

As soon as the repair is flat and uniform, remove the dust and mask off the adjacent panels or trim pieces

1 1 The primer will help reveal imperfections or scratches. Fill these with glazing compound. Follow the label instructions and sand it with 360 or 400-grit sandpaper until it's smooth. Repeat the glazing, sanding and respraying until the primer reveals a

perfectly smooth surface

8 Use coarse-grit sandpaper and a sanding board or block to work the filler down until it's smooth and even. Work down to

finer grits of sandpaper - always using a board or block - ending up with 360 or 400 grit

10 Apply several layers of primer to the area. Don't spray the primer on too heavy, so it sags or runs, and make sure each coat is dry before you spray on the next one. A professional-type spray

gun is being used here, but aerosol spray primer is available inexpensively from auto parts stores

1 2 Finish sand the primer with very fine sandpaper (400 or 600-grit) to remove the primer overspray. Clean the area with water

and allow it to dry. Use a tack rag to remove any dust, then apply the finish coat. Don't attempt to rub out or wax the repair area

until the paint has dried completely (at least two weeks)

.- 11-4

4 Upholstery and carpets -maintenance

Every three months remove the carpets or mats and clean the interior of the vehicle (more frequently if necessary). Vacuum the upholstery and carpets to remove loose dirt and dust. -

2 Leather upholstery requires special care. Stains should be removed with warm water and a very mild soap solution. Use a clean, damp cloth to remove the soap, then wipe again with a dry cloth. Never use alcohol, gasoline, nail polish remover or thinner to/ clean leather upholstery. 3 After cleaning, regularly treat leather upholstery v1ith a leather wax. Never use car wax on leather upholstery. 4 In areas where the interior of the vehicle is subject to bright sunlight, cover leather seats with a sheet if the vehicle is to be left out for any length of time.

5 Body repair - minor damage

Plastic body panels The following repair procedures are for

minor scratches and gouges. Repair of more serious damage should be left to a dealer service department or qualified auto body shop. Below is a list of the equipment and materials necessary to perform the following repair procedures on plastic body panels. Although a specific brand of material may be mentioned, it should be noted that equivalent products from other manufacturers may be used instead.

Wax, grease and silicone removing solvent

Cloth-backed body tape Sanding discs Drill motor with three-inch disc holder Hand sanding block Rubber squeegees Sandpaper Non-porous mixing palette Wood paddle or putty knife Curved tooth body file Flexible parts repair material

Flexible panels (front and rear

bumper fascia)

1 Remove the damaged panel, if necessary or desirable. In most cases, repairs can be carried out with the panel installed. 2 Clean the area(s) to be repaired with a wax, grease and silicone removing solvent applied with a water-dampened cloth. 3 If the damage is structural, that is, if it extends through the panel, clean the backside of the panel area to be repaired as well. Wipe dry. 4 Sand the rear surface about 1-1 /2 inches beyond the break. 5 Cut two pieces of fiberglass cloth large enough to overlap the break by about 1-1 /2

Chapter 1 1 Body

inches. Cut only to the required length. 6 Mix the adhesive from the repair kit according to the instructions included with the kit, and apply a layer of the mixture approximately 1/B-inch thick on the backside of the panel. Overlap the break by at feast 1-1 /2 inches. 7 Apply one piece of fiberglass cloth to the adhesive and cover the cloth with additional adhesive. Apply a second piece of fiberglass cloth to the adhesive and immediately cover the cloth with additional adhesive insufficient quantity to fill the weave. B Allow the repair to cure for 20 to 30 min-utes at 60-degrees to BO-degrees F. 9 If necessary, trim the excess repair material at the edge. 10 Remove all of the paint film over and around the area(s) to be repaired. The repair material should not overlap the painted surface. 11 With a drill motor and a sanding disc (or a rotary file). cut a "V" along the break line approximately 1/2-inch wide. Remove all dust and loose particles from the repair area. 12 Mix and apply the repair material. Apply a light coat first over the damaged area; then continue applying material until it reaches a level slightly higher than the surrounding finish. 13 Cure the mixture for 20 to 30 minutes at 60-degrees to BO-degrees F. 14· Roughly establish the contour of the area being repaired with a body file. If low areas or pits remain, mix and apply additional adhesive. 15 Block sand the damaged area with sandpaper to establish the actual contour of the surrounding surface. 16 If desired, the repaired area can be temporarily protected with several light coats of primer. Because of the special paints and techniques required for flexible body panels, it is recommended that the vehicle be taken to a paint shop for completion of the body repair.

Steel body panels See photo sequence

Repair of minor scratches

17 If the scratch is superficial and does not penetrate to the metal of the body, repair is very simple. Lightly rub the scratched area with a fine rubbing compound to remove loose paint and built-up wax. Rinse the area with clean water. 1B Apply touch-up paint to the scratch, using a small brush. Continue to apply thin layers of paint until the surface of the paint in the scratch is level with the surrounding paint. Allow the new paint at least two weeks to harden, then blend it into the surrounding paint by rubbing with a very fine rubbing compound. Finally, apply a coat of wax to the scratch area. 19 If the scratch has penetrated the paint and exposed the metal of the body, causing the metal to rust, a different repair technique is required. Remove all loose rust from the

bottom of the scratch with a pocket knife, then apply rust inhibiting paint to prevent the formation of rust in the future. Using a rubber or nylon applicator, coat the scratched area with glaze-type filler. If required, the filler can be mixed with thinner to provide a very thin paste, which is ideal for filling narrow scratches. Before the glaze filler in the scratch hardens, wrap a piece of smooth cotton cloth around the tip of a finger. Dip the cloth in thinner and then quickly wipe it along the surface of the scratch. This will ensure that the surface of the filler is slightly hollow. The scratch can now be painted over as described earlier in this section.

Repair of dents

20 When repairing dents, the first job is to pull the dent out until the affected area is as close as possible to its original shape. There is no point in trying to restore the original shape completely as the metal in the damaged area will have stretched on impact and cannot be restored to its original contours. It is better to bring the level of the dent up to a point, which is about 1/B-inch below the level of the surrounding metal. In cases where the dent is very shallow, it is not worth trying to pull it out at all. 21 If the back side of the dent is accessible, it can be hammered out gently from behind using a soft-face hammer. While doing this, hold a block of wood firmly against the opposite side of the metal to absorb the hammer blows and prevent the metal from being stretched. 22 If the dent is in a section of the body which has double layers, or some other factor makes it inaccessible from behind, a different technique is required. Drill several small holes through the metal inside the damaged area, particularly in the deeper sections. Screw long, self-tapping screws into the holes just enough for them to get a good grip in the metal. Now the dent can be pullP-d out by pulling on the protruding heads of the screws with locking pliers. 23 The next stage of repair is the removal of paint from the damaged area and from an inch or so of the surrounding metal. This is done with a wire brush or sanding disk in a drill motor, although it can be done just as effectively by hand with sandpaper. To complete the preparation for filling, score the surface of the bare metal with a screwdriver or the tang of a file, or drill small holes in the affected area. This will provide a good grip for the filler material. To complete the repair, see the subsection on filling and painting later in this Section.

Repair of rust holes or gashes

24 Remove all paint from the affected area and from an inch or so of the surrounding metal using a sanding disk or wire brush mounted in a drill motor. If these are not available, a few sheets of sandpaper will do the job just as effectively. 25 With the paint removed, you will be able to determine the severity of the corrosion and

decide whether to replace the whole panel, if possible, or repair the affected area. New body panels are not as expensive as most people think and it is often quicker to install a new panel than to repair large areas of rust. 26 Remove all trim pieces from the affected area except those which will act as a guide to the original shape of the damaged body, such as headlight shells, etc. Using metal snips or a hacksaw blade, remove all loose metal and any other metal that is badly affected by rust. Hammer the edges of the hole in to create a slight depression for the filler material. 27 Wire brush the affected area to remove the powdery rust from the surface of the metal. If the back of the rusted area i� accessible, treat it with rust inhibiting paint. 28 Before filling is done, block the hole in some way. This can be done with sheet metal riveted or screwed into place, or by stuffing the hole with wire mesh. 29 Once the hole is blocked off, the affected area can be filled and painted. See the following subsection on filling and painting.

Filling and painting

30 Many types of body fillers are available, but generally speaking, body repair kits which contain filler paste and a tube of resin hardener are best for this type of repair work. A wide, flexible plastic or nylon applicator will be necessary for imparting a smooth and contoured finish to the surface of the filler material. Mix up a small amount of filler on a clean piece of wood or cardboard (use the hardener sparingly). Follow the manufacturer's instructions on the package, otherwise the filler will set incorrectly. 31 Using the applicator, apply the filler paste to the prepared area. Draw the applicator across the surface of the filler to achieve the desired contour and to level the filler surface. As soon as a contour that approximates the original one is achieved, stop working the paste. If you continue, the paste will begin to stick to the applicator. Continue to add thin layers of paste at 20-minute intervals until the level of the filler is just above the surrounding metal. 32 Once the filler has hardened, the excess can be removed with a body file. From then on, progressively finer grades of sandpaper should be used, starting with a 1 80-grit paper and finishing with 600-grit wet-or-dry paper. Always wrap the sandpaper around a flat rubber or wooden block, otherwise the surface of the filler will not be completely flat. During the sanding of the filler surface, the wet-ordry paper should be periodically rinsed in water. This will ensure that a very smooth finish is produced in the final stage. 33 At this point, the repair area should be surrounded by a ring of bare metal, which in turn should be encircled by the finely feathered edge of good paint. Rinse the repair area with clean water until all of the dust produced by the sanding operation is gone. 34 Spray the entire area with a light coat of

Chapter 1 1 Body

primer. This will reveal any imperfections in the surface of the filler. Repair the imperfections with fresh filler paste or glaze filler and once more smooth the surface with sandpaper. Repeat this spray-and-repair procedure until you are satisfied that the surface of the filler and the feathered edge of the paint are perfect. Rinse the area with clean water and allow it to dry completely. 35 The repair area is now ready for painting. Spray painting must be carried out in a warm, dry, windless and dust free atmosphere. These conditions can be created if you have access to a large indoor work area, but if you are forced to work in the open, you will have to pick the day very carefully. If you are working indoors, dousing the floor in the work area with water will help settle the dust, which would otherwise be in the air. If the repair area is confined to one body panel, mask off the surrounding panels. This will help minimize the effects of a slight mismatch in paint color. Trim pieces such as chrome strips, door handles, etc., will also need to be masked off or removed. Use masking tape and several thickness of newspaper for the masking operations. 36 Before spraying, shake the paint can thoroughly, then spray a test area until the spray painting technique is mastered. Cover the repair area with a thick coat of primer. The thickness should be built up using several thin layers of primer rather than one thick one. Using 600-grit wet-or-dry sandpaper, rub down the surface of the primer until it is very smooth. While doing this, the work area should be thoroughly rinsed with water and the wet-or-dry sandpaper periodically rinsed as well. Allow the primer to dry before spraying additional coats. 37 Spray on the top coat, again building up the thickness by using several thin layers of paint. Begin spraying in the center of the repair area and then, using a circular motion, work out until the whole repair area and about two inches of the surrounding original paint is covered. Remove all masking material 10 to 1 5 minutes after spraying on the final coat of paint. Allow the new paint at least two weeks to harden, then use a very fine rubbing compound to blend the edges of the new paint into the existing paint. Finally, apply a coat of wax.

6 Body repair - major damage

Major damage must be repaired by an auto body shop specifically equipped to perform unibody repairs. These shops have the specialized equipment required to do the job properly. 2 If the damage is extensive, the body must be checked for proper alignment or the vehicle's handling characteristics may be adversely affected and other components may wear at an accelerated rate. 3 Due to the fact that all of the major body components (hood, fenders, etc.) are separate and replaceable units, any seriously

11-5

damaged components should be replaced rather than repaired. Sometimes the components can be found in a wrecking yard that specializes in used vehicle components, often at considerable savings over the cost of new parts.

7 Hinges and locks - maintenance

Once every 3000 miles, or every three months, the hinges and latch assemblies on the doors, hood and trunk (or liftgate) should be given a few drops of light oil or lock lubricant. The door latch strikers should also be lubricated with a thin coat of grease to reduce wear and ensure free movement. Lubricate the door and trunk (or liftgate) locks with spray-on graphite lubricant.

8 Windshield and fixed glass -replacement

Replacement of the windshield and fixed glass requires the use of special fast-setting adhesive/caulk materials and some specialized tools and techniques. These operations should be left to a dealer service department or a shop specializing in glass work.

9 Hood - removal, installation and adjustment

Removal and installation Refer to illustration 9.2

Note: The hood is heavy and somewhat awkward to remove and install - at least two people should perform this procedure. 1 Use blankets or pads to cover the fenders and cowl areas. This will protect the body and paint as the hood is lifted off. 2 Scribe or draw alignment marks around the bolt heads to ensure proper alignment during installation (see illustration).

9.2 Scribe or draw alignment marks around the bolt heads (arrows) and the

hood hinges to ensure proper alignment of the hood when it's reinstalled

_11-6

9.1 0 Scribe a line around the hood latch so you can judge the movement, then

loosen the bolts (arrows) and adjust the latch position

3 Disconnect any cables or wire har-nesses, which will interfere with removal. 4 Have an assistant support the weight of the hood. Remove the hinge-to-hood bolts and any shims, if already installed. If there are any shims, make sure you keep the shims for each side with their respective bolts. Don't mix them up. 5 Lift off the hood. 6 Installation is the reverse of removal. If you fit the hood so that the hinges fit within the scribe marks you made before loosening the bolts and if you install the shims, if any, in the same number and location they were in prior to removal, then the hood should still be aligned. Of course, if you're installing a new hood, or forgot to scribe the hinge positions, or mixed up the shims, etc. then you'll need to readjust the hood position.

Adjustment Refer to illustrations 9. 1 0 and 9. 1 1

7 You can adjust the hood fore-and-aft and right-and-left by means of the elongated holes in the hinges. 8 Scribe a line around the entire hinge plate so you can judge the amount of movement. 9 Loosen the bolts and move the hood into correct alignment. Move it only a little at a time. Tighten the hinge bolts or nuts and carefully lower the hood to check the alignment. 10 If necessary after installation, the entire hood latch assembly can be adjusted upand-down as well as from side-to-side on the upper radiator support so the hood closes securely and is flush with the fenders (see illustration). To do this, scribe a line around the hood latch mounting bolts to provide a reference point. Then loosen the bolts and reposition the latch assembly as necessary. Following adjustment, retighten the mounting bolts. 11 Adjust the vertical height of the leading edge of the hood by screwing the edge cushions in or out so that the hood, when closed, is flush with the fenders (see illustration).

Chapter 1 1 Body

9.1 1 To adjust the vert.ical height of the leading edge of the hood so it's flush with

the fenders, turn each edge cushion clockwise (to lower the hood) or

counterclockwise (to raise the hood)

Finally, adjust the rear edge of the hood until it's flush with the fenders by using shims (available at a Honda dealer parts department) between the hood and the hinge plates. 12 The hood latch assembly, as well as the hinges, should be periodically lubricated with white lithium-base grease to prevent sticking and wear.

10 Hood release latch and cable -removal and installation

Warning: Models covered by this manual are equipped with a Supplemental Restraint System (SRS), more commonly known as airbags. Always disable the airbag system before working in the vicinity of the SRS unit, steering column or instrument panel to avoid the possibility of accidental deployment of the airbag, which could cause personal injury (see Chapter 12).

Latch Refer to illustration 10.2

1 Remove the radiator grille opening cover (if equipped), then scribe a line around the latch to aid alignment when installing, detach the latch retaining bolts from the radiator support (see illustration 9.1 0) and remove the latch. 2 Disconnect the hood release cable by disengaging the cable from the latch assembly (see i llustration). 3 Installation is reverse of the removal. Note: Adjust the latch so the hood engages securely when closed and the hood bumpers are slightly compressed.

Cable Refer to illustration 10.5

4 Disconnect the hood release cable from the latch assembly (see i llustration 1 0.2). 5 Working in the passenger's compartment, remove the driver's side kick panel.

1 0.2 Detach the cable and unhook the end from the latch

10.5 Remove the release lever bolts (arrows) and detach the cable

Then remove the two release lever mounting bolts and detach the hood release lever (see illustration). Detach the cable from the lever. 6 Attach a piece of stiff wire to the release lever end of the cable, then detach all the cable retaining clips. 7 Push the grommet through the firewall and pull the cable into the engine compartment. Ensure that the new cable has a grommet attached, then remove the old cable from the wire and replace it with the new cable. 8 Pull the wire back through the firewall. 9 li:1stallation is the reverse of the removal Note: Push on the grommet to seat it in the firewall completely.

1 1 Bumper covers and bumpers -removal and installation

Front Refer to illustrations 1 1 .3a, 1 1 .3b, 1 1 .3c, 1 1 .4, 1 1 .5 and 1 1 . 6

1 Apply the parking brake, raise the vehi-cle and support it securely on jackstands. 2 Disconnect the cable from the negative terminal of the battery. Caution: If the radio in your vehicle is equipped with an anti-theft system, make sure you have the correct activation code before disconnecting the battery.

Chapter 1 1 Body 11-7

11 .3a Bumper cover lower retaining bolts (lntegra and Civic models)

1 1.3b Bumper cover lower retaining bolts (CR-V models)

11 .3c Some models have screws securing the lower corners of the bumper cover

3 Working under the vehicle, detach the bolts or screws securing the lower edges of the bumper cover (see illustrations). 4 Working in the front wheel opening, detach the plastic retaining screws securing the bumper cover to inner fenderwell splash shields (see illustration). 5 On lntegra models, remove the bumper cover-to-chassis bolts (see illustration). On

1 1 .4 The ends of the bumper cover are retained by screws (arrow)

CR-V models, remove the radiator grille (see Section 30). 6 Remove the screws (or the plastic retaining rivets on some models) securing the upper portion of the bumper cover (see illustration) and pull the bumper cover assembly out and away from the vehicle. Note: To remove plastic retaining rivets, pull the center portion out, then pry the entire rivet out.

1 1. 5 On lntegra models, the bumper cover is retained by nuts and bolts at the

top corners (arrows)

7 Disconnect any electrical connections which would interfere with removal. If necessary, remove the bumper beam gussets from each side of the bumper, then remove the four bolts and detach the bumper from the vehicle. 8 Installation is the reverse of removal.

1 1.6 Remove the screws or rivets along the upper edge of the bumper cover (arrows) (lntegra model shown) - on Civic and CR-V

models these rivets are located in the grille area

1 1 .1 0 Remove the plastic clips (arrows) from the lower half of the rear bumper cover

11-8 Chapter 11 Body

11 .11 The forward ends of the bumper cover are retained by bolts (arrow) in the fender opening

11.12a Remove the screws or clips along the upper edge of the bumper cover

11.12b On lntegra models, pull the trim away for access to the rear bumper cover retaining nuts (arrows)

1 2.3 Remove the screws (arrows) retaining the inner panel to the fender

Rear Refer to illustrations 1 1 . 10, 1 1 . 1 1, 1 1 . 12a and 1 1 . 12b

9 Apply the parking brake, raise the vehi-cle and support it securely on jackstands. 10 Working under the vehicle, detach the plastic clips and screws securing the lower edge of the bumper cover (see illustration). 11 Remove the screws securing the bumper cover in the rear wheel openings (see illustration). 12 Open the trunk or rear liftgate and remove the screws and clips securing the upper edge of the bumper cover (see illustration). Pull the bumper cover assembly out and away from the vehicle. Note: lntegra models have four nuts securing the upper edge of the bumper cover to the tail panel which are located just below the tail lights. On these models it will be necessary to remove the trunk rear finish panel to access these nuts (see illustration). 13 To remove the bumper beam, drill out the rivets securing the foam isolator (if necessary), then remove the bumper retaining bolts and pull the bumper assembly out and away from the vehicle. 14 Installation is the reverse of removal.

12 Front fender - removal and installation

Refer to illustrations 12.3, 12.4a, 12.4b, 12.4c, 12.4d and 12.4e

1 Loosen the wheel lug nuts, raise the front of the vehicle and support it securely on jackstands. Remove the wheel. 2 Remove the front bumper cover (see Section 11).

12.4a On Civic models, remove the bolts (arrows) and detach the bracket behind

the headlight

3 Remove the retaining screws securing the inner fender housing panel and detach the panel (see illustration). 4 Remove the remaining fender mounting bolts (see illustrations). 5 Detach the fender. It's a good idea to have an assistant support the fender while it's being moved away from the vehicle to prevent damage to the surrounding body panels. 6 Installation is the reverse of removal.

12.4b Remove the lower bracket-tofender bolt (arrow)

1 2.4c The upper rear corner of the .fender is retained to the A-pillar with a bolt

1 2.4e The lower rear corner of the fender is retained by two bolts (arrows)

13 Liftgate latch, lock cylinder and support struts (hatchback models) - removal and installation

Refer to illustrations 13.2a, 13.2b, 13.5, 13.9 and 13. 10

Open the liftgate.

Latch 2 Remove the trim cover and latch mount-

13.5 Remove the lock cylinder bolt

Chapter 1 1 Body

1 2.4d Remove the bolts (arrows) along the top of the fender

1 3.2a Remove the plastic rivets (arrows) and detach the trim panel . . .

ing screws (see illustrations). 3 Disconnect the actuating rod, detach any electrical connectors, then remove the latch from the liftgate. 4 Installation is the reverse of removal.

Lock cylinder 5 Remove the bolt securing the lock cylin-der (see illustration). 6 Detach the actuating rod, rotate the lock cylinder and pull it out to remove it. 7 Installation is the reverse of removal.

Support struts 8 Open the liftgate and support it securely.

1 3.9 Use an open end wrench to unscrew the ballstud nut (arrow)

11-9

13.2b . . . then remove the latch screws (arrows)

9 Using an open end wrench, remove the ballstud nut securing the upper end of the strut (see illustration). 1 O Detach the trim cover and pry the retaining clip off the locating pin at the lower end. Pull the lower end of the strut off the locating pin and remove it from the vehicle (see i l lustration). Note: Some models have retaining bolts securing the upper and lower ends of the strut to the liftgate. On these models, simply remove the bolts to detach the strut from the vehicle. 1 1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

1 3.10 Detach the lower strut cover and remove the retaining clip

_11-10

14.2 Remove the upper trim molding

14.8 Screw the bumpers in-or-out to make final adjustments to the liftgate

14 Liftgate (hatchback models) -

removal, installation and adjustment

Note: The liftgate is heavy and somewhat awkward to hold - at least two people should perform this procedure.

Removal and installation Refer to illustrations 14.2 and 14.4

1 Open the liftgate and support it securely. 2 Remove the upper trim molding from the liftgate opening (see illustration) and disconnect all wiring harness connectors leading to the liftgate. 3 While an assistant supports the liftgate, detach both ends of the support struts. Then pry or pull sharply to remove them from the vehicle. 4 Detach the hinge-to-liftgate nuts (see illustration) and remove the liftgate from the vehicle. 5 Installation is the reverse of removal.

Adjustment Refer to illustrations 14. 7 and 14.8

6 Adjustments are made by loosening the

Chapter 1 1 Body

14.4 Remove the liftgate retaining nuts (arrows)

15.2 Trunk lid latch retaining screw and bolt (arrows)

hinge-to-liftgate bolts and moving the liftgate. Proper alignment is achieved when the edges of the liftgate are parallel with the rear quarter panels and the roof panel. 7 Adjust the latch striker assembly as necessary (up and down) to provide positive engagement with the latch mechanism (see illustration). 8 Finally, adjust the height of the liftgate in relation to the body by screwing the rubber bumpers in-or-out (see illustration).

15 Trunk lid latch, lock cylinder and support struts (sedan models} -removal and installation

Trunk lid latch Refer to illustrations 15.2 and 15.3

1 Open the trunk and scribe a line around the trunk lid latch assembly for a reference point to aid the installation procedure. 2 Remove the bolt and nut retaining the trunk lid latch (see illustration). 3 Remove the latch and disconnect the cable, lock cylinder rod and electrical connections (see illustration). 4 Installation is the reverse of removal.

14.7 To adjust the liftgate striker, loosen the screws and move the striker

as necessary

15.3 Detach the cable and unhook the end from the latch

Trunk lock cylinder 5 Open the trunk. Look upward through the trunk lid access hole and detach the rod from the lock cylinder. 6 Remove the bolt and turn the cylinder clockwise to align the tab on the lock cylinder with the slot in the body, then remove it from the trunk lid. 7 Installation is the reverse of removal.

Trun� support struts 8 Open the trunk and support it securely. 9 Remove the two bolts and detach the upper end of the support strut. 1 O Use a small screwdriver to detach the cover and remove the retaining bolt at the lower end, then remove the strut. 11 Installation is the reverse of removal.

16 Trunk lid (sedan models} -removal, installation and adjustment

Note: The trunk lid is heavy and somewhat awkward to remove and install - at least two people should perform this procedure.

1 6.3 Draw around the hinge with a marking pen so the trunk can be installed

in the same position

Removal and installation Refer to illustrations 16.3 and 16.4

1 Open the trunk lid and cover the edges of the trunk compartment with pads or cloths to protect the painted surfaces when the lid is removed. 2 Disconnect any cables or wire harness connectors attached to the trunk lid that would interfere with removal. 3 Make alignment marks around the hinge (see illustration). 4 While an assistant supports the trunk lid, remove the lid-to-hinge bolts on both sides and lift it off (see illustration). 5 Installation is the reverse of removal. Note: When reinstalling the trunk lid, align the lid-to-hinge bolts with the marks made during removal.

Adjustment 6 Fore-and-aft and side-to-side adjustment of the trunk lid is accomplished by moving the lid in relation to the hinge after loosening the bolts or nuts. 7 Scribe a line around the hinge plate as described earlier in this Section so you can determine the amount of movement. 8 Loosen the bolts or nuts and move the trunk lid into correct alignment. Move it only a

1 7.4 From inside the trunk or hatch area, rotate the fuel door release cable 90-

degrees so the tabs line up with the slots in the body, then withdraw it

Chapter 1 1 Body

1 6.4 With an assistant holding the trunk lid, remove the four trunk lid

retaining bolts

little at a time. Tighten the hinge bolts or nuts and carefully lower the trunk lid to check the alignment. 9 If necessary after installation, the entire trunk lid striker assembly can be adjusted up and down as well as from side to side on the trunk lid so the lid closes securely and is flush with the rear quarter panels. To do this, scribe a line around the trunk lid striker assembly to provide a reference point. Then loosen the bolts and reposition the striker as necessary. Following adjustment, retighten the mounting bolts. 10 The trunk lid latch assembly, as well as the hinges, should be periodically lubricated with white lithium-base grease to prevent sticking and wear. 11 Finally, adjust the height of the trunk lid in relation to the body by screwing the rubber bumpers in-or-out.

17 Trunk release and fuel door cables - removal and installation

Release lever Refer to illustrations 17. 1 and 17.4

1 Working in the drivers side passenger compartment, remove the screw and detach the trim panel for access the release cable and lever retaining bolts. Then remove the lever retaining bolts (see illustration). Detach the cable(s) from the release assembly. 2 Installation is the reverse of removal.

Cables 3 Working in the trunk or rear compartment, remove plastic clips securing the drivers side and rear inside finishing panels to allow access to the fuel door assembly. 4 Twist the cable 90-degrees to align the tabs on the striker assembly with the slots in the body and withdraw it into the rear compartment (see illustration). Detach the trunk release cable from the trunk lid latch (see Section 15). 5 Remove the left door sill plate, the rear seat and the left rear quarter trim panel. Pull

11-11

1 7.1 Remove the screws (arrows) and detach the release assembly

the carpet back and detach all the cable retaining clips. 6 Working in the trunk compartment, pull the cable assembly towards the rear of the vehicle. 7 Installation is the reverse of removal.

18 Door trim panel - removal and

installation

Refer to illustrations 18. 1, 18.2, 18.3a, 18.3b, 18.3c and 18.3d

Warning: Models covered by this manual are equipped with a Supplemental Restraint System (SRS), more commonly known as airbags. Always disable the airbag system before working in the vicinity of the SRS unit, steering column or instrument panel to avoid the possibility of accidental deployment of the airbag, which could cause personal injury (see Chapter 12). Caution: If the radio in your vehicle is equipped with an anti-theft system, make sure you have the correct activation code before disconnecting the battery. 1 On manual window regulator equipped models, remove the window crank (see illustration). 2 On lntegra models, remove the inside

1 8. 1 Remove the window crank by pulling this clip off with a wire hook or a special

tool made for this purpose (handle removed for clarity)

11-12

1 8.2 Remove the screw and detach the door release handle trim

door handle trim cover (see illustration). On Civic and CR-V models, remove the inside door handle (see Section 20). 3 Pry out the front door speaker cover (if equipped). Remove the door pull cover and the door trim panel retaining screws (see il lustrations), then carefully pry loose the retaining clips with a trim pad remover or a putty knife between the trim panel and the door. Work slowly and carefully around the outer edge of the trim panel until it's free (see i llustration). 4 After all of the clips are disengaged, pull the trim panel up, unplug any wire harness connectors and remove the panel. 5 For access to the door inner panel, carefully pry out the retainers and detach the plastic shield. 6 Prior to installation of the door trim panel, be sure to reinstall any clips in the panel which may have come out when you removed the panel. 7 Plug in the wire harness connectors for the power door lock switch and the power window switch, if equipped, and place the panel in position in the door. Press the door

18.3c . . . and the front screws in the door pull

Chapter 11 Body

1 8.3a Pull or pry off the door pull cover . . .

panel into place until the clips are seated. Install the trim panel retaining screws and the armrest retaining screw. Install the power door lock switch assembly, if equipped. Install the manual regulator crank handle.

19 Door - removal, installation and

adjustment

Note: The door is heavy and somewhat awkward to remove and install - at least two people should perform this procedure.

Removal and installation Refer to illustrations 19.6 and 19. 8

1 Lower the window completely in the door, then disconnect the negative cable from the battery. 2 Open the door all the way and support it on jacks or blocks covered with rags to prevent damaging the paint. 3 Remove the door trim panel and water deflector as described in Section 18.

1 8.3d Carefully pry the clips free so the door trim panel can be removed

1 8.3b . . . remove the rear screw . . .

4 Disconnect all electrical connections, ground wires and harness retaining clips from the door. Note: It is a good idea to label all connections to aid the reassembly process. 5 From the door side, detach the rubber conduit between the body and the door. Then pull the wiring harness through conduit hole and remove from the door. 6 Remove the door stop strut (see illus-tration). 7 Mark around the door hinges with a pen or a scribe to facilitate realignment during reassembly. 8 With an assistant holding the door, remove the hinge to door bolts (see illustration) and lift the door off. 9 Installation is the reverse of removal.

Adjustment Refer to illustrations 19. 1 1 and 19. 13

1 O Having proper door-to-body alignment is a critical part of a well functioning door assembly. First check the door hinge pins for excessive play. Fully open the door and lift up and down on the door without lifting the

19.6 On some models it will be necessary to use a small hammer to tap out the retaining pin (tap it upwards only) - on

other models it will be necessary to remove the door strut retaining bolt

1 9.8 Remove the door hinge bolts (arrows)

body. If a door has 1/1 6-inch or more excessive play, the hinges should be replaced. 11 Door-to-body alignment adjustments are made by loosening the hinge-to-body bolts (see illustration) or hinge-to-door bolts and moving the door. Proper body alignment is achieved when the top of the doors are parallel with the roof section, the front door is flush with the fender, the rear door is flush with the rear quarter panel and the bottom of the doors are aligned with the lower rocker panel. If these goals can't be reached by adjusting the hinge-to-body or hinge-to-door bolts, body alignment shims may have to be purchased and inserted behind the hinges to achieve correct alignment. 12 To adjust the door closed position, scribe a line or mark around the striker plate to provide a reference point, then check that the door latch is contacting the center of the latch striker. If not adjust the up and down position first. 13 Finally adjust the latch striker sideways position, so that the door panel is flush with the center pillar or rear quarter panel and provides positive engagement with the latch mechanism (see illustration).

20.2 Detach the actuating rod links (arrows) from the latch

Chapter 11 Body

1 9. 1 1 Loosen the hinge-to-body bolts (arrows) to adjust the doors

20 Door latch, lock cylinder and handles - removal and installation

Door latch Refer to illustrations 20.2 and 20.4

1 Raise the window then remove the door trim panel and watershield as described in Section 18. 2 Working through the large access

' hole,

disengage the outside door handle-to-latch rod, outside door lock-to-latch rod, the inside lock-to-latch rod, the inside tiandle-to-latch rod and the lock solenoid-to-latch rod (if equipped) (see illustration). 3 All door locking rods are attached by plastic clips. The plastic clips can be removed by unsnapping the portion engaging the connecting rod and then pulling the rod out of its locating hole. 4 Remove the screws securing the latch to the door (see illustration). Remove the latch assembly from the door. 5 Installation is the reverse of removal.

20.4 Remove the latch screws (arrows) from the end of the door and pull the latch

assembly through the access hole

11-13

1 9.13 Adjust the door lock striker by loosening the mounting screws and gently

tapping the striker in the desired direction (arrows)

Outside handle and door lock cylinder Refer to illustration 20. 7

6 To remove the outside handle and lock cylinder assembly, raise the window and remove the door trim panel and watershield as described in Section 18. 7 Working through the access hole, disengage the plastic clips that secure the outside handle-to-latch rod and the outside door lock-to-latch rod (see illustration). 8 Remove the outside handle retaining bolts (see illustration 20.7). 9 Remove the handle and lock cylinder assembly from the vehicle. Note: On some models, it may be necessary to detach the lock cylinder retaining clip and remove the lock cylinder from the handle before the handle can be removed from the door. 1 O Installation is the reverse of removal.

Inside handle Refer to illustrations 20. 1 1 a, 20. 1 1 b and 20. 12

11 On Civic and CR-V models, remove the door handle retaining screw, Pull the handle

20.7 Detach the actuating rod (A) and outside handle retaining fasteners (B) -

both items can be reached through the access hole in the door

- 11-14

20. 1 1 a On Civic and CR-V models detach the door handle retaining

screw (arrow) . . .

outward and disconnect the handle actuating rods and the door lock switch electrical connector (see illustrations). Remove the handle from the door. 12 On lntegra models, remove the door trim panel as described in Section 14 and peel away the watershield. Unclip the door actuating rod guide and remove the handle retaining screws (see il lustration). Pull the handle free from the door, then disconnect the actuating rod from the rear of the handle and remove the handle from the door. 13 Installation is the reverse of removal.

21 Door window glass - removal and installation

Refer to illustrations 21 .4 and 21.5

1 Remove the door trim panel and the plastic watershield (see Section 18). 2 Lower the window glass all the way down into the door. 3 Carefully pry the weather-strip out of the door window opening.

·

4 Remove the bolt(s) and detach the rear run channel from the door (see illustration).

Chapter 11 Body

20.1 1 b . . . and pull the handle outward to access the door lock switch electrical

connector (A) and the door handle actuating rods (B)

5 Raise the window just enough to access the window retaining bolts through the hole in the door frame (see illustration). 6 Place a rag over the glass to help prevent scratching the glass and remove the two glass mounting bolts. 7 Remove the glass by pulling it up and out. 8 Installation is the reverse of removal.

22 Door window glass regulator -removal and installation


1 Remove the door trim panel and the plastic watershield (see Section 16). 2 Remove the window glass assembly (see Section 21 ). 3 On power operated windows, disconnect the electrical connector from the window regulator motor. 4 On power operated windows, remove the equalizer arm bracket and the regulator mounting bolts (see illustrations). On manually operated windows remove the regulator

20.1 2 On lntegra models, remove the inside handle retaining screws (arrows),

then rotate the handle outward and detach the actuating rods from

the backside

21.4 Remove the rear run channel bolts and screws (arrow) from the end of the door (Civic model shown, lntegra and

CR-V models similar)

mounting bolts, then slide the regulator assembly out of the lower channel guide. 5 Pull the equalizer arm and regulator assemblies through the service hole in the door frame to remove it. 6 Installation is the reverse of removal.

21 . 5 Raise the window just enough to access the glass retaining bolts (arrows) through the holes in the door frame - remove the

bolts securing the glass to the equalizer arm

22.4a Detach the window equalizer arm channel retaining bolts (arrows) . . .

22.4b . . . then remove the window regulator bolts (arrows) (power window

equipped model shown)

23 Rearview mirrors - removal and

installation

Outside mirrors Refer to illustrations 23.2 and 23.4

1 Remove the door trim panel and the plastic watershield (see Section 1 8). 2 Pry off the mirror trim cover (see illus-tration). 3 Disconnect the electrical connector

23.7 Remove the mirror cover

24.2 Remove the screws (arrows) from the front edge of the rear console

Chapter 1 1 Body

23.2 Use a small screwdriver to pry off the mirror cover

from the mirror (if equipped}. 4 Remove the three mirror retaining nuts and detach the mirror from the vehicle (see illustration). Depress upper and lower plastic tabs to disengage. 5 Installation is the reverse of removal.

Inside mirror Refer to illustrations 23. 7 and 23.8

6 Disconnect the electrical connector from the mirror (if equipped). 7 Detach the cover from the retaining bracket (see illustration).

f.

23.8 Remove the three screws (arrows) and detach the mirror

24.3a Remove the screws (arrows) on each side of the rear console

11-15

23.4 To remove the mirror, remove these three nuts (A) - if the vehicle has power

mirrors, unplug the electrical connector too (B)

8 Remove the screws and lower the mirror (see illustration). 9 Installation is the reverse of removal.

24 Center console - removal and installation

Warning: Models covered by this manual are equipped with a Supplemental Restraint System (SRS), more commonly known as airbags. Always disable the airbag system before working in the vicinity of the SRS unit, steering column or instrument panel to avoid the possibility of accidental deployment of the airbag, which could cause personal injury (see Chapter 1 2). 1 Disconnect the cable from the negative terminal of the battery. Caution: If the radio in your vehicle is equipped with an anti-theft system, make sure you have the correct activation code before disconnecting the battery.

Rear console Refer to illustrations 24.2, 24.3a, 24.3b and 24.3c

2 Pry up the C()ver and remove the two rear console screws (see illustration). 3 Remove the screws along both sides of console (see illustrations).

24.3b On some models, its easier to move the front seat forward for ac.cess to the

rear console screw (arrows)

1 1 -1 6

24.3c On CR-V models the rear cup holder is retained by nuts (arrow) on each side

4 Pul l up on the parking brake handle. Remove the rear half of the console by lifting it up and toward the rear.

Front console Refer to illustrations 24.6a, 24. 6b and 24. 7

5 Remove the shift knob (see Chapter 7 A or 8). 6 Remove the console retaining screws (see illustrations). 7 Remove the front console screws and lift the console up and over the shift lever (see illustration). Disconnect any electrical connections and remove the console from the vehicle. 8 Installation is the reverse of removal.

25 Dashboard trim panels - removal and installation

Warning: Models covered by this manual are equipped with a Supplemental Restraint System (SRS), more commonly known as airbags. Always disable the airbag system before working in the vicinity of the SRS unit, steering column or instrument panel to avoid the possibility of accidental deployment of the airbag, which could cause personal injury

Chapter 11 Body

24.6a Remove the screws along the sides (arrow) . . .

(see Chapter 1 2). Caution: If the radio in your vehicle is equipped with an anti-theft system, make sure you have the correct activation code before disconnecting the battery.

Instrument cluster bezel Refer to illustration 25.2

1 Tilt the steering wheel down to the low-est position. 2 Remove the Phi l l ips screws (see illustration), then grasp the bezel securely and pull back to detach the clips from the instrument panel. 3 Unplug any electrical connectors that interfere with removal. 4 Installation is the reverse of removal.

Lower instrument panel cover Refer to illustration 25.5

5 Remove the screws securing the lower part of the in.strument panel cover (see illustration). 6 Lift the lower edge of the panel upward and detach the c l ips or fasteners on the upper edge. 7 Unplug any electrical connectors, then lower the trim panel from the instrument panel. 8 Installation is the reverse of removal.

24.6b . . . and (if equipped) along the front of the front edge of the console

Knee bolster Refer to illustration 25. 10

9 Remove the lower steering column trim cover as described above. 1 0 Detach the knee bolster retaining bolts and remove it from the vehicle (see illustration). 1 1 Installation is the reverse of removal.

Glove box Refer to illustrations 25. 12a and 25. 12b

1 2 To remove the glove box, simply remove the screws from the hinge (see illustration). Open the glove box door, squeeze the plastic sides in and lower the glove box from the instrument panel. Note: On some models it will be necessary to unsnap the door stops from the glove box. If necessary for access to other components, remove the g love box frame on CR-V models (see illustration). 1 3 Installation is the reverse of the removal.

Center lower cover Refer to illustrations 25. 15a, 25. 15b and 25. 15c

1 4 Remove the front center console, if equipped (see Section 24).

24. 7 Lift the rear of the console up, then pull it out 25.2 Remove the cluster retaining screws (arrows) with a Phillips screwdriver

Chapter 1 1 Body 1 1 -1 7

25. 5 Remove the screws (arrows) from the lower instrument panel cover

25.1 O Remove the knee bolster retaining bolts (arrows)

25. 1 2a Glove box hinge retaining screws (arrows) 25.12b Glove box frame retaining bolts (CR-V models only)

1 5 Remove the screws and bolt and detach the cover from the instrument panel. Note: On CR-V models it will be necessary to remove the lower storage bin before removal of the center lower cover (see illustrations). 1 6 Installation is the reverse of the removal.

25.15a Pry off the small trim cover and remove the storage bin lower retaining

screws (arrows)

26 Steering column covers -removal and installation


Warning: Models covered by this manual are equipped with a Supplemental Restraint Sys-

25.15b Storage bin upper retaining screws (arrows)

tern (SRS), more commonly known as airbags. Always disable the airbag system before working in the vicinity of the SRS unit, steering column or instrument panel to avoid the possibility of accidental deployment of the airbag, which could cause personal injury (see Chapter 1 2).

25.15c Center lower cover retaining screws(arrows) (CR-V models)

- 1 1 -1 8

26.3 Steering column cover retaining screws

27.9b . . . while others simply pry out

Caution: If the radio in your vehicle is equipped with an anti-theft system, make sure you have the correct activation code before disconnecting the battery. 1 Remove the instrument panel lower cover (see Section 25). 2 On tilt steering columns, move the col-umn to the lowest position. 3 Remove the retaining screws, then separate the halves and remove the covers (see illustration}. 4 Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure.

27 Instrument panel - removal and installation

Refer to illustrations 27.8, 27.9a, 2 7.9b, 2 7. 10, 27. 1 1 and 2 7. 13

Warning: Models covered by this manual are equipped with a Supplemental Restraint System (SRS), more commonly known as airbags. Always disable the airbag system before working in the vicinity of the SRS unit, steering column or instrument panel to avoid the possibility of accidental deployment of the airbag, which could cause personal injury (see Chapter 1 2).

Chapter 11 Body

27.8 Steering column retaining nuts (arrows}

27 .10 Passenger side trim panel retaining screw (arrow) (CR-V models shown, Civic

models similar)

Disconnect the cable from the negative terminal of the battery. Caution: If the radio in your vehicle, is equipped with an anti-theft system, make sure you have the correct activation code before disconnecting the battery. 2 Remove the steering wheel (see Chap-ter 1 0) . 3 Remove t h e center floor console (see Section 24). 4 Remove the instrument cl uster bezel (see Section 25). 5 Remove the instrument cluster (see Chapter 1 2). 6 Remove all of the dashboard trim panels described in Section 25. 7 Detach the nuts and bolts securing the fuse box and the hood release handle (see Chapter 12 and Section 1 0). 8 Remove the nuts and lower the steering column (see illustration). 9 Remove the screws (if equipped) and pry out the air vent grilles (see illustrations}. 1 O Pry out the driver's and passenger side lower kick panels. Remove the instrument panel trim cover on the passenger side of the vehicle if equipped (see illustration}. 1 1 Remove the screws from each end of

27.9a Some air vent grilles are retained by screws . . .

27.11 Remove the screw (arrow) at each end of the instrument panel

the instrument panel (see illustration). 12 Remove the radio (see Chapter 1 2) and the heater control assembly (see Chapter 3). 13 Remove the screws securing the lower center part of the instrument panel (see illustration). 1 4 Remove the bolts retain ing the upper

27 .13 Remove the screws (arrows} along the lower edge of the instrument panel

Chapter 11 Body 11-19

28.1 Remove the nuts and detach the wiper arms 28.2 Remove the plastic rivets (upper arrows) and the clips (lower arrows}, then detach the cowl

front edge of instrument panel to the firewall. 15 Pul l the i nstrument panel towards the rear of the vehicle and detach any electrical connectors interfering with removal. 16 Lift the instrument panel over the steering column and remove it from the vehicle. 1 7 Installation is the reverse of removal.

28 Cowl cover - removal and installation

Refer to illustrations 28. 1 and 28.2

1 Mark the positions of the windshield wiper arms on the windshield with pieces of tape. Remove the windshield wiper arm retaining nuts and remove the wiper arms (see illustration). 2 Pull out the centers of the plastic rivets securing the rear of the cowl cover, then pry the rivets out (see illustration). 3 Carefu lly remove the cl ips securing the hood seal (see illustration 28.2) and remove the cowl cover from the vehicle. Pry directly underneath the clips, being careful not to tear the hood seal. 4 Installation is the reverse of removal. Be sure to al ign the wiper arms with the tape marks on the windshield.

29.1 a Move the front seat all the way forward to access the rear retaining

bolts (arrows) . . .

29 Seats - removal and installation

Front seat Refer to illustrations 29. 1a and 29. 1b

1 Position the seat al l the way forward, then all the way to the rear to access the seat retaining bolts (see illustrations). 2 Detach any bolt trim covers ahd remove

29.1 b . . . then move the seat all the way to the rear to access the front retaining

bolts (arrows)

the retaining bolts. 3 Tilt the seat u pward to access the underneath, then disconnect any electrical connectors and lift the seat from the vehicle. 4 Installation is the reverse of removal.

Rear seat Refer to illustrations 29.5a, 29.Sb, 29.Sc, 29.Sd and 29. 6

5 On l ntegra and Civic models, remove

29.5a On lntegra and Civic models, remove the rear seat cushion retaining bolts (arrow) - one on each side . . . 29. 5b . . . then pry out the rear trim (arrows) at the top . . .

c 1 1 -20

29.Sc . . . and bottom (arrows) of the seat back

Chapter 11 Body

29.Sd Use pliers to remove the clip from the pivot (arrows)

29.6 On CR-V models, pry up the lower hinge covers and remove the retaining

bolts at the front of the seat

30.2 Remove the radiator grille lower retaining screws through the access holes (A) and the upper screws (B) from the

radiator support

30.3a Pry off the grille emblem cover (arrow) . . .

the seat cushion bolts and remove the cushion (see illustrations). Remove the seat back trim cover, then use pliers to pull off the pivot cl ips and remove the seat backs (see illustrations). Note: Some models have pivot bolts that must be removed. 6 On CR-V models, pry up the lower hinge covers and remove the retaining bolts at the front of the seat (see illustration). Tilt the seat cushion forward and remove the frame

30.3b . . . and the remove the screw at the center

cover. Detach the rear mounting bolts and remove the seat from the vehicle. 7 Installation is the reverse of removal.

30 Radiator grille (CR-V models) -removal and installation

Refer to illustrations 30.2, 30.3a and 30.3b

1 Open the hood. 2 Remove the retaining screws securing the outer edges of the grille (see illustration). 3 Pry off the emblem cover and remove the screw securing the center of the gri l le (see illustrations). 4 Pul l the gri l le forward to disengage it from the body and carefully remove it from the vehicle. 5 Installation is the reverse of removal.

31 Tailgate latch, lock cylinder and handle (CR-V models) - removal and installation

Refer to illustrations 3 1 . 1, 31 .3, 3 1 . 6 and 3 1 . 9

1 Open t h e tailgate and remove t h e cover from the tailgate trim panel (see illustration).

Latch 2 Reaching tl1rough the access hole, detach the actuating rod from the rear of the latch. 3 Remove latch mounting screws and remove the latch from the tailgate (see illustration). 4 Installation is the reverse of removal.

31 .1 Access to the tailgate latch, lock cylinder and handle is available after

removing the trim cover

Chapter 11 Body 11-21

31 .3 Tailgate latch mounting screws {arrows) {CR-V models) Detach the actuating rod {A) and the lock cylinder

retaining bolt {B)

31 .9 Tailgate handle retaining nuts {arrows)

Lock cylinder 5 Reaching through the access hole, detach the actuating rod from the rear of the lock cylinder. 6 Remove the lock cylinder retaining bolt and pull it outward to remove it from the tailgate {see illustration). 7 Installation is the reverse of removal.

Handle 8 Reaching through the access hole, detach the actuating rod from the rear of the handle. 9 Remove the nuts securing the handle to the tailgate and pul l it outward to remove it from the tailgate {see illustration). 1 O Installation is the reverse of removal.

32 Tailgate and assist strut (CR-V models} - removal, installation and adjustment

Note: The tailgate is heavy and somewhat awkward to hold - at least two people should perform this procedure.

Removal and installation Refer to illustrations 32.2, 32.6a, 32. 6b and 32. 7

1 Remove the spare tire from the tailgate if

32.2 Pry out the cargo hook cover at the location shown {A), then remove the two

screws securing the cargo hook mounting base to the tailgate - also remove the

lower access cover {B) and remove two more screws in the lower access

cover opening

equipped. Open the tailgate and support it securely with several jack stands. Place pads or cloths between the jack stands and the tailgate to protect the paint. 2 Remove the cargo hook and ·the lower access panel {see illustration). 3 Using a trim panel removal tool or a putty knife, carefully pry the tailgate trim panel retaining clips loose. Work slowly and carefully around the outer edge of the trim panel until it's free. After all of the clips are disengaged, pull the trim panel off the tailgate, unplug any wire harness connectors from the panel and remove the panel. 4 Working through the openings in the tailgate frame, disconnect all wiring harness connectors leading to the tailgate. 5 From the tailgate side, detach the rubber conduit between the body and the tailgate. Then pull the wiring harness through conduit hole and remove it from the tailgate. 6 Remove the tailgate assist strut {see illustrations). 7 While an assistant supports the tailgate,

32.6a Remove the bolts {arrows) securing the assist strut to the tailgate . . .

32.6b . . . and the nut {arrow) securing it to the bodY. ·

detach the hinge-to-tailgate bolts {see illustration) and remove the tailgate from the vehicle. 8 Installation is the reverse of removal.

Adjustment Refer to illustration 32. 1 O

9 Adjustments are made by loosening the hinge-to-body bolts or the hinge-to-tai lgate

- 11-22

32.7 Tailgate hinge-to-body bolts (arrows) (CR-V models)

bolts and moving the tailgate (see illustration 32.7). Proper alignment is achieved when the edges of the tailgate are parallel with the rear quarter panels and the lower door sil l . 1 O Adjust the latch striker assembly as necessary (up and down) to provide positive engagement with the latch mechanism (see illustration). 1 1 Final ly, adjust the tai lgate wedge by slightly loosening the bolts and centering the wedge between the holes in the adjustment slots. While holding the tailgate handle open, close the tailgate until it is flush with the body and the latch mechanism engages. Tighten the wedge bolts and recheck the adjustment, making sure the tailgate is flush with the body when closed.

33 Rear hatch glass and support

struts (CR-V models) - removal, installation and adjustment

Warning: The rear hatch glass is heavy and

Chapter 11 Body

32.10 Tailgate latch striker (A) and wedge bolts (B) - adjustment is made by loosen

ing the bolts and gently tapping the striker or the wedge in the desired direction

awkward to hold. At least two people should perform this procedure.

Removal and installation Refer to illustration 33.4

1 Open the rear hatch glass and support it ful ly in this position. If you're just replacing the glass support struts proceed to Step 4. 2 Remove the rear spoiler (the body panel just above the rear hatch glass) from the vehicle. There are the four acorn nuts, which attach the spoiler to the upper h inges. Be sure to disconnect the rear windshield washer hose from the washer nozzle before doing so. 3 Remove the screws and detach the rear windshield wiper motor cover. Also remove the high mou'nt brake light cover by pushing inward on the tabs at the side. Disconnect the electrical connectors and remove the wiring harness from the rear hatch glass. 4 Detach the support struts at the rear

33.4 Using an open end wrench, unscrew the ballstud nut(s)

hatch glass (see i l lustration). If you' re replacing the glass support struts, detach the strut from the body in the same manner as you detached the strut from the glass. 5 Remove the rear hatch glass mounting nuts, while at least one assistant, preferably two, helps you hold the rear hatch glass. 6 Installation is the reverse of the removal procedure. Be extremely careful not to overtighten the bolts.

Adjustment 7 Adjustments are made by loosening the h inge-to-body bolts or the h inge-to-glass bolts and moving the glass. Proper alignment is achieved when the edges of the glass are parallel with the rear quarter panel pi l lars and the top of the tailgate. 8 Adjust the latch striker assembly as necessary (up and down) to provide positive engagement with the latch mechanism (see illustration). Note: Access to the latch striker mounting screws is only obtained after removing the screws and the rear windshield wiper cover.

12-1

Chapter 12 Chassis electrical system Contents

Section Airbag system - general information .. .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Antenna - removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 3 Bulb replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 7 Circuit breakers - general information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Cruise control system - description and check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 Daytime Running Lights (DRL) - general information . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Electric rear view m irrors - description and check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . . . . 25 Electrical troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 2 Fuses - general information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. 3 General information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Hazard/turn signal flashers - check and replacement .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Headlight - replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 1 4 Headlight housing - replacement . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6 Headlights - adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5

Section Horn - check arid replacement . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 20 Ignition switch and key lock cylinder - check and replacement . . . . 8 Instrument cluster - removal and installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . 1 1 Instrument panel gauges - check. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... . . . . . . 1 O Instrument panel switches - check and replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 9 Power door lock system - description and check .. . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 Power window system - description and check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . 23 Radio and speakers - removal and installation .... . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . 1 2 Rear window defogger - check and repair. . . . . ... . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . ........ . 2 1 Relays - general information . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Steering column switches - check and replacement . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . .. 7 Wiper motor - check and replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . ..... . . 1 9 Wiring diagrams - general information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . 27

1 General information 2 Electrical troubleshooting chances are the problem is in a fuse or ground connection, because several circuits are often routed through the same fuse and ground connections. The electrical system is a 1 2-volt, nega

tive ground type. Power for the lights and all electrical accessories is supplied by a lead/acid-type battery charged by the alternator.

This Chapter covers repair and service procedures for the various electrical components not associated with the engine. Information on the battery, alternator, distributor and starter motor can be found in Chapter 5. It should be noted that when portions of the electrical system are serviced, the negative battery cable should be disconnected from the battery to prevent electrical shorts and/or fires. Caution: The stereo in your vehicle may be equipped with an anti-theft system. Refer to the information at the front of this manual before detaching the battery cables.


A typical electrical circuit consists of an electrical component, any switches, relays, motors, fuses, fusible l inks or circuit breakers related to that component and the wiring and connectors that link the component to both the battery and the chassis. To help you pinpoint an electrical circuit problem, wiring diagrams are included at the end of this Chapter.

Before tackling any troublesome electrical circuit, first study the appropriate wiring diagrams to get a complete understanding of what makes up that individual circuit. Trouble spots, for instance, can often be narrowed down by noting if other components related to the circuit are operating properly. If several components or circuits fail at one t ime,

Electrical problems usually stem from s imple causes, such as loose or corroded connections, a blown fuse, a melted fusible link or a failed relay. Visually inspect the condition of all fuses, wires and connections in a problem circuit before troubleshooting the circuit.

" ·

If test equipment and instruments are going to be utilized, use the d iagrams to plan ahead of time where you will make the necessary connections in order to accurately pinpoint the trouble spot.

The basic tools needed for electrical troubleshooting include a circuit tester or voltmeter (a 1 2-volt bulb with a set of test leads can also be used), a continuity tester, which includes a bulb, battery and set of test -

·12-2 Chapter 12 Chassis electrical system

leads, and a jumper wire, preferably with a circuit breaker incorporated, which can be used to bypass electrical components. Before attempting to locate a problem with test instruments, use the wiring diagram(s) to decide where to make the connections.

Voltage checks Voltage checks should be performed if a

circuit is not functioning properly. Connect one lead of a circuit tester to either the negative battery terminal or a known good .ground. Connect the other lead to a connector in the circuit being tested, preferably nearest to the battery or fuse. If the bulb of the tester lights/ voltage is present, which means that the part of the circuit between the connector and the battery is problem free. Continue checking the rest of the circuit in the same fashion. When you reach a point at which no voltage is present, the problem lies between that point and the last test point with voltage. Most of the time the problem can be traced to a loose connection. Note: Keep in mind that some circuits receive voltage only when the ignition key is in the Accessory or Run position.

Finding a short One method of finding shorts in a circuit

is to remove the fuse and connect a test light or voltmeter in place of the fuse terminals. There should be no voltage present in the circuit. Move the wiring harness from side-toside while watching the test light. If the bulb goes on, there is a short to ground somewhere in that area, probably where the insulation has rubbed through. The same test can be performed on each component in the circuit, even a switch.

Ground check Perform a ground test to check whether

a component is properly grounded. Disconnect the battery and connect one lead of a self-powered test light, known as a continuity tester, to a known good ground. Connect the other lead to the wire or ground connection being tested. If the bulb goes on, the ground is good. If the bulb does not go on, the ground is not good.

Continuity check A continuity check is done to determine

if there are any breaks in a circuit - if it is passing electricity ·properly. With the circuit off (no power in the circuit), a self-powered continu ity tester can be used to check the circuit. Connect the test leads to both ends of the circuit (or to the "power" end and a good ground), and if the test light comes on the circuit is passing current properly. If the l ight doesn't come on, there is a break somewhere in the circuit. The same procedure can be used to test a switch, by connecting the continuity tester to the switch terminals. With the switch turned On, the test light should come on.

2.15 To backprobe a connector, insert a small diameter probe with a sharp point (such as a straight pin) into the back of

the connector along side the desired wire until the probe contacts the metal

terminal; connect your meter leads to the probes - this allows you to test a

functioning circuit

Finding an open circuit When diagnosing for possible open cir

cuits, it is often d ifficult to locate them by sight because oxidation or terminal misalignment are hidden by the connectors. Merely wiggling a connector on a sensor or in the wiring harness may correct the open circuit condition. Remember this when an open circuit is indicated when troubleshooting a circuit . Intermittent problems may also be caused by oxidized or loose connections.

Electrical troubleshooting is s imple if you keep in mind that all electrical circuits are basically electricity running from the battery, through the wires, switches, relays, fuses and fusible l inks to each electrical component (light bulb, motor, etc.) and to ground, from which it is passed back to the battery. Any electrical problem is an interruption in the flow of electricity to and from the battery.

Connectors Most electrical connections on these

vehicles are made with multiwire plastic connectors. The mating halves of many connectors are secured with locking c l ips molded into the plastic connector shells. The mating halves of large connectors, such as some of those under the instrument panel , are held together by a bolt through the center of the connector.

To separate a connector with locking clips, use a small screwdriver to pry the clips apart carefully, then separate the connector halves. Pull only on the shell , never pul l on the wiring harness as you may damage the individual wires and terminals inside the connectors. Look at the connector closely before trying to separate the halves. Often the locking c l ips are engaged in a way that is not i mmediately clear. Additionally, many connectors have more than one set of clips.

Each pair of connector terminals has a

3.1 a The interior fuse box is located under the left (driver's side) of the instrument panel, under a cover

male half and a female half. When you look at the end view of a connector in a diagram, be sure to understand whether the view shows the harness side or the component side of the connector. Connector halves are mirror images of each other, and a terminal shown on the right side end view of one half will be on the left side end view of the other half.

It is often necessary to take circuit voltage measurements with a connector connected. Whenever possible, carefully insert the test probes of your meter into the rear of the connector shell to contact the terminal inside. This kind of connection is called "backprobing" (see illustration). When inserting a test probe into a male terminal, be careful not to d istort the terminal opening. Doing so can lead to a poor connection and corrosion at that terminal later. If the connector openings are too small for your meter's probes, insert small straight pins into the openings and attach the meter probes to them.

3 Fuses - general information

Refer to illustrations 3. 1a, 3. 1b, 3.1c and 3.3

1 The electrical circuits of the vehicle are protected by a combination of fuses and circuit breakers. The two fuse blocks {three fuse blocks on models equipped with ABS) are located u nder the instrument panel and on the r ight s ide of the engine compartment (see illustrations). 2 Each of the fuses is designed to protect a specific circuit (or circuits), and the various circuits are identified on the fuse panel itself. 3 Min iaturized fuses are employed in the fuse blocks. These compact fuses, with blade terminal design, allow fingertip removal and replacement. If an electrical component fails, always check the fuse first. To check the fuses, turn the ignition key to the On position and, using a test l ight , probe each exposed terminal of each fuse. If the test light glows on both terminals of a fuse, the fuse is good. If power is available on one side of the

Chapter 12 Chassis electrical system 12-3

3.1 b The engine compartment fuse box is located in the right rear corner of the

engine compartment

fuse but not the other, the fuse is blown . When removed, a blown fuse is easily identified through the clear plastic body (see illustration). Visually inspect the element for evidence of damage. 4 Be sure to replace blown fuses with the correct type. Fuses of d ifferent ratings are physically interchangeable, but only fuses of the proper rating should be used. Replacing a fuse with one of a higher or lower value than specified is not recommended. Each electrical circuit needs a specific amount of protection. The amperage value of each fuse is molded into the fuse body. 5 If the replacement fuse immediately fails, don't replace it again until the cause of the problem is isolated and corrected. I n most cases, the cause will b e a short circuit in the wiring caused by a broken or deteriorated wire. 6 All models are equipped with a main fuse (either an 80A or 1 OOA) which protects all the circuits coming from the battery. If these circuits are overloaded, the main fuse blows, preventing damage to the main wiring harness. The main fuse consists of a metal strip which will be visibly melted when overloaded. Always disconnect the battery before replacing a main fuse (avai lable from your

Bad

3.1 c The ABS fuse box is located in the engine compartment

dealer). Caution: If the stereo in your vehicle is equipped with an anti-theft system. Refer to the information at the front of this manual before detaching the battery cables. The main fuse is located in the engine compartment fuse block. It's very similar in appearance to standard fuses and is replaced in the same way. If you have to replace a main fuse, make sure you instal l a replacement unit that's equivalent to the old fuse. I n other words, if the old main fuse is an 80A unit, replace it with an 80A fuse; if it 's a 1 OOA unit, replace it with a 1 OOA fuse. Don't sw.itch amperage ratings on the main fuse!

4 Circuit breakers - general information

Circuit breakers protect components such as sunroof motors, power window motors and airbag inflater resistors.

On some models the circuit breaker resets itself automatically, so an electrical overload in a circuit breaker protected system wil l cause the circuit to fail momentarily, then come back on. If the circuit does not come back on, check it immediately. Once the condition is corrected, the circuit breaker

Good

B+

will resume its normal function. Some circuit breakers must be reset manually.

5 Relays - general information

General information Several electrical accessories in the

vehicle, such as the fuel injection system, horns, starter, and cooling fans use relays to transmit the electrical signal to the component. Relays use a low-current circuit (the control circuit) to open and close a high-current circuit (the power circuit). If the relay is defective, that component wi l l not operate properly. The various relays are mounted in engine compartment fuse box (see illustration 3.1 b) and several locations throughout the vehicle. If a faulty relay is suspected, it can be removed and tested using the procedure .below. Defective relays must be replaced as a unit.

Testing Refer to illustration 5.5

2 It 's best to refer to the wiring d iagram for the circuit to determine the proper hookups for the relay you're testing. However, if you 're not able to determine the correct hook-up from the wiring diagrams, you may be able to determine the test hook-ups from the information that follows. 3 On most relays, two of the terminals are the relay's control circuit (they connect to the relay coil which, when energized, closes the large contacts to complete the circuit). The other terminals are the power circuit (they are connected together within the relay when the control-circuit coil is energized). 4 Most relays are marked as an aid to help you determine which terminals are the control circuit and which are the power circuit. 5 Connect an ohmmeter to the two terminals of the power circuit. Connect a fused jumper wire between one of the two control circuit terminals and the positive battery terminal. Connect anofher jumper wire between the other control circuit terminal and ground.

0 J)_

142025·12·5.5 HAYNES!

3.3 The fuses can easily be inspected visually to see ii they are blown

5.5 To test a typical four-terminal normally open relay, connect an ohmmeter to the two terminals of the power circuit - the meter

will indicate no continuity until battery power and ground are connected to the two terminals of the control circuit, then the

relay will click and continuity will be indicated

12-4 Chapter 1 2 Chassis electrical system

When the connections are made, the relay should click and continuity will be indicated on the meter (see illustration). On some relays, polarity may be critical, so, if the relay doesn't click, try swapping the jumper wires on the control circuit terminals. 6 If the relay fails the above test, replace it.

6 Hazard/turn signal flashers -check and replacement

The hazard/turn signal flasher is q, square relay located on the interior fuse block under the left side of the instrument panel (see illustration). 2 If the flasher unit is functioning properly, you can hear an audible clicking sound when it's operating. If the turn· signals fail on one side or the other and the flasher unit doesn't make its characteristic clicking sound, look for a faulty turn signal bulb. 3 If both turn signals fail to blink, the problem may be d ue to a blown fuse (in the engine compartment fuse box), a faulty flasher unit, a broken switch or a loose or open connection. If a quick check of the fuse box indicates that the turn signal fuse has blown, check the wiring for a short before installing a new fuse.

7 .3 a Combination light switch terminal identification

7.3 c Windshield and rear window wiper/washer switch terminal

identification

4 To replace the flasher, simply pull it out of the fuse block. 5 Make sure that the replacement unit is identical to the original. Compare the old one to the new one before instal l ing it. 6 Installation is the reverse of removal.

7 Steering column switches -check and replacement

Warning: The models covered by this manual are equipped with a Supplemental Restraint system (SRS), more commonly known as airbags. Always disable the airbag system before working in the vicinity of the impact sensors, steering column or instrument panel

SWITCH POSITION Parking lights

Headlights (low beam) CR-V, Civic (USA)

CR-V, Civic (Canada) lntegra

Headlights (high beam) CR-V, Civic (USA)

CR-V, Civic (Canada) lnteara

Flash-to-pass Right turn si1:mal Left turn slgnal

6. 1 The turn signal/hazard flasher is located on the interior

fuse box (arrow)

to avoid the possibility of accidental deployment of the airbag, which could cause personal injury (see Section 26). Do not use electrical test equipment on any of the airbag system wiring or tamper with them in any way.

Combination light switch and

windshield wiper/washer

switch

Check

Refer to illustrations 7.3a, 7.3b, 7.3c and 7.3d

1 The exterior lighting and wiper switches are located on the steering column. The combination light switch incorporates the turn signal, headl ight, d immer and parking l ight

CONTINUITY BETWEEN 1and 2

1 and 2 ; 3 and 6 1 and 2 ; 3, 4 and 6

1 and 2 ; 4 and 6

1 and 2 ; 5 and 6 1 and 2 ; 4, 5 and 6 1 and 2 ; 4, 5 and 6

5 and 6 8 and 10 8 and 9

7.3 b Combination light switch continuity table

SWITCH POSITION CONTINUITY BETWEEN Off 1 and6

intermittent 1 and 6 · 3 and 4 Low 1 and 5 High 2 and 5

Wash 4 and 7 Mist 2 and 5

WINDSHIELD WIPER/WASHER SWITCH

SWITCH POSITION CONTINUITY BETWEEN Off 8 and 9 On 8 and 10

Wash 1 1 and 12 REAR WINDOW WIPER/WASHER SWITCH '"'I 4"'2 0""2"'s-"'"1-=- 2 -""1."'30=- H'"'"A'"'Y"'Nc:E=-is 1 7.3 d Wiper/washer switch continuity table


7.4a To remove either of the steering column switches, remove the two

retaining screws (arrows) (steering wheel removed for clarity only, position the

spokes vertically to access the screws) ...

switches into one switch on the left side of the column. The windshield wiper/washer functions are incorporated into another switch on the right side of the column. 2 Remove the switch(es) (see Step 4). 3 Using an ohmmeter or self-powered test light and the accompanying diagrams, check for continuity between the indicated switch terminals with the switch in each of the indicated positions (see illustrations). If the continuity isn't as specified, replace the switch.

Replacement


4 Remove the steering column covers. Use a small screwdriver to carefully detach the electrical connectors from the switch. Remove the two retaining screws and detach the switch from the steering col umn (see illustrations). 5 Installation is the reverse of removal.

Cruise control switch

Check


6 Remove the switch from the steering wheel (see Step 8). 7 Using an ohmmeter or self-powered test l ight check for C0'1tinuity between the indicated terminals ,n the switch in each of the indicated positions (see illustration). If the continu ity isn't as specified, replace the switch.

Replacement

Refer to illustration 7. 1 O 8 Disconnect the negative battery cable, then the positive battery cable and wait at least three mi nutes before proceed ing any further (see Warning above). Caution: If the radio in your vehicle is equipped with an antitheft system, make sure you have the correct activation code before disconnecting the battery. 9 Remove the cover over the cruise con-trol switch.

7.4b ... and carefully pry the switch out of the steering column bracket

1 O Detach the switch retaining screws (see illustration). Then disconnect the electrical connections and remove the switch from the steering wheel. 11 Installation is the reverse of removal.

8 Ignition switch and key lock cylinder - check and replacement

Warning: The models covered by this manual are equipped with a Supplemental Restraint system (SRS), more commonly known as airbags. Always disable the airbag system before working in the vicinity of the impact sensors, steering column or instrument panel to avoid the possibility of accidental deployment of the airbag, which could cause personal injury (see Section 26). Do not use electrical test equipment on any of the airbag system wiring or tamper with them in any way.

Ignition switch Refer to illustrations 8.3, 8.4a, 8.4b and 8.9

1 Disconnect the negative battery cable, then the positive battery cable (see Warning above). Caution: If the radio in your vehicle is equipped with an anti-theft system, make sure you have the correct activation code before disconnecting the battery. ·

2 Remove the lower instrument panel

7. 7 Cruise control set/resume switch terminal guide - with the switch in the Set

position there should be continuity between terminals 1 and 3 ; with the switch in the Resume position there

should be continuity between terminals 1 and2

7.1 0 Remove the two mounting screws (arrows) and remove the switch

cover and the steering column covers (see Chapter 1 1 ). 3 Follow the wire harness for the ignition switch down the steering column and disconnect the connectors from the fuse box and wiring harness (see illustration). 4 Check the ignition switch for continu ity between the indicated connector terminals

8.3 Disconnect the ignition switch connectors from the fuse box and

wiring harness (arrow)

- 12-6 Chapter 12 Chassis electrical system

1 3 4 7

r--Fr=h � AS SEEN FROM BACK ..-�--'IP'�� .... ,..&.�....... OF CONNECTOR

1 2 s 11 1 a 7-PIN CONNECTOR 5-PIN CONNECTOR 3 4 5

5 • PIN CONNECTOR SWITCH POSITION CONTINUITY BETWEEN

Acc_essory 3 • PIN CONNECTOR

·Gjvic 3and 8 lntenra 3 and 11

On

Civic 3, 8, 10 and 12

lnteara 3, B, 9 and 11

SWITCH POSITION CONTINUITY BETWEEN

Accessory 1and8 On 1, 3, 5 and B

Start 5 6 and B Start Civic 1,3and12

l42025-12-8.4A HAYNES I lntenra 1,3and8

142025-12-8.4.L HAYNES I 8.4 a Ignition switch terminal guide and continuity table -


8.4b Ignition switch terminal guide and continuity table -CR-V models

8.9 Remove the two ignition switch screws (arrows) and remove the switch

with the ignition switch in each position (see illustrations). 5 If the continuity is not as specified, replace the switch. 6 Insert the key and turn it to the Lock position. 7 Remove the two retaining screws and detach the switch (see illustration). 8 Installation is the reverse of removal.

Lock cylinder and steering

column lock assembly Refer to illustrations 8.14 and 8.21

9 Check the lock cylinder in each position to make sure it isn't worn or loose and that the key position corresponds to the markings on the housing. If the lock cylinder is faulty, the entire steering column lock assembly will have to be replaced. 1 O Disconnect the negative battery cable, then the positive battery cable (see Warning above). Caution: If the radio in your vehicle is equipped with an anti-theft system, make sure you have the correct activation code before disconnecting the battery. 11 Remove the steering column covers and lower instrument panel cover (see Chapter 11). 1 2 Remove the ignition switch (see above). 1 3 Remove the retaining nuts and lower the steering column.

8.14 Remove the two shear-head screws (arrows) to remove the steering lock and

key lock cylinder

Civic and lhtegra models

14 The lock assembly is clamped to the steering column by two shear-head bolts (see illustration). Use a center punch to make a dimple in the head of each bolt, then drill the head off the bolt with a 3/16-inch (5 mm) bit. Separate the clamp and remove the assembly from the steering column. 15 Place the new lock assembly in position without the key inserted and tighten the bolts until they are snug. 16 Insert the key and check the lock cylinder for proper operation. 17 Tighten the bolts until their heads break off. 18 Raise the steering column into position and install the nuts/bolts. Tighten the steering column-to-instrument panel flange nuts to 108 in-lbs (13 Nm). Tighten the retaining collar clamp bolts to 16 ft-lbs (22 Nm). 19 Install the ignition switch, instrument panel and steering column covers. 20 Connect the positive battery cable, followed by the negative cable.

CR-V models

21 The lock assembly is clamped to the steering column with one shear-head bolt

8.21 On CR-V models, the lock cylinder is retained to the steering column with a

clamp and shear-head bolt (arrow)

(see illustration). Use a center punch to make a dimple in the head of the bolt, then drill the head off the bolt with a 3/16-inch (5 mm) bit. Remove the bolt from the clamp. 22 Insert the ignition key into the lock cylinder and turn it to the Accessory position. Press the lock pin on top of the clamp down and remove the lock assembly from the steering column. 23 Place the new lock assembly in position with the key inserted and in the Accessory position. Push the lock assembly in until the lock pin clicks into place. Install the shearhead bolt in the clamp and tighten the bolt until snug. 24 Check the lock cylinder for proper operation. 25 Tighten the bolt until the head breaks off. 26 Raise the steering column into position and install the nuts/bolts. Tighten the steering column-to-instrument panel flange nuts to 12 ft-lbs (16 Nm). Tighten the retaining collar clamp bolts to 29 ft-lbs (39 Nm). 27 Install the ignition switch, instrument panel and steering column covers. 28 Connect the positive battery cable, followed by the negative cable.


1i2GJ4151 CIVIC INTEGRA


I

1 4

I

2 3 5 6

CR-V

On SWITCH POSITION CONTINUITY BETWEEN Civic 2 and 3 On 1 and6

lntegra 1 and2 Off (bulb check) 5 and 1 ; 2 and 3 Off (bulb check)

1 and 2; 4 and 5 Civic lntegra 2 and 3 ; 4 and 5

!42025-12-9.26 HAYNES!

I 42025 1 2-09.02 HAYNESI

9.2a Cruise control on/off switch terminal guide and continuity table - Civic and lntegra (if continuity is not indicated during a

bulb check replace only the defective bulb)

9.2b Cruise control on/off switch terminal guide and continuity table - CR-V models (if continuity is not indicated during a bulb

check replace only the defective bulb)

9.3 Carefully pry the cruise on/off switch out of the dash

9 Instrument panel switches -check and replacement

Warning: The models covered by this manual are equipped with a Supplemental Restraint system (SRS), more commonly known as airbags. Always disable the airbag system before working in the vicinity of the impact sensors, steering column or instrument panel to avoid the possibility of accidental deployment of the airbag, which could cause personal injury (see Section 26). Do not use electrical test equipment on any of the airbag system wiring or tamper with them in any way.

SWITCH POSITION On

Off (bulb check)

11 I 21 13 1 ·415 I 42025 12-9.6 HAYNES!

9.6 Rear defogger switch wiring harness connector terminal identification -

Civic models

Cruise control on/off switch

Check


1 To check the switch it must first be removed (see Step 3). 2 Using an ohmmeter or self-powered test lamp and the accompanying diagram, check for continuity between each of the indicated switch terminals with the switch in each of the indicated positions (see illustration). If the continuity isn't as specified, replace the switch.

Replacement


3 To remove the switch, pry it out of the dash and disconnect its electrical connector (see illustration). 4 Installation is the reverse of removal.

9. 7 Rear window defogger switch terminal identification and

continuity table - lntegra models (if continuity is not indicated

during a bulb check replace only the defective bulb)

CONTINUITY BETWEEN 4 and 6

1 and 3; 2 and 5 I 42025 12-9.8 HAYNES!

Rear defogger switch

Check

Refer to illustrations 9.6, 9. 7 and 9.8

5 On Civic and lntegra models, remove the switch from the instrument panel (see Step 9). 6 On Civic models, the timer circuitry is contained within the switch, so the switch can not be checked using conventional methods. If the defogger does not operate Turn the ignition ON but don't start the engine. Place the positive probe of a voltmeter at terminal no. 1 and the negative probe at terminal no. 4 on the wiring harness connector (see illustration). Battery voltage should be indicated. If there's no voltage, check the wiring harness and fuse. If there's battery voltage, connect a jumper wire between terminal no. 1 and 4. If the rear defogger now works, replace the switch. If the defogger still doesn't work, check the defogger relay (see section 5) and related circuit. 7 If you're working on an lntegra, use an ohmmeter or self-powered test lamp and the accompanying diagram to check for continuity between the indicated switch terminals with the switch in the indicated positions (see illustration). If the continuity isn't as specified, replace the switch. 8 On CR-V models, the rear defogger 1switch is part of the heater and air condition-

G Fffi1 �I �J 142025-12-9.8 HAYNES!

9. 8 Heater and air conditioning control assembly 8-pin connector terminal guide

for defogger switch test

-12-8 Chapter 1 2 Chassis electrical system

9.9 On Civic and lntegra models, carefully pry the defogger switch out of the dash

with a small screwdriver

ing control assembly. Remove the heater and air conditioning control assembly (see Chapter 3). Using a fused jumper wire, apply battery voltage to terminal number one of the 8-pin connector on the back of the control assembly (see illustration). Ground terminal number 7. Connect a voltmeter to terminal number 4 (+) and terminal number 7 (-). Battery voltage should be indicated on the meter when the defogger switch is switched On. If the switch does not operate as described, replace the heater and air conditioning control assembly.

Replacement


9 On Civic and lntegra models, carefully pry the switch out of the instrument panel and disconnect the electrical connector (see illustration). 1 O Installation is the reverse of removal.

Instrument panel lights

dimmer switch

Check


11 Remove the switch from the instrument panel (see Step 17). 12 The control circuitry is contained within the switch, so the switch cannot be checked using conventional methods. The following check tests each individual circuit. If there is a problem with the system and the circuits are good, the switch is assumed defective. Inspect the switch terminals, if they're corroded or bent, repair them if possible or replace the switch. 13 Working on the wiring harness connector, connect an ohmmeter between terminal no. 2 and a good chassis ground (see illustration). There should be continuity. If not, check the circuit for an open or bad connection. 14 With the headlight switch ON, connect a voltmeter between terminal no. 1 and ground. There should be battery voltage. If not, check the circuit back to the under-dash fuse box and combination switch. 15 With the headlight switch ON, connect a

I I

142025-12-9.13 HAYNES! 9.13 Instrument panel lights dimmer

switch wiring harness connector terminal identification - looking from the back

(wire-side) of the connector

jumper wire between terminal no. 3 and a good chassis ground. The instrument panel lights should come on at full brightness. 16 If the wiring test results were correct and the switch doesn't work properly, replace the switch.

Replacement


17 To remove the switch, carefully pry i t out of the instrument panel and disconnect the electrical connector (see illustration). 18 Installation is the reverse of removal.

1 O Instrument panel gauges - check

Warning: The models covered by this manual are equipped with a Supplemental Restraint system (SRS), more commonly known as airbags. Always disable the airbag system before working in the vicinity of the impact sensors, steering column or instrument panel to avoid the possibility of accidental deployment of the airbag, which could cause personal injury (see Section 26). Do not use electrical test equipment on any of the airbag system wiring or tamper with them in any way. Note: This procedure applies to conventional analog type gauges (NON-digital) only.

Fuel and temperature gauges 1 All tests below require the ignition switch to be turned to ON position when testing. 2 If the gauge pointer does not move from the empty or cold positions, check the fuse. If the fuse is OK, locate the particular sending unit for the circuit you're working on (see Chapter 4 for fuel sending unit location or Chapter 3 for the temperature sending unit

9.1 7 Carefully pry the instrument panel light dimmer switch out of the dash with a small screwdriver - lntegra model shown

location). Connect the sending unit connector to ground momentarily. If the pointer goes to the full or hot position replace the sending unit. If the pointer stays in the same position, use a jumper wire to ground the sending unit terminal on the back of the gauge. If necessary, refer to the wiring diagrams at the end of this Chapter. If the pointer moves, the problem lies in the wiring between the gauge and the sending unit. If the pointer does not move with the sending unit terminal on the back of the gauge grounded, check for voltage at the other terminal of the gauge. If voltage is present, replace the gauge.

1 1 Instrument cluster - removal and installation

Refer to illustrations 11. 4a and 11. 4b

Warning: The models covered by this manual are equipped with a Supplemental Restraint system (SRS), more commonly known as airbags. Always disable the airbag system before working in the vicinity of the impact sensors, steering column or instrument panel to avoid the possibility of accidental deployment of the airbag, which could cause personal injury (see Section 26). Do not use electrical test equipment on any of the airbag system wiring or tamper with them in any way. 1 Disconnect the negative battery cable, then the positive cable and wait three min-

11.4a Remove the instrument cluster

screws (arrows)

Chapter 1 2 Chassis electrical system 12-9

11.4b Pull the cluster out of the dash, turn it over and unplug the electrical connectors from the backside

utes before proceeding further (see Warning above). Caution: If the radio in your vehicle is equipped with an anti-theft system, make sure you have the correct activation code before disconnecting the battery. 2 Tilt the steering wheel to its lowest position and remove the instrument cluster bezel (see Chapter 11 ). 3 Pad the steering column to protect it. 4 Remove the cluster mounting screws, carefully pull it straight out of the instrument panel and disconnect the electrical connectors (see illustrations). 5 Installation is the reverse of removal.

1 2 Radio and speakers - removal and installation

Warning: The models covered by this manual are equipped with a Supplemental Restraint system (SRS), more commonly known as airbags. Always disable the airbag system before working in the vicinity of the impact sensors, steering column or instrument panel to avoid the possibility of accidental deployment of the airbag, which could cause personal injury (see Section 26). Do not use electrical test equipment on any of the airbag system wiring or tamper with them in any way. 1 The radio and cassette player are separate units on Civic models and a combined unit on lntegra and CR-V models.

Radio Refer to illustrations 12.4a, 12.4b and 12.6

2 Detach the cable from the negative terminal of the battery, then detach the positive cable (see Warning above). Caution: If the radio in your vehicle is equipped with an antitheft system, make sure you have the correct activation code before disconnecting the battery.

Civic and lntegra

3 Remove the center console (see Chap-ter 11). 4 Reach under the radio and remove the two retaining screws (see illustration). Pull

12.4a Reach under the stereo and remove the retaining screws ...

12.6 Radio mounting bolts (arrows) -CR-V models

out the radio and unplug the electrical connector and antenna lead. If you're working on a Civic with a separate cassette player, disconnect the cassette player lead from the radio. Remove the radio (see illustration). To remove the separate cassette player on Civic models, remove the mounting bolts (two on each side) and slide it out. 5 Installation is the reverse of removal.

CR-V models

6 Remove the dashboard center trim panel (see Chapter 11). Remove the radio mounting bolts and remove the radio from the center trim panel (see illustration). 7 Installation is the reverse of removal.

Speakers Front main speakers Refer to illustration 12.8

8 Remove the speaker trim cover. Remove the speaker mounting screws, pull out the speaker and unplug the electrical connector (see illustration). 9 Installation is the reverse of removal.

Front tweeters

10 Remove the door trim panel. 11 Disconnect the tweeter electrica l connector. 12 If you're working on a Civic, remove the

12.4b ... pull it out far enough to unplug the connectors and remove the unit

1 2. 8 Remove the screws, pull the speaker out and unplug it

side mirror trim. 13 Remove the tweeter mounting screws and take it out. 14 Installation is the reverse of removal.

Rear speakers

15 If you're working on a Civic, remove the rear side trim (hatchback) or rear shelf (coupe/sedan). 16 If you're working on an lntegra hatchback, remove the speaker trim cover. 17 If you're working on an lntegra sedan, remove three speaker cover screws from

.1 inside the trunk, then lift off the speaker cover. 18 On CR-V models, remove the speaker trim cover. 19 Remove the speaker mounting screws and lift the speaker out. 20 Installation is the reverse of removal.

1 3 Antenna - removal and installation

Civic and CR-V Refer to illustration 13.3

1 Disconnect the antenna lead at the radio.

. 12-10 Chapter 12 Chassis electrical system

13.3 Remove the antenna retaining screws

13 .8 Insert the new antenna so that the antenna cable teeth face the rear of

the vehicle

2 Connect a piece of string or wire to the antenna lead at the radio end. 3 Remove the mounting screws and pull the antenna out of the body pillar (see illustration). 4 Fasten the wire or string to the lead of the new antenna. Lower the antenna into place while pulling the new lead into the pillar with the wire or string. 5 Disconnect the string or wire and connect the antenna lead to the radio. Install the antenna mounting screws and tighten them securely.

lntegra

Power antenna mast

Refer to illustrations 13.6, 13. 7 and 13.8

6 Tape the fender to protect it from scratches. Remove the nut and spacer (see illustration). 7 Have an assistant switch the radio ON to extend the antenna. Guide the mast as it extends, then remove it from the vehicle (see illustration). 8 Install the antenna with teeth facing the rear of the vehicle and engage the antenna teeth with the drive cable. Switch the radio ON and let the antenna motor pull the mast into the fender (see illustration).

13.6 Tape the fender to protect it and remove the antenna nut with

snap-ring pliers

13.11 Remove the mounting nut (arrow) to detach the antenna motor

9 Install the spacer and antenna nut. Note: If the spacer has a flat seal, it goes inside the collar, below the spacer. If the spacer has an 0-ring, it goes on top of the spacer.

Power antenna motor


10 If you're working on a sedan, remove the side trim panel from inside the trunk. If you're working on a hatchback, remove the quarter trim panel from the vehicle interior. 11 Remove the antenna nut and washer (see illustration 13 .6). Remove the antenna motor mounting nut (see illustration). Disconnect the electrical connector and antenna lead and withdraw the assembly. 12 Installation is the reverse of removal.

14 Headlight - replacement

Refer to illustrations 14.2, 14.3a, 14.3b and 14.4

Warning: Halogen gas-filled bulbs are under pressure and may shatter if the surface is scratched or the bulb is dropped. Wear eye protection and handle the bulbs carefully, grasping only the base whenever possible. Do not touch the surface of the bulb with your

13.7 With the ignition key and the radio in the ON position, guide the antenna mast

out of the motor assembly

14.2 Unplug the electrical connector and remove the rubber boot

fingers because the oil from your skin could cause it to overheat and fail prematurely. If you do touch the bulb surface, clean it with rubbing alcohol. 1 Open the hood. 2 Reach behind the headlight assembly, unplug the electrical c.onnector, then remove the rubber boot (see illustration). 3 On Civic and CR-V models, release the bulb holder retaining clip, then pull out the bulb/h�lder assembly (see illustrations).

14.3 a On Civic and CR-V models, detach the wire clip ...

Chapter 12 Chassis electrical system

14.3b ... then pull the assembly straight out of the housing

15.1 b Civic horizontal headlight adjuster

4 On lntegra models, rotate the bulb/holder assembly counterclockwise and remove the assembly (see illustration). 5 Installation is the reverse of removal (see Warning above).

15 Headlights - adjustment

Refer to illustrations 15. 1 a, 15. 1 b, 15. 1 c, 15.1d and 15.3

Note: The headlights must be aimed correctly. If adjusted incorrectly they could blind the driver of an oncoming vehicle and cause a serious accident or seriously reduce your ability to see the road. The headlights should be checked for proper aim every 12 months and any time a new headlight is installed or front end body work is performed. It should be emphasized that the following procedure is only an interim step which will provide temporary adjustment until the headlights can be adjusted by a properly equipped shop. 1 Headlights have spring-loaded adjusting screws for controlling up-and-down (inner) and left-and-right movement (outer - nearest the parking light) (see illustrations). 2 There are several methods of adjusting the headlights. The simplest method requires a blank wall and a level floor.

14.4 On lntegra models, rotate the bulb/holder assembly counterclockwise and pull the assembly out of the housing

(there are separate bulbs for the low beam and high beam headlights)

1 5.1c lntegra headlight adjusters

�....__,........�.......,HigtJ.JL Ar'

""-- • . , 1 - :.;;_.L :::-,;:l;:;.,, Floor . to penter ,�·

of Headlamp Lens m� Vehicle-----•

Centerline

12-11

1 5 .1a Civic vertical headlight adjuster

1 5.1d CR-V headlight adjusters

Front of Headlamp

15. 3 Headlight adjustment details

3 Position masking tape vertically on the wall in reference to the vehicle centerline and

.__._ ____ _., _______ ,. !50029-12-19.3 HAYNES!


1 6.3 a On Civic models, remove the bolts at the bottom center ...

16.3 d On lntegra models, remove the four headlight housing mounting bolts {arrows)

the centerlines of both headlights (see illustration). 4 Position a horizontal tape line in reference to the centerline of all the headlights. Note: It may be easier to position the tape on the wall with the vehicle parked only a few inches away. 5 Adjustment should be made with the vehicle parked 25 feet from the wall, sitting level, the gas tank half-full and no unusually heavy load in the vehicle. 6 Starting with the low beam adjustment, position the high intensity zone so it is two inches below the horizontal line and two inches to the side of the headlight vertical line, away from oncoming traffic. Adjustment is made by turning the vertical adjusting screw. The horizontal adjusting screw should be used to move the beam left or right. 7 With the high beams on, the high intensity zone should be vertically centered with the exact center just below the horizontal line. Note: It may not be possible to position the headlight aim exactly for both high and low beams. If a compromise must be made, keep in mind that the low beams are the most used and have the greatest effect on safety. 8 Have the headlights adjusted by a dealer service department or service station at the earliest opportunity.

16.3 b . .. at the left side ...

1 6.3 e Headlight housing mounting bolts (arrows) - CRV models

1 6 Headlight housing - replacement

Refer to illustrations 16.3a, 16.3b, 16.3c, 16.3d and 16.3e

1 Unplug the electrical connectors, and remove the halogen bulbs (see Section 14). 2 Remove the front bumper (CR-V) or front bumper cover (Civic and lntegra) (see Chapter 11 ) .

3 Remove the headlight housing mounting bolts/nuts and remove the housing (see illustrations). 4 Installation is the reverse of removal. After you're done, adjust the headlights (see Section 15).

17 Bulb replacement

Front turn signal/parking and

side marker lights

Civic and CR-V

If you're replacing the left (drivers side) bulb, start the engine, turn the wheels all the way to the right and stop the engine. If you're replacing the right (passengers side) bulb, start the engine, turn the wheels all the way

16.3 c ... and at the top

1 7.4a Remove the lamp housing screws .. .

to the left and stop the engine. 2 Pry off the clips, remove the screws and remove the inner fender cover. 3 Rotate the bulb holder 1/4-turn counterclockwise and remove it from the housing. Push in on the bulb and turn it counterclockwise, then pull it out of the bulb holder. Installation is the reverse of removal.

lntegra

Refer to illustrations 1 7.4a and 1 7.4b

4 Remove the lamp assembly securing screws and pull it out of the fender {see illustration). Turn the bulb holder 1/8-turn counterclockwise and pull it out of the housing (see illustration). 5 Remove the bulb from the bulb holder. 6 Installation is the reverse of removal.

Tail light and brake light Refer to illustrations 1 7.Ba, 1 7.Bb, 1 7.Bc, 1 7.Bd and 1 7.Be

7 Open the trunk or rear hatch and remove the access cover. On CR-V models, remove the taillight housing mounting screws and pull the housing off the body. 8 Turn the bulb holder 1 /8-turn counterclockwise and pull it out of the housing {see illustrations).

1 7. 4b ... and pull out the housing for access to the bulbs - lntegra models

1 7. Sc On lntegra models, after removing the rear cover, rotate the bulb housings

counterclockwise, pull them out and remove the bulbs

9 Push in on the bulb and turn it counter-clockwise, then pull it out of the bulb holder. 10 Installation is the reverse of removal.

High-mounted brake light

Civic

11 Remove the screw covers (if equipped), remove the two screws and separate the housing from the body. Twist the bulb holder

1 7 . 1 4 On lntegra models, the high mount brake light is accessible through the trunk


1 7. Sa On Civic models, remove the cover from the inner panel to access the bulbs

1 7. Sd On CR-V models, remove the screws retaining the taillight housing to

the body . ..

counterclockwise, remove it from the housing and remove the bulb. 12 Installation is the reverse of removal.

lntegra

Refer to illustration 1 7. 14

13 Open the trunk to access the highmounted brake light housing. 14 Twist the bulb holder 1/4-turn counterclockwise and pull it out of the housing (see illustration). Pull the bulb straight out of the

1 7. 16a On CR-V models, press the clips in and remove the cover from high-mounted

brake light housing .. .

1 7. Sb Rotate the bulb housing counterclockwise, pull it out and

remove the bulb

1 7. Se ... pull the taillight housing out, turn it over and remove the bulb holder

from the housing

bulb holder. 15 Installation is the reverse of removal.

CR-V

Refer to illustrations 1 7. 16a and 1 7. 16b

16 Open the rear hatch and remove the high-mounted brake light cover from the housing. Twist the bulb holder counterclockwise and remove it from the housing (see illustrations). Pull the bulb straight out of the bulb holder. 17 Installation is the reverse of removal.

1 7 .1 6b ... twist the bulb holder counterclockwise and pull it out

of the housing

- 12-14 Chapter 1 2 Chassis electrical system

Instrument panel lights Refer to illustration 1 7. 19

18 To gain access to the instrument panel lights, the instrument cluster will have to be removed first (see Section 11). 19 Rotate the bulb holder counterclockwise and remove it from the instrument cluster (see illustration). 20 Pull the bulb straight out of the holder. 21 Installation is the reverse of removal.

License plate lights Refer to illustration 1 7.23

22 Remove the two screws and pull out the lens. 23 Rotate the bulb holder 1/8-turn counterclockwise and detach it from the lens housing (see illustration). 24 Pull the bulb straight out of the holder. 25 Installation is the reverse of removal.

Dome/cargo/trunk lights Refer to illustration 1 7.26

26 Carefully pry the lens off for access to the bulb (see illustration). 27 Remove the bulb from the terminals. It may be necessary to pry the bulb out - if this is the case, pry only on the ends of the bulb (otherwise the glass may shatter). 28 Installation is the reverse of removal.

1 8 Daytime Running Lights (DAL) -general information

The Daytime Running Lights (DRL) system used on Canadian models illuminates the headlights whenever the engine is running. The only exception is with the engine running and the parking brake engaged. Once the parking brake is released, the lights will remain on as long as the ignition switch is on, even if the parking brake is later applied.

The DRL system supplies reduced power to the headlights so they won't be too bright for daytime use, while prolonging headlight life.

1 9 Wiper motor - check and replacement

Wiper motor circuit check Refer to illustration 19.2

Note: Refer to the wiring diagrams for wire

1 7 .19 To remove an instrument

cluster light bulb socket, depress

it and turn it counterclockwis

e to release it

colors and locations in the following checks. When checking for voltage, probe a grounded 12-volt test light to each terminal at the connector until it lights; this verifies voltage (power) at the terminal. If the following checks fail to locate the problem, have the system diagnosed by a dealer service department or other properly equipped repair facility. 1 If the wipers work slowly, make sure the battery is in good condition and has a strong charge (see Chapter 1). If the battery is in good condition, remove the wiper motor (see below) and operate the wiper arms by hand. Check for binding linkage and pivots. Lubricate or repair the linkage or pivots as necessary. Reinstall the wiper motor. If the wipers still operate slowly, check for loose or corroded connections, especially the ground connection. If all connections look OK, replace the motor. 2 If the wipers fai l to operate when activated, check the fuse. If the fuse is OK, connect a jumper wire between the wiper motor ground terminal and a good chassis ground, then retest. If the motor works now, repair the ground connection. If the motor still doesn't work, turn the wiper switch to the HI position and check for voltage at the wiring harness connector to the motor. If there's voltage supplied to the motor, check it with fused jumper wires from the battery (see illustration). If the motor now works, check for binding linkage (see Step 1 above). If the motor still doesn't work, replace it. If there's no voltage at the motor, check for voltage to the integrated control unit. If there's voltage at the integrated control unit and no voltage at the wiper motor, check the switch for conti-

142025-12-19.2 HAYNES!

19.2 Windshield wiper motor terminal identification - to check the motor for

operation connect a fused jumper wire to the positive terminal of a 12 volt battery

and terminal no. 4; the motor will operate on low speed when terminal no. 2 is

grounded and high speed when terminal no. 1 is grounded

1 7 .23 Remove the lamp housing and turn the socket counterclockwise for access

to the license plate bulb

17 .26 Carefully pry the interior light lens out for access to the bulb

nuity (see Section 7). If the switch is OK, the integrated control unit is probably bad. 3 If the interval (delay) function is inoperative, check the continuity of all the wiring between the switch and integrated control unit. If the wiring is OK, have the integrated control unit checked by a dealership or properly equipped repair facility. 4 If the wipers stop at the position they're in when the switch is turned off (fail to park), check for voltage at the park feed wire of the

19.7 To remove a wiper arm, remove the nut and pull the arm off the shaft


19.1 0 Remove the wiper-to-frame mounting bolts (arrows) and remove the complete assembly from the vehicle

1 9.11 Remove the wiper motor mounting bolts and remove the motor from the linkage assembly

19.14 To remove a rear wiper arm, flip up the cover and remove the nut

wiper motor connector when· the wiper switch is OFF but the ignition is ON. If 110 voltage is present, check for an open circuit between the wiper motor and the fuse panel. 5 If the wipers won't shut off unless the ignition is OFF, disconnect the wiring from the wiper control switch. If the wipers stop, replace the switch. If the wipers keep running, there's a defective limit switch in the motor; replace the motor. 6 If the wipers won't retract below the hood line, check for mechanical obstructions in the wiper linkage or on the vehicle's body which would prevent the wipers from parking. If there are no obstructions, check the wiring between the switch and motor for continuity. If the wiring is OK, replace the wiper motor.

Wiper motor replacement

Front

Refer to illustrations 19. 7, 19. 10 and 19. 1 1

7 Remove the windshield wiper arm (see illustration). 8 Remove the cowl cover (see Chap-ter 11). 9 Disconnect the electrical connector from the wiper motor. 1 0 Detach the wiper linkage assembly from the lower cowl cover (see illustration). 11 Remove the wiper motor retaining bolts

19.17 Rear wiper motor mounting bolts (arrows) - lntegra

(see illustration). 12 Remove the wiper motor from the wiper linkage assembly. 13 Installation is the reverse of removal.

Rear

Refer to illustrations 19. 14, 19. 1 7, 19. 19 and 19.20

14 Pull the rear wiper arm cover back to access the wiper arm retaining nut. Detach the nut and pull the wiper arm straight off the shaft to remove it (see illustration).

19.2 0 Rear wiper motor mounting bolts (arrows) - CR-V models

19.1 9 To access the rear wiper motor on a CR-V model, remove the screws

(arrows) and the wiper motor cover

Civic and lntegra 15 Open the rear hatch and remove the trim panel (see Chapter 11 ). 1 6 Disconnect the electrical connector from the wiper motor. 17 Remove the wiper motor mounting bracket bolts and remove the motor (see illustration). 18 Installation is the reverse of removal.

CR-V 19 Open the rear hatch and remove the rear wiper motor cover (see illustration). 20 Disconnect the electrical connector from the motor, remove the mounting screws and remove the motor (see illustration). 21 Installation is the reverse of removal.

20 Horn - check and replacement

Check Refer to illustration 20.3

Note: Check the fuses before beginning electrical diagnosis. 1 Disconnect the electrical connector from the horn. 2 To test the horn(s), connect battery voltage and ground to the horn terminals with a pair of jumper wires. If the horn doesn't

_12-16 Chapter 12 Chassis electrical system

2 0.3 Check for voltage at the horn terminal

21.6 To determine if a wire has broken, check the voltage at the center of each

wire. If the voltage is 5 to 6 volts, the wire is unbroken; if the voltage is 1 0 to 12 volts, the wire is broken between the

center of the wire and the ground side; if the voltage is O volts, the wire is broken between the center of the wire and the

power side

sound, replace it. 3 If the horn does sound, check for voltage at the horn connector when the horn switch is depressed (see illustration). If there's voltage at the connector, check for a bad ground at the horn. 4 If there's no voltage at the horn, check the relay (see Section 5). 5 If the relay is OK, check for voltage to the relay power and control circuits. If either of the circuits is not receiving voltage, inspect the wiring between the relay and the fuse panel. 6 If both relay circuits are receiving voltage, depress the horn switch and check the circuit from the relay to the horn switch for continuity to ground. If there's no continuity, check the circuit for an open. If there's no open circuit, replace the horn switch. 7 If there's continuity to ground through the horn switch, check for an open or short in the circuit from the relay to the switch.

2 0. 9 Horn mounting bolt (arrow)

21. 8 To find the break, place the voltmeter negative lead against the defogger ground terminal, place the

voltmeter positive lead with the foil strip against the heat wire at the positive terminal end and slide it toward the

negative terminal end - the point at which the voltmeter deflects from several volts

to zero volts is the point at which the wire is broken

Replacement Refer to illustration 20.9 8 To access the horns, the front bumper cover (Civic and lntegra) or front bumper (CRV) must first be removed (see Chapter 1 1). 9 Disconnect the electrical connectors and remove the bracket bolt (see illustration). 10 Installation is the reverse of removal.

21 Rear window defogger - check and repair

The rear window defogger consists of a number of horizontal heating elements baked onto the inside surface of the glass. Power is supplied through a 30-ampere fuse from the power distribution box in the engine compartment. The defogger is controlled by the

21. 5 When measuring the voltage at the rear window defogger grid, wrap a piece

of aluminum foil around the positive probe of the voltmeter and press the foil against

the wire with your finger

instrument panel switch. On lntegra models, the timer is controlled by the integrated control unit. 2 Small breaks in the element can be repaired without removing the rear window.

Check Refer to illustrations 21. 5, 2 1. 6 and 2 1. 8

3 Turn the ignition switch and defogger system switches to the ON position. 4 Using a voltmeter, place the positive probe against the defogger grid positive terminal and the negative probe against the ground terminal. If battery voltage is not indicated, check the fuse, defogger switch and related wiring. If voltage is indicated, but all or part of the defogger doesn't heat, proceed with the following tests. 5 When measuring voltage during the next two tests, wrap a piece of aluminum foil around the tip of the voltmeter positive probe and press the foil against the heating element with your finger (see illustration). Place the negative probe on the defogger grid ground terminal. 6 Check the voltage at the center of each heating element (see illustration). If the voltage is 5 to 6 volts, the element is okay (there is no break). If the voltage is 0 volts, the element is t'.>roken between the center of the element and the positive end. If the voltage is 1 O to 12 volts the element is broken between the center of the e lement and the ground side. Check each heating element. 7 If none of the elements are broken, connect the negative probe to a good chassis ground. The voltage reading should stay the same, if it doesn't the ground connection is bad. 8 To find the break, place the voltmeter negative probe against the defogger ground terminal. Place the voltmeter positive probe with the foil strip against the heating element at the positive side and slide it toward the negative side. The point at which the voltmeter deflects from several volts to zero is the point where the heating element is broken (see illustration).


21.1 4 To use a defogger repair kit, apply masking tape to the inside of the window at the damaged area, then brush on the

special conductive coating •

Repair Refer to illustration 2 1. 14

9 Repair the break in the element using a repair kit specifically for this purpose, such as Dupont paste No. 481 7 (or equivalent). The kit includes plastic conductive epoxy. 1 O Before repairing a break, turn off the system and allow it to cool for a few minutes. 1 1 Lightly buff the element area with fine steel wool; then clean it thoroughly with rubbing alcohol. 1 2 Use masking tape to mask off the area being repaired. 1 3 Thoroughly mix the epoxy, following the kit instructions. 1 4 Apply the epoxy material to the slit in the masking tape, overlapping the undamaged area about 3/4-inch on either end (see illustration). 1 5 Allow the repair to cure for 24 hours before removing the tape and using the system.

22 Cruise control system -description and check

Refer to illustrations 22. 1 a, 22. 1 b, 22. 1 c and 22. 1d

The cruise control system maintains vehicle speed with a servo located in the

22.1 b Civic and CR-V models use a vacuum operated cruse control servo

engine compartment on the d river's side fenderwell. An electronic control module controls the operation of the servo. The system consists of the servo, control module, brake switch, control switches, speed sensor and related circuits (see illustrations). The servo is connected to the throttle pedal by a cable. lntegra models use an electronic servo, while Civic and CR-V models use a vacuum operated servo. Some features of the system require special testers and diagnostic procedures which are beyond the scope of this manual. Listed below are some general procedures that may be used to locate common problems. 2 Locate and check the cruise control system fuses in both the interior fuse box and the under hood fuse box (see Section 3) . Check the cruise control on/off switch and seVresume switch (see Sections 7 and 9). 3 The brake pedal switch (or stop lamp switch) deactivates the cruise control system. Have an assistant press the brake pedal while you check the stop lamp operation. 4 If the brake lights do not operate properly, correct the problem and retest the cruise control. 5 Check the control cable between the cruise control servo and the throttle pedal and replace as necessary. 6 The cruise control system uses a speed sensing device. The speed sensor is located in the transmission. To test the speed sensor, see Chapter 6. 7 Test drive the vehicle to determine if the cruise control is now working. If it isn't, take it to a dealer service department or an automotive electrical specialist for further diagnosis.

23 Power window system -description and check

Refer to illustrations 23. 12a through 23. 12j

1 The power window system operates electric motors, mounted in the doors, which lower and raise the wi ndows. The system consists of the control switches, the motors, regulators, glass mechanisms and associ-

22.1 c The cruise control module is located under the left-side of the

instrument panel (typical)

ated wiring. 2 The power windows can be lowered and raised from the master control switch by the driver or by remote switches located at the individual windows. Each window has a separate motor which is reversible. The position of the control switch determines the polarity and therefore the d irection of operation. 3 The circuit is protected by a fuse and a circuit breaker. Each motor is also equipped with an internal circuit breaker, which prevents one stuck window from disabling the whole system. 4 The power window system wi l l only operate when the ignit ion switch is ON. In addition, many models have a window lockout switch at the master control switch which, when activated, disables the switches at the rear windows and, sometimes, the switch at the passenger's window also. Always check these items before troubleshooting a window problem. 5 These procedures are general in nature, so if you can't find the problem using them, take the vehicle to a dealer service department or other properly equipped repair facility. 6 If the power windows won't operate, always check the fuse and c i rcuit breaker first.

22.1a On lntegra models, the electronic cruise control servo is located in the left front corner of the engine compartment

22.1 d The brake lighUcruise control cutoff switch is located on the brake

pedal bracket


23.12a Remove the door trim panel and check for power to the window motor while the switch is depressed


Left front (drivers switch) The drivers switch cannot be tested for continuity

Right front

OFF B1 , B1 1 and C1

UP B1 and B2; B11 and C1

DOWN B2 and B1 1 ; B1 and C1

Left rear

OFF B14, B 1 6 and C1

UP 814 and B15; B 1 6 and C1

DOWN B15 and 8 1 6; B14 and C1

Right rear

OFF B9, 8 1 0 and C1

U P BB and B 9 ; B 1 0 and C1

DOWN BB and B10; B9 and C1

TEST WITH MASTER LOCKOUT SWITCH ON

@202S::12-23. 12C HAYNES! 23.12c Master window switch terminal guide and continuity table

- Civic sedan



Right front

OFF I , J and Q

UP H and J; I and Q

DOWN H and I; J and Q

Left rear

OFF F, G and Q

UP E and G; F and a DOWN E and F; G and a

Right rear

OFF O. P and Q

UP N and P; o and a DOWN N and O; P and a

TEST WITH MASTER LOCKOUT SWITCH ON �14202-s--12-.2-3.-121-H-�-YN-Es�I 23 .12f Master window switch terminal guide and

continuity table - lntegra sedan



Right front

OFF A2, AS and A7

UP A 2 and AS; AS and A7

DOWN A2 and A6; AS and A7

TEST WITH MASTER LOCKOUT SWITCH ON

!42025-12-23 128 HAYNES! 23.12b Master window switch terminal guide and continuity table

- Civic coupe/hatchback

[GJ\ I 3 4 rm

SWITCH POSITION CONTINUITY BETWEEN OFF 2 and 3; 4 and 5 UP 1 and 4; 2 and 3

DOWN 1 and 3; 4 and 5 124025·12-23.120 HAYNESI

23.12d Passenger window switch terminal guide and continuity table - Civic (including rear window switches on sedan models)

Left front (drivers switch)

Right front

OFF

CONTINUITY BETWEEN

The drivers switch cannot be tested for continuity

D. H and I UP D and H; I and J

DOWN D and I; H and J TEST WITH MASTER LOCKOUT SWITCH ON

l�4-20-25--1-2·-23-.1-2 E�H-A�Y�NE�SI

23.12e Master window switch terminal guide and continuity table - lntegra hatc�back

A B C D E F

SWITCH POSITION CONTINUITY BETWEEN OFF A and B; D and E UP B and C; D and E

DOWN A and B; C and D

I 42025-12-23.12G HAYNES I 23.12g Passenger window switch terminal guide and continuity

table - lntegra hatchback and sedan

Chapter 1 2 Chassis electrical system 1 2-1 9

DJ � " c' � SWITCH POSITION CONTINUITY BETWEEN

OFF A and B; C and E UP A and B; D and E

' DOWN B and D; C and E SWITCH POSITION CONTINUITY BETWEEN

l42025-12-23.12h HAYNES I Left front (drivers switch) The drivers switch cannot be tested for continuity

23.12h Rear window switch terminal guide and continuity table -lntegra sedan

Right front

OFF A1, A2 and 81

UP A1 and A9

DOWN A2 and A9

Left rear

OFF A7, AB and 81

UP AB and A12 1 I 2fil4 l s l

SWITCH POSITION CONTINUITY BETWEEN DOWN A7 and A12

OFF 2 and 3; 4 and 5 Right rear

UP 1 and 4 OFF A13, A14 and 81

DOWN 1 and 3 UP AS and A14

!42025·12-23.12J HAYNES! DOWN AS and A13

T�C!'T \AllTLI l•A C!'TrlO I ,.,,..._,l"UIT CC'\AllT,..U ,., .. , !42025-12-23.T::fi HAYNES] 23.12j Passenger and rear window switch terminal guide and

continuity table - CR-V 23.12i Master window switch terminal guide and continuity table - CR-V

7 If only the rear windows are inoperative, or if the windows only operate from the master control switch, check the rear window lockout switch for continuity in the unlocked position. Replace it if it doesn't have continuity. 8 Check the wiring between the switches and fuse panel for continuity. Repair the wiring, if necessary. 9 If only one window is inoperative from the master control switch, try the other control switch at the window. Note: This doesn't apply to the driver's door window. 1 0 If the same window works from one switch, but not the other, check the switch for continuity. 1 1 If the switch tests OK, check for a short or open in the circuit between the affected switch and the window motor. 1 2 If one window is inoperative from both switches, remove the trim panel from the affected door and check for voltage at the switch and at the motor while the switch is operated. If a defective switch is suspected, remove the switch and check it for continuity as indicated (see illustrations). 1 3 If voltage is reaching the motor, disconnect the glass from the regulator (see Chapter 1 1 ) . Move the window up and down by hand while checking for binding and damage. Also check for binding and damage to the regulator. If the regulator is not damaged and the window moves up and down smoothly, replace the motor. If there's binding or damage, lubricate, repair or replace parts, as necessary. Note: The window motor is an integral part of the window regulator assembly. See Chapter 1 1 for the removal procedures. 1 4 If voltage isn't reaching the motor, check the wiring in the circuit for continuity

between the switches and motors. You ' l l need to consult the wiring d iagram for the vehicle. If the circuit is equipped with a relay, check that the relay is grounded properly and receiving voltage. 1 5 Test the windows after you are done to confirm proper repairs.

24 Power door lock system -description and check

Refer to illustrations 24.3 and 24.6

The power door lock system operates the door lock actuators mounted in each door. The system consists of the switches, actuators, a control unit and associated wiring. Diagnosis can usually be l imited to simple checks of the wiring connections and actuators for minor faults which can be easily repaired. Since this system uses an electronic control unit, in-depth diagnosis should be left to a dealership service department. The door lock control unit is located behind the instrument panel, to the right of the fuse box.

Power door lock systems are operated by bi-d irectional solenoids located in the doors. The lock switches have two operating positions: Lock and Unlock. When activated, the switch sends a ground signal to the door

rn:mm

lock control unit to lock or unlock the doors. Depending on which way the switch is activated, the control unit reverses polarity to the solenoids, allowing the two sides of the circuit to be used alternately as the feed (positive) and ground side.

Some vehicles may have an anti-theft systems incorporated into the power locks. If you are unable to locate the trouble using the following general Steps, consult your a dealer service department or other qualified repair shop. 1 Always check the circuit protection first. Some vehicles use a combination of circuit breakers and fuses. 2 Operate the door lock switches in both directions (Lock and Unlock) with the engine off. Listen for the ·click of the solenoids operating. 3 Test the switches for continu ity (see illustration). Replace the switch if there's not continuity in both switch positions.

1 4 Check the wiring between the switches, co_ntrol unit and solenoids for continu ity. Repair the wiring if there's no continuity. 5 Check for a bad ground at the switches or the control unit. 6 If al l but one lock solenoids operate, remove the trim panel fro.r:n. the affected door (see Chapter 1 1 ) and checl< for voltage at the

SWITCH POSITION CONTINUITY BETWEEN 24 .3 Power door lock switch terminal guide

and continuity table LOCK UNLOCK

1 and 2 2 and 3

l420:l5'12-24�:f!.!AYNESJ

-12-20 Chapter 12 Chassis electrical system

solenoid whi le the lock switch is operated One of the wires should have voltage in the Lock position; the other should have voltage in the Unlock position (see illustration). 7 If the inoperative solenoid is receiving voltage, replace the solenoid. 8 If the inoperative solenoid isn't receiving voltage, check for an open or short in the wire between the lock solenoid and the control unit. Note: It 's common for wires to break in the portion of the harness between the body and door (opening and closing the door fatigues and eventually breaks the wires).

25 Electric rear view mirrors -description and check

Refer to illustrations 25. 7a and 25. 7b

1 Electric rear view mirrors use two motors to move the g lass; one for up-anddown adjustments and one for left-to-right adjustments. 2 The control switch has a selector portion which sends voltage to the left or right side mirror. With the ignition ON, engine OFF, roll down the windows and operate the mirror control switch through all functions (left-right and up-down) for both the left and right side mirrors. 3 Listen careful ly for the sound of the electric motors running in the mirrors. 4 If the motors can be heard but the mirror glass doesn't move, there's probably a problem with the drive mechanism inside the mirror. 5 If the mirrors don't operate and no sound comes from the mi rrors, check the fuse (see Section 3). 6 If the fuse is OK, remove the mirror control switch from its mounting without disconnecting the wires attached to it. Turn the ignition ON and check for voltage at the switch. There should be voltage at one terminal . If there's no voltage at the switch, check for an opening or short in the wiring between the

SWITCH POSITION CONTINUITY BETWEEN Left UP 2 and 5; 3 and 4

DOWN 2 and 3; 4 and 5 LEFT 2 and 3; 4 and 6

RIGHT 2 and 6; 3 and 4 Right

UP 2 and 9; 3 and 4 DOWN 2 and 3; 4 and 9

LEFT 2 and 3; 4 and 8

RIGHT 2 and 8; 3 and 4

l42025·12·25.7A HAYNES I

24.6 Remove the door trim panel and check for power to the door lock solenoid

while the switch is depressed

fuse panel and the switch. 7 If there's voltage at the switch, disconnect it. Check the switch for continuity in all its operating positions (see illustrations). If the switch does not have continuity, replace it. 8 Re-connect the switch. Locate the wire going from the switch to ground. Leaving the switch connected, connect a jumper wire between this wire and ground. If the mirror works normally with this wire in place, repair the faulty ground connection. 9 If the mirror sti l l doesn't work, remove the cover and check the wires at the mirror for voltage with a test light. Check with ignition ON and the mirror selector switch on the appropriate side. Operate the mirror switch in al l its positions. There should be voltage at one of the switch-to-mirror wires in each switch position (except the neutral position). 1 0 I f there's not voltage in each switch position, check the wiring between the mirror and control switch for opens and shorts. 1 1 If there's voltage, remove the mirror and test it off the vehicle with jumper wires. Replace the mirror if it fai ls this test (see Chapter 1 1 ).

26 Airbag system - general information

Description All models are equipped with a Supple

mental Restraint System (SRS), more commonly known as an airbag. All models have two airbags, one for the driver and one for the front seat passenger. The SRS system is designed to protect the driver and passenger) from serious injury in the event of a head-on or frontal collision. 2 The SRS system consists of an SRS unit - which contains an impact sensor, sating sensor, self-diagnosis circuit and a back-up power circuit - located under the dash, right in front of the floor console, an airbag assembly in the center of the steering wheel and a second airbag assembly for the front seat passenger, located in the top of the dashboard right above the glove box. 1 998 and later CR-V models are equipped with front seat belt tensioner units which are similar in operation to an airbag. During an impact that would trigger the airbag system, the airbag control un it also activates the seatbelt tensioners. When activated, the tensioners instantly take-up the slack in the seat belts, preparing the driver and front seat passenger for impact.

Operation 3 For the airbag(s) to deploy, the impact and sating sensors must be activated. When this condition occurs, the circuit to the airbag inflator is closed and the airbag inflates. If the battery is destroyed by the impact, or is too low to power the inflator, a back-up power unit inside the SRS unit provides power.

Self-diagnosis system 4 A self-diagnosis circuit in the SRS unit displays a l ight when the ignition switch is turned to the On position . If the system is

[�] A - - - - - - - - - - - - - -� J

SWITCH POSITION CONTINUITY BETWEEN Left UP J, D and G; I and E

DOWN I, D and G; J and E

LEFT I, E and G; J and D

RIGHT J, E and G; I and D

Right UP J, C and F; I and E

DOWN I, C and F; J and E

LEFT I , E and F; J and C

25. 7 b Power mirror switch terminal guide and continuity table - lntegra

25. 7 a Power mirror switch terminal guide and continuity table - Civic and CR-V

RIGHT J, E and F; I and C J 42025-12-25.78 HAYNES!


26.8 To disable the driver's side airbag, remove the access panel on the steering

wheel and disconnect the 2-pin airbag connector - if equipped with a red shorting

connector (arrow), install the shorting connector in the airbag connector

operating normally, the l ight should go out after about six seconds. If the l ight doesn't come on, or doesn't go out after six seconds, or if it comes on while you're driving the vehicle, there's a malfunction in the SRS system. Have it inspected and repaired as soon as possible. Do not attempt to troubleshoot or service the SRS system yourself. Even a small mistake could cause the SRS system to malfunction when you need it.

Servicing components near

the SRS system 5 Nevertheless, there are times when you need to remove the steering wheel, radio or service other components on or near the dashboard or front seats. At these ti mes, you ' l l be worki ng around components and wire harnesses for the SRS system . Do not disconnect any of the SRS system electrical connectors unless absolutely necessary. And do not use electrical test equipment on SRS wires or components. ALWAYS DISABLE THE SAS SYSTEM BEFORE WORKING NEAR THE SAS SYSTEM COMPONENTS OR RELATED WIRING.

Disabling the SRS system Refer to illustrations 26.8, 26. 12 and 26. 14

Warning: Anytime you are working in the vicinity of airbag wiring or components, DISABLE THE SRS SYSTEM. 6 Disconnect the battery negative cable, then disconnect the positive cable and wait three minutes. Caution: The radio in your vehicle may be equipped with an anti-theft system. Make sure you have the correct activation code before disconnecting the battery. 7 Carefully disconnect the airbag system connectors as described in the following steps.

Driver's side airbag

8 Remove the access panel on the steering wheel below the airbag (see illustration). 9 Disconnect the driver's airbag module

26. 12 When disabling the passenger's side airbag, unplug the two-pin connector

from the SAS main harness

two-pin connector. 10 On 1994 and 1995 lntegra models remove the red shorting connector from the holder and insert it into the airbag side of the connector. 1996 and later models are automatically shorted when disconnected.

Passenger's side airbag

1 1 Remove the glove box (see Chapter 1 1). 1 2 Disconnect the passenger's airbag module two-pin connector (see illustration). On 1994 and 1 995 l ntegra models remove the red shorting connector from the holder and insert it into the airbag side of the connector. 1996 and later models are automatically shorted when disconnected.

Front seat belt tensioners (1 998

and later CR-V models)

1 3 Remove the center pi l lar lower trim panel. 1 4 Disconnect the seat belt tensioner twopin connector (see illustration).

Enabling the SRS system 15 After you've d isabled the SRS system and performed the necessary service, reconnect the two-pin airbag module and seat belt tensioner connectors. Install the cover to the underside of the steering wheel, install the glove box and install the center pi l lar lower trim panels as required. 16 Make sure the ignition switch is in the Off position. 1 7 Attach the positive battery cable first, then the negative battery cable (see Chapter 5).

Airbag removal and

installation Refer to illustrations 26.20

Warning: Always use extra caution when handling an airbag module. When carrying an airbag module, keep the trim side facing away from your body. Store the airbag module in a safe location with the trim side facing up, never place the airbag module on the floor or a bench with the trim side down. 1 8 Disable the SRS system (see above).

26. 14 To disable the front seat belt tensioner, disconnect the two-pin harness

connector (arrow)

19 To remove the driver's side airbag, refer to Steering wheel - removal and installation in Chapter 10. 20 To remove the passenger's side airbag, remove the mounting screws and careful ly remove the a irbag module from the dashboard (see illustration). 21 I nstallation is the reverse of removal. Enable the SRS system as described above.

27 Wiring diagrams - general information

Since it isn't possible to include al l wir ing d iagrams for every year and model covered by this manual, the fol lowing d iagrams are those that are typical and most commonly needed.

Prior to troubleshooting any circuits, check the fuse and circuit breakers (if equipped) to make sure they're in good cond it ion. Make sure the battery is properly charged and check the cable connections (see Chapter 1 ).

When checking a circuit, make sure that all connectors are clean, with no broken or loose terminals. When unplugging a connector, do not pull on the wires. Pull only on the connector housing.

26.2 0 Typical passenger side airbag mounting screws (arrows)

HOT

IN O

N UN

DER-

HOOD

OR

ST

ART

STAR

TER

BLK

ABS

F ��V

R[LA

Y r

--

-:

L��

A-;0-;

--

INTE

GRAT

Eor

.::::.:

::: 1--

-l �

��

SOLE

NOID

•

I

SP S

E NS O

R CO

NTRO

LJ

J I F

U SE/

I

FUSE

15

UNITL

__ �

I REL

AY

r-

--

---

-, BL

K ,4:'.'.

I

lo

I I I

I 7.

SA

J JBOX

� --

_______

__ l _____ JJ

I I I I I I I I

BLK/

YEL

, �

BLK/T BL

K/l BLK/l W

HT/l WH

T/.

WHT

W

HT

WHT

BL

U (N

OT

BLU

USED

)

�

I I I I I I I I I I I I I :�I

WHT

I

I ! fl

BATT

ERY

FUSE

41

BD•

I I

IG��T�

�� I

'BLK/WH

T I GR

N/C C"

r\ LO

AD

OUTP

UT

-··

---

-

I I CH

ARGI

NG

I I

SYST

EM

I BLK

/

L _!

N.£1�

T_2R__ _,

YEL

GAUG

E AS

SEMB

LY

r11J/C

I

I L

j BL

K/

YEL

_us

A ON

LY

WHT

/ I

WHT

IBLK/

I WHT

/ GR

N .-g

��y

YEL

BLU

f :�;:::A:r:i ; BL

K w

�;�1

w��

�n��

�

DETE

CTOR

I

(ELD

} UN

IT

I BL

K

(USA

r

--

-

UNOER-=

HOO -

__,

L J

I PU

T si6

UT

FR

I fR

-:-

------<•'-_l_':.___ ) ON

LY}

! I r11J

/CI

ELO

A-;:-T-

--

-,

L -

I I

IN-

OUT

ALT

I BO

X EN

GINE

/ -

--

_J

I FU

SE/R

ELAY

D �

L

-_ _

_ SI

G I

--

-

CONT

ROL

MO;

owER

TRAI

N UL

[ (E

CM/P

CM)

ALTE

RNATOR

Ch

arg

ing

sys

tem

-C

ivic

[}--;\

1 111:�:::·

RED/

YE

L

W/

WHT

YE

L YE

L

r --

--

--

--

--

llG

NITI

ON

I ST

ART

I SW

ITCH

I LOC

K (1

11)

I I

(o)

•

• 1

I I

ACC

ON

I L

-_!'_!_

_£Ill_

--

--

J BL

K/W

HT

WHT

,

J

BLK/

I BLK/[LK/1

-AN

TI-

e .........

.. ,

W/

ANTl

-0 1

v 1YE

L TH

UT } BLK/

WHT

(OR

BLK/

YEL)

1 TH

EFT

BLK/

WHT

(OR

I W

�/O

AN

TI-T

HEFT

I AN

Tl-T

HEfT

BLK/

YEL)

W

/O

ANTI

TH

EFT

WHT

/BLK

(OR

(OR

BLK/

WHT

BL

K/YE

L) I

BLK/

YEL

(NOT

USE

D}

BLK/

WHTle '

t

( BL

K/YE

L)

"--.J US

A:

LX.

EX.

HX

CANA

DA:

EX,

SI

ONL

Y

BLK/

RE

D W

HT/B

LK

BLK/

WH�� -___

_ 'A/

T I

(D)

(S)

IGEA

R -

--

--

--

iu N

D ER-

r-

1 04

03

JPOS

ITIO

N r

STAR

TER

! DAS

H J U

SA

I N

•

•

(L)J SW

ITCH

I

SIGN

AL

FUSE

/ JO

NLY

IG ;

---

---

-, UNDE

R-FU

SE 4

2 I H

OO

D

RED/

YE

L lsTR

I SEC

URITY

I CU

T I C

ONTR

OL

I OUT

IUNIT

L

_ _J

R•

•2

I FU

SE 3

1 IR

ELAY

I

+ I

I I

7.SA

JB

OX

r-

1 p� �t

I 1

I 1 1

L-

--

--

--' 1

r--

1 1

:1 BL

K/RE

D I

L --

J I

IL -

I INT

EGRA

TED

I

I L

_ �o

��

':_ u�

1:i :

40A

I FUS

E/

I RELA

Y I BO

X

BATT

ERY

FUSE

41

BO

A

I I I I I I I I __

__ __J

BLK/

RED .

B �i;/1° �';/1

L _ BL

K/RE

Dl BL

K

BLK/W

H T

HD

IN

P L

IN

BLK

�

ENGI

NE

CONT

ROLS

SYS

TEM

ST AR

TER

SOLE

NOID

STAR

TER

Sta

rtin

g s

yste

m (w

ith

auto

mat

ic t

rans

axle

) -C

ivic

UNDE

RHO

OO

ABS

FU

SE/R

ELA

Y BO

X

�

.....

I\)

I I\)

I\)

0

::r

I»

"

- C1)

""'I

.....

I\)

0

::r

I»

en

en (ij' C1) (i) � ""'I

c;·

� � - C1)

3

If ! I�":::: '

r--

--

--

--

--

llG

NITION

--;\

1 CU

T RE

LAY

I ST

ART

1SWITCH

I L

OCK

(111)

I

I (o

) •

•

1

I I

ACC

ON

I L _

_ ('.!._

Q!l __

__

_ J

REO/

YE

L

RED/

YE

L

W/

ANTl

B �Vr1 B ��{

b01 w/

• --

�-

�1 k' I

YEL

}THEt

l '!

!!LWHT

(OR

-AN

TI-

THEF

T BL

K/WHT

(OR

W�

/O

ANTt-T

HffT

I ANT

I-TH

EFT

BLK/

WHT

BLK/

YEL )

W/O

AN

Tl

THEF

T

BLK/

WHT

WHT

BLK/

YEL)

I WHT

/BLK

(OR

BLK/

YEL )

I BL

K/YE

L BL

K/WHT

•'-J

(NOT

USE

O)

( OR

BLK/

YEL)ll USA' LX,(X,HX

' CA

NADA

: EX

,SI

ONLY

BLK/

WHT

(1 998)

BLK/

RE

D WHT

/BLK

•

BLK/

WHTl BLK/W

HT

rsT

R"lSE

CURI

T Y

·)._ f-

--

--

--

lUN

DER-

r -

I CU

T 1C

ONTR

OL I }

\I STAR

TER

I ST

ARTE

R ID

ASH

I USA

I OU

T I UN

IT

CUT

SIGN

AL

FUSE

/ IO

NLY

_ _

_ RE

LAY

I FU

SE

31 IR

ELAY

l

L _

_J

• ,

7 .sA

1 sox

1 r _

'-

-"'�--

--'*""-----

-' I

I I

f I

r--

I 11

(19�tt;

BL

K/ (199

8) I

l -

_ J I

1 I

BLK

RED

I IN

TEGR

ATED

I

I L -

B�"(. .-

--

--

� 1·

_ BL

� / JB=

/r�O ':'_l�

l: _ _LI_':

:!l'.J i

[ZJCL

UTCH

WHT

WHT

I

�N��O

CK

BLK/

�

L

_ RE

D EN

GINE

CO

NTRO

LS S

YSTE

M BL

K

BLKI r 11

J/C

I I

L J

BLK

,----+----+----�STA

RTER

j HD ?:t PL

st I STAR

TER

IN

IN

SOLE

NOID

jG, -,

UND

ER

FUSE

42 I

HOOD

40

A I F

USE/

�

- J:��A

Y

I TRIC

AL I

'LOAD

I

DE-

I TE

CTOR

I (EL

D)

UNIT

I BA

TTER

Y I

FUSE

I

.,

I �

I

__

_ J

�

Sta

rtin

g s

ys

tem

(w

ith

ma

nu

al t

ran

sa

xle

) -

Civ

ic

\[7 ANT

ENNA

BA TT

. MEM

ORY

POWER

ILL

UMIN

ATIO

N ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) ) )

STEREO

RA

DIO

TUNE

R

HOT

AT A

ll T

IMES

HO

T IN A

CC O

R ON

r f--

-1

uNDE

R-Ho

oD

I ru

sE

1 FUS

E/RE

LAY

47

BOX

L

.z.,s_;,

-J

r f--

-,

uND

ER-D

•sH

I FU

SE

I FUSE

/REL

AY

28

BOX

L LQ

A __

J

WHT

/BL

U YE

L/RE

D RE

D RE

O/BL

K } INT

ERIO

R UG

H TS

BLU

CRY /B

LK

RED

GRN

BRN

BLK

BLU

YEL

CRY

WHT

RE

D YE

L BR

N/WHT

BLK

t(�

BLU£'.

RED

LT G

RN

BLU£'.

YEL

BLU

LT BL

U BL

K/YE

L OR

G

WHT

/BLU

LT G

RN£'.BL

K (W

ITH

KEYL

ESS

GRNL

ORG

ENTR

Y)

GRN£'.

WHT

BL

U ,'.WHT

WHT

LBL

K YE

L£'.BL

U LT

GRNLRE

D BL

K CR

Y

YEL/

RED

'

Ty

pic

al

ste

reo

sy

ste

m -

Civ

ic

CRY

BLK �

�

RED

BLU

BLU

I CR

Y /BL

K "I l

GRY /

BLK

'E

BRN/

BLK�

RE

O/GR

N RE

D

RED/

GRN

RED/

GRN'-

� BR

N/BL

K BR

N/BLK°'-

BLU/

YEL 0

GRY/

WHT

RED/

YEL

BRN/

WHT

Q] LEFT

TW

EETE

R

LEFT

FR

ONT

SPEA

KER

RIGH

T TW

EETE

R

RIGH

T FR

ONT

SPEA

KER

LEFT

RE

AR

SPEA

KER

RIGH

T RE

AR

SPEA

KER

I 0

::

:T m

"C

r+

�

I .,

...a.

I\) 0

:::T

m

tn

tn I c;r � <D (') r+

�. (') m I�

tn

r+

� 3 I ....

I\)

I �

_ 12-24

·Ir 1 GRN/YEL (

VTEC SOLENOID

GRN/YEL

VALVE (HX & EX)

BLK RED WHT

RED

WHT

LT BLU, YEL

BLU

LT SLU

CKP


HOT AT All T IMES r - -7 - - - 1 IGNITION I ! SWITCH I LOCK START I I Ace• � I L _ _ _ _ _ _ J

BLK/ YEL

HOT WITH ENGINE HOT JN ON

CRANKING OR START , - - - - - - 1- - - I UNDER- DATA LINK I FUSE 31 FUSE 1 3 I �c��/

CONNECTOR

I 7 SA 1 5A , RELAY 1 tr L-�-- _ _ _ _J sox �w BLK BLK �t6' BLU/ BLU/ YEL/ WHT WHT GRN LT e

BLU BLK

�---+-

----BL_K-<_�

-;-�h

· 8LK w �· • -------1---------ir---�� c

-�

BLK

:

RED

CLUTCH SWITCH (HX)

PNK S BLU G LT GRN/WHT 7

YEL/ � �r---- : I GRN/ I YEL I

BLU/WHT WHT/ �

BLK

YEL/ "'--� �}--+--

+-+

-'1------,-B-L_,K !'- .._.. I

JUNcrToN CONNE1crnR l-!-l-�-:_-_-_-_-:_-:_-1_E-:_Li�-:�.,"'."'.L"'�� ,._ _ _...-L_�I

r I 1 UNDER-DASH I I FUSE/

B�J

j RELAY BOX

PGM-fl MAIN RELAY

BLK /vmr 20 BLK 2 1 RED 2 2 WHT 23

RED GRN SLK YEL BLU YEL-1

WHT �rJ, WHT ORG BLU

� � CYP

TDC/CKP /CYP SENSOR

IGN ITION CONTROL MODULE

BLU YEL/ GRN

RPM IGN IGN OUTPUT INPUT

SIGNAL

Engine control system (1 of 3) - Civic

DISTRIBUTOR ASSEMBLY

CRANKSHAFT SPEED

FLUCTUATION SENSOR

:::.::: :..: ::.: :::.::: � �

�J �l�I � z z z z 0::: 0:: 0:: 0:: IIl.&...a:l III co...._

[�J I ; � COJNu:,cc

Tig

H �I �

NO. 4 FUEL � INJECTORS LDJ �YEL,

BLK

1 y 2 BLU 3 RED 4 fil!t!

5 � BLU LT GRN/WHT

BLK/BLU ORG

O BLK/BLU 1 RED/YE L

Chapter 1 2 Chassis electrical system

EJl��g�A��VR

EGE HOT IN ON OR START HOT AT A.LL TIMES

1 2-25

[EJ ® [EJ IDLE AIR CONTROL

VALVE (HX &

EX W/ M/T)

[3J CONTROL r -[- - - 1 UNDER- r -{ - - - , UNOER-

SOLENOIO VALVE I fUSE 1 5 I DASH I fUSE 52 I HOOD [3J I 7.5A I FUSE/ I 1 5A I FUSE/ RELAY RELAY L _ _ _ _ J aox L _ _ _ _ J aox

Rrn/TsLK/I BLK/WHTT BLK/WHT

WHT/GRNl BLU I YEL1 BLK

REDI YEL/ BLK

BRNIYEL/ BLK

BLK/ IYEL/ BLU ELK "'I� " "' � �

0 "' "' � � YH I YEL • _;:.:...;. __ _

BLK/YEL 1 ,-f- - - - -1-, JUNCTION I - � � - I CONNECTOR WHT /GRN L - ,!,. - ,j, - _J r7-- 1 BRAK[ T T T T I j SWITCH

BLK BLK BLK BLK I I YEL YEL YEL YEL L _ _ tJ

GRN/WHT

• �h;i �� EVAPORATIVE

EMISSION BYPASS SOLENOID VALVE

(COUPE-EX) YEL1 YEL1 YEL1 YEL1 YEL1 YEL;

BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK, BLK/YEL (h;i LT GRN/WHT (�

[VAPORATIV[ EMISSION CONTROL

CANISTER V(NT SHUT VALV[ (COUPE-EX)

i T- - -1- - - - -r-- --1- -

- -1-- - - -r- - - -1 � ��g�OR I I L - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - _J

HOT IN ON OR ST ART 1-� - - -, UNOER-FUSE DASH I 25 I FUSE/

L _ 12• _ _J RELAY

I BOX YEL

--+-+---

BLK/I BLK/ Y[L WHT ! c�

HX & Lx J EX

BLK/YEL (/ IGNITION � GROUND BLU/WHT ( VSS OUT

I I CONNECTOR r - - - - - --I -, JUNCTION

L _L _ _ _ _ _ _J BLU r WHT1 GRN/WHT VEHICLE

SPEED SENSOR YE1 YELI

I 1 CONNECTOR

r 'I- , J/C I I L .J

y I row cTRL' ! ASSEMBLY , - - i - - -- -�- - - - - - - - - - - -,GAUGE r I -, JUNCTION

L J GRN/WHT ,il!iLWS... l BRN

1 3 YLHT ,�� l 4 GRN/ORG

�( RED/GRN

1 S !!.\J!LBLK

1 6 � 1 7 � I B B LU/WHT I 9 BLK/WHT

20 BLK/WHT 2 1 � 2 2 RED I 2.3 WHT I

L _ _ :..J I UPSHIFT

MALFUNCTION r - - I I I � INDICATOR INDICATOR 1TACH0-1 I I t��T LIGHT (MIL) LMET� ..J I Lj_ - - - - -

G�

N

,- - - - - - - -:J-- _J

ORG r I JUNCTION TACH TEST �H ! CONNECTOR CONNECTOR � L .J

(

,;;, >;: , � �1 � � �

BLU

CX,OX,E�X --{ BLK/YEL

HX , BLK ---

x �

.. j x .. :t x x·

GRN

HX ex.ox

E X & LX -" .............. a : � x g_�� -� "

A

I BLU/ WHT

BLU1· / BLK

- i - BRN/BLK

�: : !........__ - - EX

f: l : BRN/BLK , - - J ........__ ex.ox

- · EX & LX

_ 1 _ BRN/BLK f _ _ ,__...__ c - : -J

PRESSURE SWITCH

· i - BRN/BLK f_ - ---< : : J

� '

GRN/ WHT

RED/ BLU

WHT

GRN/ WHT

icRN/ BLK (OR

RED/ YEL)

JwHT/ RED

PNK g

� � � ,, �t l: w � " w "' > ., .,,. '' ,, � � z z o

« <r w "' "' "' ' t Jl " " . "' "' "' �Ut �t.1� w "' ;::: "' "'

[ZJ POWER IU . S. ) STEER l NC PRESSURE SWITCH

[ZJ VTEC .

(Ex & HX)

"l J '5T [!] � j{ tril "' _ _ _ _ _ � - - -f l JUNCTION _

� ��E�� "l"l'i:lz a: � � �

� I � '-' '-

PRIMARY HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR

(HX)

tJr, PRl�ARY HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (CX.OX,EX & LX) SECONDARY HEATED

OXYGEN SENSOR

f 1 r I CONNECTOR KNOCK ·�r- -- - - - -- - - , ".-�;·:,., � . \J

HX

Engine control system (2 of 3 ) - Civic

[��E!=J BLK

BRN/ CONNECTOR BLK I JUNCTION

�


HOT IN ON OR START r -{ - - - 1 UNDER-1 rusE 25 I DASH I 7.SA I ��cf{ L _ _ _ _ J sox YELI INTERIOR LIGHTS SYSTEM GI J ��%��g�DR I I Y(LI RED RED/

BLK GAU CE ASSEMBLY , - - - �- - - - - - - �- - � - - - - - -�� : I D IMM ING CIRCUIT I POSITION I

: c8 cD ct cD°'cD°�cD IN DICATOR i : * � * I : I � � I L _ 7 - __,i..- - � - - ;- -__,i..- - � - - 7 - - "' - - - - _J

l T BLK/I WHT RED YELI GRN BLU BU<I .

GRN BLu r I -, JuNcr10N I I CONNECTOR

��/ L _J

r - - - - - - - - - - o A/T GEAR I POSITION I SWITCH

I I

�1 • '1 rl-, I I L _J

BLU GRN

• �--If--�+-�-+��+-��-' ��ll INTERLOCK CONTROL

UNIT

RRN /RI K BRN /Rt I(

PNK

rl-, I I L _J

YEL/ BLU

HX

GRN/ BLK YEL/

/ • .lli__ HX &: COUPE

GRN/ BLK YEL/ BLU

GRN/ BLK YEL/

f: : > BRN/i BLK

LOC K - UP CONTROL SOLENOID

VAL YES

SHIFT CONTROL SOLENOID

1 11\tll l VALVES YEL GRN/ I 11\tll ! 8LK �

YEL GRN/

��/ ��/ BLK

:�

GRN BLK

WHT YEL GRN

WHT LT

GRN

LINEAR SOLENOID

r - - - - - - -, I G•N/ r - - -, I RED I I I

RED YEL/ GRN GRN RED WHT

RED GRN WHT BLK

COUPE ex EX ONLY

RED GRN YEL/ BLK BLK BLU

l '"' " m/ '"" "" ��0£LK GRN BLU BLK BLK

L _ _ ..J I ELECTRICAL I

I LOAD DETECTOR I UNIT(U.5.) L _ _ _ _ _ _ _J UNDER-HOOD

FUSE/RELAY BOX

D MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR

ENGINE COOLANT

TEMPERATURE SENSOR

rn �,o:r�u, THROTTLE

POSITION SENSOR FUEL TANK

PRESSURE SENSOR (COUPE EX)

Engine control system (3 of 3 ) - Civic

EXHAUST GAS RECIRCULATION VALVE

(HX) BLK

HOT AT All TIM(.$


j HEADLIGHT j FUSE/RELAY BOX i r---1 i FUSE/RELAY BOX rI- - - - ..., UNDER-HOOD - - - - UNDER-DASH ��t'_'.'. j .l��r"I

WHT

1 2-27

r - - - - - - - - - -- - - - -- - - - - - - -- - - -- -- - -- - - - - - - - - - - 1 COMBINATION I I LIGHT I FLASH- r

- --=---=--=--- - - .,��?cl�GHT I SWITCH I ro- DIMMER loFr HEAD OFF HEAO I I I PASS SWITCH I I I

l _ _ -�:�--- - - - - - - - - - - L�- - - - - - -��-��} _ _ _ _ j REO/WHT REO

REO/WHT 1 WHT RED/BLU RED/WHT

RED/BLUI HOT '" ON A ;I - - - _1_ - - - - - -- -- -- - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 ��{fiR�L�;H [jf"OG LIGHT tN-LINE FUSE

A

I �l��ING ��ING L H/L HI BEAM L H/L R H/L R H/L I

I FUSE 20 RELAY FUSE 5 LO BEAM LO BEAM HI BEAM I I 7.5A FUSE 1 8 l DA FUSE 22 FUSE 21 FUSE 4 I I 7.5A 1 0A l OA 1 0A I L - � - - - - - - - - -�. - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - �

BLK/ WHT YEL/BLK I REO/GRNI RED/GRN RED/YEL RED/WHT RED/BLUI RED/BLU

RED/ WHT

RED/WHT

REO/YEL

BLK

OFF ON

G)roG LIGHT ON INDICATOR

BATTERY BLK/WHT FOG UGHT

SWITCH

IGNITION FfBLK

LIGHTS-Oti.I � INPUT HEADLIGHT WHT/RED CONTROL

BRAKE GRN/RED SYSTEM I INDICATOR

LIGHT CONTROL

WHT/ RED

INSTRUMENT :!: CLUSTEA-SXSTEM < 0 z

O��

l�SE :[��;��

·�rt,_ �BL I

REO/WHT ( � I BL

REO/GRN A BLU/

ASSGE

AUGE I '!'° - - - -RED

BLK GROUND I) �1

PARKING I BRAKE INPUT

'I ' J/C I I L J

11 < �! I I I I MBLY j A -, r

I (l\HIGH I \£)BEAM I I INOICA TOR I

FOG

L I

LIGHT

I- - - _ _J RELAY

BLK

i I i J/C I BLK

L J

*

DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS CONTROL UNll

"'"/

'"J RED/YEL

RED/GRN

LEFT I l 1 HEADLIGHT � LOW CD �HIGH T ' I ' UNOER-DASH I I FUSE/RELAY L J BOX

GRN/REDI ITT PARKING BRAKE Ll SWITCH

'( .1

J *

REO/WHT REO/BLU

J HIGm I

CD LOW �

J *

BLK

r·� RIGHT BLU/ BLU/ HEADLIGHT I R(O RED

BLK '1� , J/C I I L J

CD LErT CD RIGHT roe roe

81.KC�-3 LIGHT

SLK . *

Headlight and fog light system - Civic

- 1 2-28

r


HOT IN ON HOT IN ON OR START OR START

UNDERDASHr]- - - -- - - - r - - - 1 FUSE/RE�� I ��ffR�;TOR t�rn/s I

r - - - - - o J/C 1 mn 1 L .J

-- -- - - - --- -- - - - -- -, ' ''" ""ro•) L__j ' �it�-- - - - -J .:_ _ _

J

� � � � � �:t � I - � BLK/WHT . . . L0 I

WHT/BLU . CHARGING SYSTEM 1 �

CHARGING SYSTEM INDICATOR I I YEL

SHIH-UP INDICATOR :1 RED/BLK } INTERIOR LIGHT CIRCUIT RED UGH TS

BLK SYSTEM I "

�0 I RED/GRN " ... [NGIN[ CONTROLS SYSTEM " I SHlrT-UP INDICATOR I (IF [QUIPPED) I

� I CRUISE CONTROL I

INDICATOR CIRCUIT I I I �@ �, RED/BLU

CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM

CRUISE CONTROL INDICATOR (IF EQUIPPED) I I

ABS I YEL INDICATOR CIRCUIT " ' BLU

� ) Ill SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS I SYS HM l �t""."- BLK '-" I ABS INDICATOR I I

SRS I ::! BLU/RED 111 ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM INDICATOR CIRCUIT I YEL

� I I ,� .I BLK ...._.,._ ·1

SRS INDICATOR YEL

1 C\ CRN/YEL . " LOW run INDICATOR r-.... GRN/RED .

BRAKE SYSTEM INDICATOR

r-.... .I YEL/R£0 . LOW OIL PRESSURE INDICATOR

r-.... GRN/ORC . ) Ill ENGINE CONTROLS SYSTEM

MALFUNCTION lNOlCATOR I I

I I BLU/WHT I O_DOM[TER/TRIP- . I ., , BLK METER DRIVE CIRCUIT I " ' I

I I I SPEEDOMETER I /r===l DRIVE CIRCUIT I .

SPEEDOMETER I I r- I

TACHOMETER I /:t:::::3 DRIVE CIRCUIT I . BLU I I

TACHOMETER I

''-J I YEL/BLK ., run GAUGE I

I ('J ,I YEL/CRN \.

- - - -·�,:�,=-� �=·-'�·�·- _ _ jj GAUGE ASSEMBLY L...

"' "' "' "' J J J J "' "' "' "'

r� I J/C I I L _ _ _ _J "'

J m 1 " .., � ' rnENGtNE COOLANT

TEMPERATURE SENDING UNIT rl1 J/C

I I L J

Instrument panel gauges and warning light system (1 of 2) - Civic

ENGINE Oil PRESSURE SWITCH

BLU

CRN/YEL

CRN/RED

BLU/WHT

YEL/BLK

ru

BLU

GRN/YEL

BLU/WHT


r - 1 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS) I I I I L - ..J r - - - - - - - -,01sT•1suTo• I 1 r -- - 1 1GNmoN 1•ssEMBLY 3:J: I I ��1�� l�g��L I ., ;r I I OUTPUT l(ICM) I

TACHOMETER I L -1- J I J/c

r I , TEST coNNEcro• 1 1 I I l L _ - - - - - � I I 3 3

��1 J ., : J� J m i> ., iJ-- - - - - - -_ _ ! _ _ _ _ _ _ --J'i J/C

L -- - - -- -- -- - - - - - - - - �

W/CVT

� ' "' "' " r - - - - - -I I I I I I I I L

INTEGRATED CONTROL

UNIT r - 1 I I I I L_ ..J -

- - /UNDER! lfUSE/F IBDX

I I L _ _

ASH £LAY

--, I I I

.J

L GRN/ rP�R;;;N� - 1

RED.I BRAKE SW I I INPUT I L _ _ _ _ J TRANSMISSION

CONTROL MOOUL( (TCM)

CANADA ----+ GRN/

RED

DAYTIME RUNNING r - , 1 LIGHTS (DRL) I I C,ONTROL UNIT I I Cl!N/i RED

YEL/BLK

ij EL TANKr - - - -

UNIT ! rLIEL -

I GAUGE SENDING

I UNIT I L

�r *

- - -

(Z]PARKING BRAKE SWITCH

--- -

GRN/ I GRN/ I GRN/ RED RED RED

- - - - - -r- -r- -r - � J/C

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ..J

REO�r- ..J

GRN

uNDERDASHr I , fUSE/RELAT BOX I I

RE) J

GRi (Z]PARKING BRAK( SWITCH

Instrument panel gauges and warning light system (2 of 2) -Civic

�BRAK[ rLUtO LEVEL SWITCH • B�Kr BL•

rl1 J/C I I L J

1 2-29


COti.tBINATION r HEADtiGHT,=: = = = � = = = � -, HOT

n��

sALL HOT

Tl��

sALL

SW1TCH 1 I HEAD I I I FUSE 48 FUSE 52 !FUSE/RELAY BOX

I I PARK I I I 30A FUSE I

LICHT f SWITCH! 8' f rr- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - --1 - - - - - - -, uNDERHOOD I G Off I HEADLIGHT HORN, STOP LT

'- - - - - - - ..J I I SA I ,::2:::;��,�:1r - - - -.u-" Li - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - i -

-- - - - "

LX,£.X &. HX 8 CANADA. er

(NOT (NOT EX k SI USED) USED)

,:::>::�:: - -- -- --r�1�?��,;.- -- - - - - - -

_

1_

1 _ - - - - - - - - - - - -1 --r- - : � - - - - -��- - - � _ _ _ _ j _ _ _ _ _ _ l _ _ _ _ l _ _ _ j _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ l J r;- - 1 BRA<[ SWITCH

".'j "' ' s "'

� (OPTION � CONNECTOR) '

�

.------- · -

s � z "' "

----+--•

' "' "' � s � � "' "' "' ' ' ' ' � � � � " "

-

" w "' £ "' " i 1 �

TO HAZARD WARNING SWITCH

(DIAGRAM 2 OF 2)

w >-

' z "' "

I I

I I I I

GRN/WHT I I r--< I

L _ _ _ J J/C

"---i---+-----+---------------+-----i,.._-t- • -----+------,

w/o SPOILER �I w/ SPOILER • --+-------if-----,

Cg)� LEFT rRONT HEADLIGHT

J Cg) LEFT FRONT PARKING/TURN SIGNAL LIGHT

rBL K � B�K li ! '----..r---'

TO TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

(DIAGRAM 2 OF 2)

REO/BLK

HIGH HIGH � MOUNT MOUNT \.£) BRAK[ � BRAKE

111 OO<C ·:�,J LIGHT

I WHT '------v----'

w/o SPOILER w/ SPOILER

£� "' "' " "

(Q) RIGHT

I ��iNG/ � TURN CD SIGNAL

LIGHT

*

..--��-+��----,I ,__/•,--+-------+--------!------�

BLK

"' "' � � "'

) •

� LETT REAR r��:, '""" ...... ----------+--------- · I

�1 *

� w >-

i' "

RIGHT REAR <D TURN SIGNAL

LIGHT �T BLK •

Exterior lighting system (1 of 2) - Civic coupe and sedan

i ' � "

� � � � RIGHT INNER (Q)RIGHT OUTER (Q) BRAKE LIGHT/ BRAK( LIGHT/

TAILLIGHT TAILLIGHT

�1 •


coM01NAT10N r HEADLIGHT,====.:::..::::.:::.:::..,- -, Ho1 AT ALL

SWITCH I HEAD r - - - - - - - - - - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _!IMES

I I OFF I I I FUS( 48

- - - - - - 1 UND(RHOOD UGHT I SWITCH ! g / I TIME2 _ - - - - -HOT AT ALL

I I r-;;::RK I I I } HEADLIGHT

J FUSE 52 I FUSE/REL.V

L _ _ _ _ '::..i�-=--=--=--=--� J / rOA f�:N STOP LT I

ANTl-THEFT4 RED/GRN ��1 �u� - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - -�, - - - _ _ _ J

SYSTEM e

;::-

US MODELS J �"' �

LX EX & HX o CANADA 0 EX & SI � (NOT (NOT

UNDER DASH r - - - - - - - - - - - - _ USED) USED)

'""/o<::: · �.:\\.'.' "'"" - - - - - - - - - -r- - - - - - - - - - - - -r- - - - .

/ TAIL LIGHTS I

� -- - - - 7 5A _ _ J _ _ _ _ _ _ l _ _ _ _ _ _ } _ _ _ _l _ _ _ _ _ _ _ l_lJ

(OPTION CONNECTOR)

12-31

BOX

:s "' '-�

"' � "' '-�

� � 0 w "' � "

0 w "' �

0 w "' '-� " { �

'-----v-----' TO HAZARD

WARNING SWITCH (DIAGRAM 2 OF 2)

� >'-� "

� w >'-�

� w >-�

�1- - i9RAKE SWITCH

l _:L'J

- - - , '-

r � GRN/WHT 0 I

" I I

"' I 0

� w "' "' � � "' "

Cg) LEF1 FRONT PARKING/TURN ·I """ "'.

�

� � "

� w >-

� "

� TO TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

(DIAGRAM 2 OF 2)

RED/BLK

"' "'

�

"' "' ([) HIGH

MOUNT BRAKE LIGHT

II I 3' � "

I I r.RN/WHT . I � _ J l _ - J/C

� , "' w � >- "' '- '-� 8 " "'

R!GIH FRONT (Q) PARKING/TURN

"'"" '""' 'I �

RED BLK -• RED/BLK

,--�� · -��====:::+::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::��!:I •

"' J "' '-�

� I ;. � "

0 w "' '-� "

,---.,, ..--. LEFT BRAKE �1 :Si � LIGHT/ z � '7 TAILLIGHT i3 ([) LEFT

ff\ LE'T REAR I TAILLIGHT

\SJ �� SIGNAL , ... 'I ... - BLK • -----

' � �

RED/BU< i :5 3' "' '- '-� 8 " "'

. ·1 � I RIGHT BRAK(� � $ TAl�3��{ � � :3 y � � RIGHT REAR

"' "' fl'\.RIGHT �TAILLIGHT

· : � 1 �::� '"""

• BLK •• -------------....! � 1 �

Exterior lighting system (1 of 2) - Civic hatchback

- 1 2-32

HAZARD WARNING

SWl'TCH LAMP

@ ON

OFF

ON

OFF

OFF

ON I •

OFF HAZARD WARNING SWITCH

YEL/BLK

REO/BLK

RED

GRN/ORG

GRN/YEL

GRN/REO

WHT/BLK

GRN/WHT ,


HOT IN ON HOT AT All START TIMES I - - - - - - I UNDE R DASH ' 1 - - - 1 UNOERHOOD

I J FVSE 12 I FUS[/R[LAY BOX I FUS[ S3 I FUS[/RELAY TURN LIGHTS HAZARD I 7.SA I I 1 DA I

L - - - - - � L _ _ _ J "' � .J "' � i 3'

I

} INT[RIOR LIGHTS SYSTEM

BOX

GRN/REO

GRN/YEL

FROM { UNDEROASH

FUSE/R ELAY BOX (OIAGRA" 1 Of 2)

•

[3> �

GRN

, - - --- - - , I I

/RED ( I LEFT : I I

GRN /YEL ( I

GRN/

GRN/ORG

GRN/ORG

GRN/WHT

BLK

I RIGHI I I TURN I I SIGNAL I I SWITCH I I I

ORG I I I

L _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _J COMBINATION

UGHT SWITCH

RELAY OUT

IG N ITION

GROUND

TURN SIGNAL/ HAZARD RELAY

'-- - -- - - - - - - --' UNDERDASH FUSE/RELAY BOX

c r· '-----v---'

rROM UNDE ROASH FUS[/RELAY BOX

(DIAGRAM 1 O F 2) , - - - - - - - - 1 GRN/REO I Q I

'---4---'---< tE-----<e; I I I I lffT TURN I I SIGNAL INDICATOR j

GRN/Y[l I 0 I �-------+-----< � I I I

RIGHT TURN I SIGNAL INDICATOR 1 I I I

BLK I I

0 3 r L - - 0,;;,c ;,,,;,� "' "'1 I�- lJ/C

I I L _ _ _ J

Exterior lighting system (2 of 2) - Civic coupe, sedan and hatchback

I I


H01 AT All TIMES COMBINATION r HEA�L;;;H� r::::::: 1 1 1 1 - - - - - 1 UNDER-HOOD

LIGHT I SWITCH 8 I I HEADLIGHT I FUSE/RELAY BOX SWITCH I I HEAD I FUSE 48 I G OFF I I I 40A I I PARK I I I L - - - -� -��- � J L _ _ _ _ _ J

ANTI-THEFT RED/GR s�I iu� SYSTEM .. N "' e 3' ;.

(OPTIONAL) 1 '-. Z " "' :;! "

I - - - - - - - - - - I UNDER-DASH I INSTRUMENT LIGHTS 1 FUSE/RELAY BOX I {��E 30 I I I

o � "' � "' i-�1-: I rl - - -, I RED/BLK

:�,- - - - - _ _ _ _J

:;! "' � I DIMMER l--'------------ e I I I I I I I I I L _ _ ...J I I L _ _ _ _ _ _ _J HEATER CONTROL PANEL

RED

RED/BLK REO/BLK

REO/BLK 0 - - - - - - I '----�I I I I I I

1 2-33

I I I CD RED i i

r - - - - - - - - - - - - , y RED RED • I I I A/T GEAR POSITION ) I I RED/BLK I CONSOLE LIGHT I I I I I I I I I I I , - - - - - - --; I I I I I

CRUISE CONTROL I r - - - - -, REO/BLK RED/BLK J � ' I I REO/BLK I I OR UPSHIFT I

I I �--r---.,--,1 lf----1 INDICATOR I I CD I I I I I I CIRCUIT I I I I I I I I I I � RED RED

I I L - - - - - - I I I ,--- - - - - -, I L _ _ _ _ __J HAZARD WARNING SWITCH

I I I I I I RE0/8LK � A/T GEAR I I I

RED I I 67��;�GN I I .---r--,1 k--.j CIRCUIT I I

I - - - - l RED/BLK RED/BLK I � ' I I I I I I I '- - - - - -' I

I CD I I I I I I

,_ _ _,___,I (HX W/ M/T) RED I ,.L--, I I I I � , RED RED II II ILLUMINATION ( £:; I II LIGHT .....,: :...; I RED I (7-BULBS) T I L _ _ _ _ _J REAR WINDOW DEFOGGER SWITCH

..----.---,1 I( I I L - - - - - - - - - - - - � I GAUGE ASSEMBLY r-

-r:- - - --, , RED/BLK RED/BLK

I I I I

I I r - - - - 1 : RED/BLK REO/BLK I DIM SIGNAL I I INPUT I I f7'I I I \£J I I I I I J �J , RED RE I I I RED RED I I �--<r----;---,1 I I

L _ _ _ _ __J CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SWITCH

:) RED/BLK I l L - - STERE�

I RED T�A�� I -----,,1 L _ _ _ _ _ _ __J

J/C RED/

BLK

RED

r - --, BLK BLK r - - -, BLK BLK ,,� l�l l'-----------� L _ _J L _ _ _J JUNCTION UNDER-DASH

CONNECTOR FUSE/RELAY BOX

Interior lighting system (1 of 2) - Civic

DASH LIGHTS BRIGHTNESS CONTROLLER

- 1 2-34

CEILING LIGHT

WHT/REO

) LT GRN/RED


USA ex. ox &: All CANADIAN MODELS

ANTl-THHl SYSTEM

(OPTIONAL)

z 0: <.>

HOT AT All Tll-4($ r1 _ _ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 uNDER-D•sH I INTERIOR LIGHTS I rusE/RELAY BOX

I rusE •3 1 I 7.SA , I L _ _ _ _ _ _ _ j _ _ � _ _ _ _ l J

iJ�

1 USA LX, EX & HX

BLK LT GRN/I r :t- - - - - -, STEREO

I rDOOR lKEYLESS I RAOIO I IO��T l

��TEIVER I TUNER

I I I I 1 1 I I 1 1 g�� I I 1 l.!NPUl J I L J _ _ _ _ _ _J

LT GRN�T ':;._ ____ RE_D.

INS�RL�� <141-...;B;..:L;.;;U.._/;;;;Bl:;.K;_ __ • SYSTEM

LT GRN/I RED

LT GRN/ I RED

LT GRN/RED • r -f- - - - - - lUNDER-DASH � I jFUSE/RELAY BOX ' 1 r I -, 1NrrcRArco 1 � 1 1 CONTROL UNIT ._, I I I I ':; ll _ _

_ _

_

J G1!1 DRIVER'S DOOR SWITCH

PASSENGER'S DOOR SWITCH

Interior lighting system (2 of 2) - Civic

WHT/REO BLU/BLK

TRUNK LATCH SWITCH

TRUNK LIGHT

Chapter 1 2 Chassis electrical system 1 2-35

_ye (Bl· I

r - - - IPOWERTRAIN HOT IN ON HOT AT Al,1. TIMES

1 1o• rnc1NE r l ru5E l UNDER- r - - - - - - - - - - - - -, I 1coNTROL I 17. I DASH I f"US FUSE f"USE FUSE / I

MODULE l 7 SA J FUSE/ I 47 56 57 SS I I - - RELAY I 7.5A 20A 20A 40A

---• I 8 8 � r - 1 BLK 9LK

1 1 a:: o:: o ·I� ·� I � ::> L_..J I I � GRN

HE��;R\.N SWl:=-----1 CJ��

L ___ _J BLK/YELT BOX BLK/YEL I �: �iii J/C I I I .--+-1----1-+-+------__,I--------� • WHT/BL U( I I

.-----"B�LU�/�W�H"'T I I I I

GR:; i BLOWER "§JOTOR RELAY ! Off ) BLU/RED I I I I �1�1 I I I

ON L_ A/C

SWITCH ---

A/C ON SOLID INDICATOR STATE ---@--

'-

w ,.._ I 8 '"'"'

SWITCH � I

I FRESH SWITCH

WHT/BLU

'"'"tJ /l)s:'"r'!

'"'nN/Wl-IT

I

l'p- '1 JUNCTION

I I CONNECTOR

L,, _ _l � ..,

I I BLK/RED I : I I 1

RAOIA TOR r AN RELA r 1 � �I

I BLU/WHT I B>-< : ' I I I I (I A/C DIODE I I I I

.----1---w_11�T I I I I BLK/RED,

i CONDENSER�FAN RELAY : I I I I I I I RED I I

r, : �D L A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH R(LA.'.J A/C c0.:.PRESS;;-.

- - - - - -.m6!'.•=Ho6ll THERt.IAL rusE/RELAY PROTECTOR BOX .

RED

�F11 I I I / • ....._ BLU/BLK (� I I I I I I �OWER MOTOR

:��/��: (� ----r.-1) YEL/REO 11 m 1 1 1 1 11 1 1 1 11 BLU/�� g h-@ K VENT SWITCH

� -@ I I � 81-LEV I ....... SWITCH

,...-, \W R--HI HEAT SWITCH

"

GRN/YEL BLU/WHT

RED

COM-11 PRESSOR BLU WHT CLUTCH

BLOWER RESISTOR

A / C PRESSURE

"�0 •/c J BLU/RED

BLK SWITCH

�

I I I I I I I I I I BLU/RED ( �o 8LK/YEL �

---\.lY

� HEAT/DEr , ..__:Y,:.EL::.._ ____ ,__ K SWITCH

'---- '---- � JUNCTION I J

A/C THERMOSTAT

r:-,

R'W DEFROST I SWITCH

HEATER CONTROL PANEL

YEL/ r BLU �l'°'l l"'ldlO S�� $�1"' ...J LL.I w _J Q:'. w ...J CD>->- CC (.!)>- ID

, .... ::i I I � MODE CONTROL MOTOR

01 I :;! "' ' ' � � .., .., �I lAr: n RECIRC � U.J>

RECIRCULATION CONTROL MOTOR

CONDENSER VAN MOTOR

RADIATOR FAN MOTOR

Heating and air conditioning system (including engine cooling fan) - Civic

ENGINE COOLANT H_MPERATLJRE SWITCH A


(OPTIONAL) SECURITY

CONTROL UNIT

HOT r I I I

IN ON OR START - - - - - - I UNDER-DASH

(CRUISE CONTROL) I <USE/RELAY (KEYLESS) I BOX rusE 14 1

HOT AT All TIMES

I ROOF I BOX I FUSE 51 I

INTERIOR LIGHTS __ L _T _G_R _N�/_B _LK __ � SYSTEM

r---------, I I

I 7.SA I L _ _ _ _ __ _ _J

rf-- - - - - -, UNDER-HOOD I DOOR LOCK UNIT, I FUSE/RELAY

I 20A I L_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __l (SEDAN) I I

L _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _J BLK/ YEL WHT/

GRN (NOT USED) )1--L'-T_G'-R-'N----,

BLK DOOR OPEN IN.._,, ,_B_L_U-�--� YEL RED YEL RED

IGNITION IN

r-----1 I I I BLU I I I BLU I I

I IGNITION I I KEY SWITCH I L _ _ _ _ _ J STEERING LOCK

LOCK INPUT / UNLCK/LCK OUT

UNLCK/LCK OUT GROUND

UNLCK/LCK OUT ORV OR UNLCK IN

LOCK INPUT UNLOCK INPUT

BATTERY INPUT

POWER DOOR LOCK CONTROL UNIT

r------1

LT BLU ORG BLU WHT WHT, BLK YEL BLU BLK YEL BLU YEL

WHT ) BLU/RED

BLU/RED

WARNING SYSTEM

• BLU/REDj

WHT/ RED

•

WHT RED

Y[l RED

WHT RED

WHT RED

fRONT Pt..SSENGER'S DOOR LOCK

ACTUATOR

YEL RED

WHT RED

RIGHT REAR DOOR LOCK

ACTUATOR (SEDAN)

WHT /RED ( WHT RED

LEFT REAR DOOR LOCK

ACTUATOR (SEDAN)

� I · LT GRN/RED (� FRONT

PASSENGER'S DOOR SWITCH

'--'L.:..T �G"'R"- N"'R'-"E "-D-{L

[1I•

)":-:G�RN_/�W�H� T----------t--+-+- •-+--+--------� � YEL/RED DOOR SWITCH �D � BLK .__�L.:.. T �G�R.:..N� R�E�O'-{ l-'W�H�T /� R�E�0----------4---1---1--4-4---+------4----+---+----- e

BLU/YEL RIGHT REAR BLU/WHT DOOR SWITCH

I•

l------'------l--+--+--•----t----. I· GRN/ORG � WHT/GRN

�--ll------1---1--4--+--+-----4----------�G�R"'N-{ DRIVER'S

DOOR SWITCH

I r - - 1 Ll GRN RED I I lr-_,_�G�R�N-------------+--+----� I I I I L _ _ J I I INTEGRATED I l c:9�R�L_U!:IT_ J UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX

BLK r I

, uNDER-OASH I I FUSE/RELAY L JBOX •�-----------------------=�-{ "" J r gjJUNCTION

I 1CONNECTOR L _ _ _J BLK

-=- �

Power door lock system (with keyless entry) - Civic

BATT

(RY

INPU

T WH

T/GR

N YE

L/RE

D UN

LOCK

INP

UT

LOCK

INP

UT

GRN/

WHT

WHT/R

EO

LOCK

OUT

PUT

) BL

U/YE

L •

NOT

USED

BL

U/WH

T LO

CK IN

PUT

GRN/

ORG

UNLO

CK IN

PUT

BLU/

REO

UNLC

K/LC

K CN

TL

BLK

GROU

ND

POWE

R DO

OR L

OCK

CONT

ROL

UNIT [a·�

�"' GR

N/OR

G BL

K ·-

DRIV

ER'S

DOO

R LO

CK S

WITC

H

"'

-WH

T IRE

D "'

� YEL

/REO

8LUI

WHT

� BL

K BL

K �>-

--•-

�

DRIV

ER'S

DOO

R LO

CK A

CTUA

TOR

BLK ,,

*

HOT

AT A

LL T

IMES

: 10

00-;;

� O°Z K

1 UND

ER-H

OOD

UNIT,

ROOF

I RE

LAY /

FUSE

I

FUSE

51

I BOX

L �

A __

_ J

WHT/

GRN

WHT/

REO •

•

YELI

REO

YELI

RED

-

WHT/

RED

WHT I

RED @ �

FR

ONT

/ e PA

SSEN

GER'

S k

DOO

R LO

CK

ACTU

ATOR

YE

LIRE

D -

/ i W

HT /R

ED

WHT '

RED

@ �

LEFT

REA

R DO

OR L

OCK

ACTU

ATOR

(S

EDAN

}

YEL/

RED

YELI

REO

-

WHT/

RED

.. W

HT IR

ED @

USA

(LX.

HX)

GRN/

WHT

BLUI

YEL

GRN/

ORG

CANA

DA

(EX, S

i}

r GR

N£'..WH

T C t

BLU/

YEL

CiE-GR

Nc:'.OR

G Cif' I I L ST

I

r-

G �I

L<

8 b!!L!1L....( I DR

' G�

IUL

L-

�

UNIT

(OPT

IONA

L)

Po

we

r d

oo

r lo

ck

sy

ste

m (

wit

ho

ut

ke

yle

ss

en

try)

-C

ivic

HOT

IN O

N OR

ST A

RT

r -

--

--

-"'1

UNOE

RDAS

H I

��S�

l� ER

I FUSE

/REL

AY B

OX

I RR

WAS

HER

I I

10A

I I

I L

. .,,,--

--

_ ...J

CRN

I GR

N

r--mn :::

: "'"" "'

" " �

: I

I BLK

BLK

GRN

GRN/

BL

K -

�

I I I

I I

I ar

r I

I LT

I

I I

I I

I BLU

I

WASH

I

GRN

�}LT

GRN/

BLK

.. G

RN/B

LK

LT C

RN/

LT GR

N/

BLK {

� BL

K

BLK

BLK

�

I I I RUN :\

PA

RK

I I

•II -----�

I I

I I

I I

I I

I REA

R W

INDO

W WI

PER/

I I W

ASHE

R SW

ITCH

I L

__

__

__

__

.J CO

t.4BIN

ATIO

N WI

PER

SWITC

H �' GRN/

BLK

��

RE

AR W

INDO

W WI

PER

WASH

ER

MOTO

R

BLK *

BLK rI-, JuN

cnoN

I

I CONN

ECTO

R I

I L

_J BL

K *

Re

ar

gla

ss

wip

er

an

d w

as

he

r s

ys

tem

-C

ivic

REAR

WIN

DOW

WIPE

R t.40

TOR

0

::r

II) ¥ '"I

..,&,

I\)

0

::r

II)

(/)

(/) c;;·

CD CD" � '"I er

� i CD

3 ......

I\)

I w

....

- 1 2-38

HOT IN ON OR START


r-----------------------------------------------1 I I I I I I I I

( P/W RELAY) (SR RELAY) FUSE 24 7.5A

(P/W OR) FUSE 11 20A

(P/W AS) F'US( 1 20A

0 (P /W RR-L) rusE 7 20A

(P/W RR-R) rusE a 20A I

I I I

I I I

r --------- �------ --- ___ J __ J I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I / POWER WINDOW I RELAY

� :i:: 3' ' 8 "'

GRN/BLK

GRN/BLK

�LK

WHT/ BLU

BLK

L------------------� UNDER-DASH 'USE/RELAY BOX

AUTO DOWN

,UP

DOWN OFT

LEFT FRONT

AUTO DOWN

� -' "' ...._ 3 "'

� -' "'

r l 1JUNCTION I 1CONNECTOR L J

WINDOW �---..---! CONTROL

UNIT

PULSER

-' � w -' >- "' ' ...._

� � "

ORIV(R"S WINDOW MOTOR

' i 3' �

RIGHT FRONT

BLK BLK

;;l 0 ' �

� � "' ? ?

-' i w 3' >-' ...._ � 8 <O "' ,, ,,

OFT ON

� "'

Power window system (1 of 2) - Civic

LHT REAR

I

� " ,

HOT AT .A.LL TIMES '[-- - -- , UNDER-HOOD I POWER WINDOW I f"USE/REL.AY I rusE 46 I BOX I 40A I L _ _ _ _ _ _ _J � ;::-:i:: 3'

>-

� "' ? >-

RIGHT RE:AR

YEL/BLK

GRN/BLK

REO/WHT

BLU/YEL

8LU/ORG

GRN/YEL

GRN

Y[L

YEL/GRN

� " ? >-

UP

POWER WtNOOW MASTER SWITCH

YEL/BLK

GRN/BLK

REO/WHT

BLU/YEL

BLU/ORG GRN/YEL

GRN

YEL

YEL/GRN


OFF UP Off UP OFF UP Off UP

LEFT REAR WINDOW SWITCH LEFT REAR WINDOW SWITCH Off UP OFF

DOWN -- Q_O� DOWN '- -- DOWN roov:N1 , I Q_O�

'l �1 �1 ' -3 � � � � w w w >- "' >- >-' ' � ' ' � � � 0 w w >- "'

.

I

0 "' � � � "' >- "' "' "' 0 ' ' � ' '

� � � � "

FRONT PASSENGER'S WINDOW SWITCH

DOWN �-- oowN"

OFT UP OFF UP

Power window system (2 of 2) - Civic

UP

% °' " ?

RIGHT REAR WINDOW SWITCH

RED/BLU

REO/YEL

BLU/WHT (OR RED)

BLU/RED (OR YEL)

BLU/WHT RED/BLU ., (OR RED)

BLU/REO RED/YEL (OR YEL)

1 2-39

M

RIGHT REAR WINDOW MOfOR

M

-LEFT REAR

WINDOW MOTOR

BLU/WHT r----BLU/RED . . (OR RED)

BLU/WHT BLU/RED (OR Y[l) M

FRONT PASSENGER'S

WINDOW MOTOR

,. ,.

-1 2-40

HOT IN ON OR START r---- .- ---- ----- - -..., 1 I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I If I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I L I IN I L _ UNO

... I rusE 26 I FR WIPER I F"R WASHER I 20A I

I I I

" I I I I I I I I I I

---,, I I I I ----------1 I

I I -<:.�BLU

I IGNITION I INT WIPER ON INPUT J; BLU/WHT I PARK INPUT H WHT/BLK I WASHER SW ON I-<� I GROUND I I H BLUIBLK I INT/PARK WtPE CTRL I INTERMITTENT WIPER I I RELAY CIRCUIT I I

__________ J I TEGRATED CONTROL UNIT I

I --- - ----------- � EROASH rusE/RELAY BOX


GRN/BLK

GRN/BLK

BLK

GRN/BLK

BLU/YEL :ll-BLU

BLK

I� BLU/WHT

PARK

·I WINDSHIELD

WIPER MOTOR

I

BLU/ BLK BLU BLK "

BLK

•

BLK BLK BJ l�I J/C I I I I L ____ _J

BLU/ YEL

WHT/ BLK

·1 BLK

WASHER tr.40TOR [!I WINDSHIELD

""1 �

-

YEL/ GRN/ WHT/ BLU BLK BLK

r- - ------ - - - - -------------- --- -------- - --,co�BINATtON I 1WIPER I WINOSHIELO I SWITCH

I WIPER/ I I =� I I I I I I OFF I J MIST MIST

HI • • WASH I I I

I I I I I I L----------------------------------------�

Front windshield wiper and washer system - Civic

POWER INPUT

INDICATOR LJGHT

CONTROL

BRAKE SWITCH

INPUT

GROUND

BRAKE SWITCH ) INPUT

VEHICLE SPEED INPUT

SET /DECEL SIG INPUT

RESUME/ ACCEL

SIG INPUT

ACTUATOR INPUT

ACTUAlOR INPUT )

ACTUATOR INPUT )

DISENGAGE INPUT )

CRUISE CONTROL

LT GRN


HOT IN ON OR START HOT IN ON OR START i-- -[C�U�E-C�N-;-R�L� - - - - - - - - - -[�T�R- - - : ��m;�L�s:

I ��(�� j�ss: 25 I BOX

I 7.5A I

LB��E�I - - -- -- - - -- ------y�l-- - - - J

BLK/YEL YEL ,-}--- - -, CRUISE r-£ = =- - lGAUGE 1 1 coNTRDL ,_ r .., 1 ASSEMBLY

MAIN SWITCH BLK r--<'(-1 DIMMER I I I I I I I I I I • IL __ _, I I I 1 I I I I orr o:----i I BLK I I

I RED/BLU

L __ _'.':._ _ -,..L _J rr� : CDl ��Y�5R : L1 GRN L J I I

� L _ _ ___ J

HOT AT ALL TIMES r --[--- - -1 UNDER-HOOD I STOP LT. I FUSE/RELAY

HORN SOX I FUSE 52 I I 1 SA I

L __ _____ J WHT/GRNI

·--:::i 'I' HORN I I RELAY I I L _J u�:.= �x, I

CAN: EX, Si I CD. OX

GRYT GRYi:i GRYb

GRYI

1 2-41

1 "1 • LT GRN 1 WHT /GRN

• GRYl

RED/BLU 4

GRY

BLK

GRN/WHT

BLU/WHT

LT GRN/RED

LT GRN/BLK

BRN/WHT

BRN

BRN/BLK PNK

A/T

de r--BJ

*

BLK 1 - , �I· L--' J/C

r--,

� BLU/WHT

L _ _l J/C

I M/T

r--,

11�---! 1 ,��H

GRY

GRY GRN/WHTI J/cr I l

I I L J 8LU

I

ff.a;; I CTR I L_

S[CUF CONTf

UNI

----HI GRN/WHJ :«� S'

L ______ _J NCA

r------------------ -CRL I �) BLU/WHT 1 CO•

L--' I SET/ RESUME/ SET J/C I DEC EL ACCEL RES 1 SWITCH 1 SWITCH

..1 rI1 I I L J

r - - --,VEHICLE I VEHICLE I o5irEPE�r I SPEED I SENSOR

L ___ _J

BRN/BLKl BLU

I I I L ___ -- ------NCA NCA r - ------ --:« � �

L---------LT GRN/RED LT GRN/BLK

I .. .] WHT

BLK

BJ *

SWI

r--------� CABLE I REEL I

_J

BRN/WHT

BRN

VENT SOLENOID

Cruise control system - Civic

I-----, ORNl KEYLESS I TRL I RECEIVER I

I UNIT I _..J I _____ _J 0 RADIO TUNER USA ONLY)

ABLE EEL

--1 STEERING SE I WHEEL JROL I ""E I CH I

I I

__J

CRUISE CONTROL ACTUATOR


HOT IN ON OR START

I FUSE 24 I FUSE Ii-- - - I SRS

I �6! (GS- R) l BLOCK

L ____ ___J "I- - - - IUNDER-1 1?��/ L _ -- _ ..JRELAY

BOX

HOT WITH ENGINE CRANKING

HOT AT All TIMES

r 1 _____ 1 ___ 1 UNDER- DATA L INK coNNEcTo•

I w '- '-.. � $ � � � � I

HOT AT All T!MES HOT A T All Tlt-4[5 GAUGE ASSEMBLY r--1 ri- - - -r - - -lUNDER- IPARK/ I I FUSE 32 FUSE 31 I HOOD I NEUT I I 7 .SA 1 SA

I ��C!{ L?��TJ l..: - - - - - - - _J BOX

fl • ��;��--ot']�1 ir-��-�� a> "' • e ---+---__,>-__ B _RN-'/_B_L _K __ �I·

GRN/YEL

J---=-"'-'�-----+-----------+--------------------------+----O�R-'G�/�B�LK'--+- 2 J---'"'--""""-'"'"'-----1------------+--------------------------+------� · )--��- ------+- ---------+--------------------------+------•-E_D __ ,

8 LK/BLU 4

YEL/ GRN S YEL /BLK 6 ORG 7

PNK/BLU B GRN/ORG 9

Y[L 1 )---"'""-----e---------1---+--+--+-----------------------------------B�LK l

I

>--��----------t---;>--t� • >--=�=---.:} AL T ERNA TOR

ELECTRIC LOAD >--===---.1> DETECTOR UNIT (USA ONLY) J--=�=- ---------t-__,f----t--+----------------e------8-R_ N� /_,,:-�

K-T -{ ��l�E

>--=�=---.1> ;�;T(H

RESSURE

BRN/BLK 1 8 RN/8LK 1 GRN/BLU 1

GRY 1 WHT /BLK 1

1--=�=--� �(5Tg�i:tl��SOR

�i� CONNECTOR

�

" a>

WHT 1 7 ORG/BLU l B WHT /BLU 1 9 BLU/GRN 20 BLU/YEL 21

ORG 22 BLU/BLK 23 GRN/WHT 24 R£0/8LU lS GRN 26 WHT /REO 27

LT GRN 28 REO/YEL 29

RED/WHT 30 REO/BLK 31 GRN/BLU 32 YEL/BLU 33

WHT/YEL 34 GRN/WHT 35 YEL/WHT 36 YEL/BLK 37 YEL/BLK 38

/ re;: l. n I �:�;:�� · 1g� � ii '---+----t----+-----+-----'�"':"'�;'-'::"'-��"{

M YEL/BLK iii a:>- � CD (.!) � �uu�� YELIBLK

" "' � ro ro ro � ? � ? � � w >-

PGM-FI MAIN RELAY

Engine control system (1 of 2) - 1994 thru 1997 lntegra


(GS-R) VTEC SOLENOID VALVE � GRN/YEL

GRNj ORG/BLK

RED BLK/BLU

YEl/GRN YEL/BLK ORG

PNK/BLU GRN/oRc 10 YEL 11�

12 BRN/BLK

U 8RN/8LK

U GRN/BLU 15�

EVAPORATIVE INTAKE AIR IDLE AIR EMISSION PURGE BYPASS CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL SOLENOID E5J S[EJALV[ �R)

� ' " ct:: �I "

<D ? 0 "' 3I '5'

<D <D ' ' " _, z w "- >-

�r

HOT AT ALL TIMES

1 FUSE I HOOD r I- --, uNDER-

I ;6A I ��C!{ l-" ·" •

HOT IN ON HOT AT ALL TIMES OR START r I- - -, uNoER-1 rLISE I DASH I :�. l��C!{

L'r_J,., r - -; - - - -, IGNJTION I I SWITCH

: LOC

EK • START :

I ACC RUN I PRIMARY

•

L -

-- -

�K�Y�l (( 8LK/Y[L BLK/YEL • SECONDARY

IGNITION COIL

L(IPWR PRll.IARY OUTPUT J>+

CONTROL Y(L GRN ( YEL/GRN I ( llCN INPUT SIG

BLU ( BLU I cl RPM OUTPUT

ORG ,, ORG '1

I WHT rJ WHT

1GN!T10N CONTROL MODULE

�

') I I CYP I

ORG/BLU ,J ORG/BLU ' )

I

�I·

�---1------�--+---t--<f--, WHT/BLU ,J WHT/BLU . ') I I TDC I

BLU/GRN , J BLU/GRN ')

16 WHT/BLK

r---,;l.LJ I

......<�� ---.- ��-l-� �-1-�( f......._-.� ��-B-LU�/-Y_E_L�/ BLU/YEL

I l)l!!!L I I }£fil!L B LU I 1>1il--, I I) RED/BLK I I) RED/WHT I I LT GRN L _ __j)=-= TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE

CKP L__ TDC/CKP /CYP SENSOR

.. .IJ_ . -1.._) DISTRIBUTOR

BRN/BLK • �---+--+--+---J ' 8RN/8LK'. �I· �( DISTRIBUTOR

ASSEMBLY 17� 18 ORG/BLU 19 WHT /8LU 20 BLU/GRN

21� 22 � 2> BLU/BLK 24�1 25 RED/BLU

26 � 27�D 28� 29 RED/YEL

...., __ --Ir-• BRAIDED WIRE

TEST TACHOMETER CONNECTOR

YEL �-----, I MALf"UNCTION I INDICATOR I

I I I I I I I I I i I GRN/ORG ( LM I

[_ ______ _J GAUGE

ASSEMBLY

GRN Fil 30 RED/'""' . ""' . ct----0; BLK � 31 REO/t:11 v � � ·· . 32� 33 YE:l/BLU 34 WHT /YEL 35 GRN/WHT 36 YEL/WHT 37� 38 YEL/BLK 39 YEL/BLK 40 YEL/BLK

BRAIDED it w1RE I �

• w

:5 � � r ci '5j l� �� 1 : ? �: � Q) rn CD 0 � � C>};

:-0 "' ' � �� <D ' � "'

BRAIDED WIRE

POWER STEER!N PRESSURE SWITCH (USA)

� � BLK �I·

I 11111 1 WHT/GRN (F-1- l I � ""'""' . ..._ ,

r � ' � l � w >-' � 3 <D ' � "'

0 w "' ' i � � ' � "'

:T .. z r "' � "'

� � � m " ' "' - "' 0 � "'

" "'

L _:-_l BRAK(

SWITCH

IT3J [�J [!] D VTfC PRESSURE VEHICLE -:- MANIFOLD [9]J S � 10 Li I

��TUR[ ��ATURE HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR ... SWITCH

��gR ��R (GS-R) �� SENSOR

THROTTtE POSITION SENSOR SENSOR

Engine control system (2 of 2) - 1994 thru 1997 lntegra

-12-44

·+·-= I GRN/WHT (

VTEC VALVE (GS-R

SOLENOID , TYPE-R)

,----, I VT SOL I

GRN IYEL

I I I I I I I

INJ4 INJ3 INJ2 INJ1

I I WHT /BLU I YEL I I BLU I RED I BRN

I S02SHTC I GRN IRED I P02SHTC I) DRGlBLK I I I I I

2WBS LG2 LCl PG1

PC2

IACV PCS

I I I I I I I I I I

BLU BRN/BLK BRN IBLK BLK BLK

BLK/BLU RED

ACC MIL

ALT C ICM

: ) BLK lRED I GRN/DRG I) WHT lGRN I YELIGRN I I I YEL/BLK I YELIBLK I GRN/BLU I BLUIWHT

IGP1 IGP2 fLK 1 STS

FAN C : ) GRN I , LT GRN VSV ALT F : J WHT l'.RED

I

ACS IAB CS CYP P lDC P

I I) BLU!'.RED I PNK /BLU l' YEL I GRN I' GRN/WHT TXO/RXO

CKP P VR£r I

I I

I VSS I fAS I scs I I I I

CYP MI VTP SW I PSP SW I

TDC MI CKP MI

AT CHK I cKr PI

BARO OUT: I I I I I

AfSB I Af'SA I

ATP PN I I

cKr MI

BLU WHT IBLK

, ORN Y(L BRN/WHT

WHT BLU IBLK GRN WHT IBLU BLU/Y[L BLU BLU IRED LT GRN

GRY GRN/BLU LT GRNIBLK

) WHT /RED L _ _ _ _J


GRN YEL

I L

YEL/ GRN

( BLK/WHT

I

.. A/C SYSTEM

.. STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEM

� COOLING FANS SYSTEM

.. STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEM

.. A/C SYSTEM GS-R !

' : :ir---'1': <: :J <:

, : <: :J ; � , : :� ' : ,,.. - _ _,_ <: :J ' - :J <:

7.SA - -- -

BLU/ WHT

• •

DATA LINK CONNECTOR

7.SA 7.SA RELAY 1rusE/ f

- - - -- - - _ .JBox w��

G�':/i w

��1 . i

e BLK ' "

�RN/ BLK

"•

:t-----«: =::r :J '

- BRAID

BRN/ ;� BLK

BRAID : ,,.. - -· - . BRAID '-�r-•-:J <: : j

HOT AT All T1MES r- -------'lUNO(R-I FUSE 47 f'USE 44 I ��E

D/ I I RELAY 7.5A L_ ---

WHT�r YEL/ BLU WHT

• I

ORG

•

us�� 4 BRN(WHT •

BRN/ ·- WHT

BLU

15A _ __ .JBox

•

YEL 1 BLU 2 Rrn 3 BRN 4

GRN IRED S BLK/WMT 6 BLU 7

BRN/BLK LT GRN B

BLK BRN/BLK �<!I· BLK /

BLK/YEL 9 BLKIBLU lO RED 11 YELIBLK 12 � BLK/

,--( )--'!!!!L <11· FUEL PUMP

YEL/GRN � GRN/BLU I BLU/WHT I � YEL/WHT � YEL/BLK I YEL/GRN

BLK I PGM-fl MAIN RELAY

VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR

BLK/YEL :l

lGN1TION BLK GROUND ) BLUl'.WHT ( VSS OUT

(OR BRN

BRN/WHT) ABS CONTROL UNIT

GRN/ORG 13 PNK IBLU 14 BLU/BLK 15

BLU

GRN 16 BLK /YEL 1 7 r--, IAICHK I I LT GRN IPA BRNLWHT (I scs

I I

WHT /BLK I VREr YEL Ir AS I I

I I I I I

CRY 1.rsB I GRN /BLU I AfSA I e LT GRNl'.BL"cl ATP PIN I L: __ :_i

YH/ BLK/ TEST TACHOMETER TRANSMISSION 1 WHT BLU RED GRN BLK YEL BLU GRN YEL CONNECTOR CONTROL l.IOOULE ;� � ;� ;� ' ; ' ; ' S(RVICE

CHECK ENGINE CONfROL MOO ULE WHT/f LU/

RED RED BLU/ LT

YEL BLU

1� WHT/ ORG/

BLU BLU YEL/ BLK/ CONNECTOR WHT ORG BLU GRN YEL DISTRIBUTOR

BLKT

I � • RPM IGN IGN .--,.....--- IGNITION 1t1J � OUTPUT INPUT - COIL

TDC CYP SIGNAL � � "' II � ;: " TDC/CKP /CYP SENSOR 0 ,,. z ·�5 IGNITION � ; CKF PRIMARY CONTROL OUTPUT CRANKSHAFT MODULE CONTROL SPEED 1 n-tLUCTUATION SENSOR

Engine control system (1 of 2) - 1998 and later lntegra

Bl Kl � "' ' rr� I I"

L j ':J r P;N lcAucr I OUTPUT I ASSEMBLY I I L _ _ .J

F'UEL INJECTORS


� � � Gl IDLE AIR EVAPORATIVE

EMISSION BYPASS

EMISSION CONTROL I DASH CANISTER VENT I FUSE 15 lrusE/

SHUT VALVE 7.SA IRELAY

12-45

� � � � CONTROL VALVE

�1 �J �r �J Cr �r �r �J [OJ � ?I ' 1 ?I '1 ?I ' 1 ?I ii � EVAPORATIVE

Et-41SSION PURGE CONTROL

SOr:;JVE

� �

� m

HOT IN ON OR START EVAPORATIVE I J- - - - lUNDER-

� I IBOX

LJ�1JL� � _ _ _

_ J

w w w � � � � , ........ .J � � m m m

sorer � �

� � BLU RED • ? � BRN �:.�: I I I I 1 1 1 1 I I I I . I ��

BLK/YEL

10 BbKLBLU

SECONDARY H EATE.0 OXYGEN SENSOR

1 1 �( REO/YEL � K �� 12 y BLK WHT ( W T YEL/ YEL1 YEL/:l YEL/:l YEL/:l YEL/:l YEL1 YEL/ 1 r.RN/BLK .. N

I BLK BLK BLK BLK

1 I I HOT IN ON HOT IN ON OR START OR ST.ART

I � - 1�sE- - -]FuSr- � ��R-

1 �SA ;55A I ��ci{ L - - - - - - - - - - J BOX

BLK/ I YEL/I YEL BLU

rI • J/C I I L _J

YEL/I BLU

BLK BLK BLK BLK

I I I JI J/C PRIMA.RY HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR

HOT AT ALL TIMES r -[ - - - -, uNDER-1 FUSE 52 I HOOD I 20A I FUSE/ l RELAY

- _ _ _ J eox ": 1: 1 t : : � . � �I·

WHT 1 '-BRN/

BLK ' - - 1 WHT/GRNI - -

I I � - ;R�. r i o J/c F : 1 < : : �

L _J cl c WHT/GRN e Q I , - - - - - - - - -, TRANSMISSION

�� RED'.- � EB SWITCH I I I TPS ECT I MODULE ·.;_ 'v' 'v' �·

(GS-R. TYPE-R) r�---- - -,GAUGE I 1 ASSEMBLY

BRAKE r7-

- 1 I I CONTROL c·' ' ' (BLU ' ' ' ' ( I I•

� _ _ iJ L:l_ - -

-

- - - - _J

s��g� R��' R��{ r - - - - 0

GRN/WHI RED BLU I KS I MALfU NCTION I

I �g��ATOR I L

_

_ _ _ _ _ _J Jfc rI -, wHT : Po2

I 1 ORGIBLU L _J BLUJRED I S02S GND

/vnv I GRN/ORcT 1 3 !i.BN .'-"" 1 4 PNK/BLU

I S BLU/BLK

TT • R ' , I S02S

GRN/WHT I EO. BLK I TPS

� RED IWHT I CRN 'WHT I ��W I

I 6 QfilL.___ 1 7 BLK/YEL BLU/

BLK'

PNK/ BLU � VTEC REOI PRESSURE [��c.� TYPE-R) I •

GRN � POWER STEERING PRESSURE SWITCH

BLKI • BL Kl rio J/C I I L J

GRN/BLK

BLKI r RED/ BLU rn

J• GRN/BLK �·

•

INTAKE AIR BYPASS

CONTROL SOLENOID

VALVE (GS-R)

BLJYEL/ LT RN/ RED/ YEL/ GRN/ RED/ GRN/ RED/iGRN/J l aL GRN Bu< BLK BLU BLK WHT BLI< YEL BLK . ._

WHT/IYEL/IGRN/ YEl WHT WHTI

REDJYEL/kRN/I"

GR1 RE1WHT

BLK 1 BLK I D rn � � 0 � FUEL TANK THROTTLE c�"oc��T '"!�KE MANIFOLO ...a. PRESSURE SENSOR POSITION TEMP[RATURE TEMPERATURE ABSOLUTE "':" $[NSOR SENSOR SENSOR PRESSURE SENSOR

Engine control system (2 of 2) - 1998 and later lntegra

REO/YEL

Y E L/BLU LT GRN

GRN/BLU WHT /YEL

Y(L/WHT GRN/WHT GRN/RED

GRN/REO

I : IAT I I I I I

I VCC2 I PTANK I SG2 I MAP (PB) I VCCI I SG1 I ELD

I I I I I I I I I I I

L _ _

_ _

J [NGIN( CONTROL

MODULE r - - - - - -, I r - - -, I ...,_1��j.gUT I

I t: __ J I I

I HECTRIC.4.l I LOAD I DEHCTION I I UNIT I L _ _ _ __ _J

UNDER-HOOD rusE/R[LAY BOX


i r=-- - - - - - -- - - - - -- - - - - - -- - - -- - - -- - -��.-� � ��:.�·� i::ii� w�}-- - --

---- - - - - - - - -- - - - - - ---- - - - - - - - - -- - - - --�ecl<;:�t - J WHT/BLK 1995, 96 AND BLK/WHTT1 994 . 98 AND 1 995, 96. 97

1 997 W/ ANTI-THEFT W/O ANTI-THEFT

WHT UNOER

HOOO I FUSE/ I RELAY BOX I

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

WHT

BLK/WHT I HOT IN ON BLK/WHT1--B-LK_/_W_H�Tl

{ PART OF'r9R S.!.�fil- -

- - - - - - - - - - - - 1 SRS L1 \I SECURITY UNDER-DASH! FUSE I f"USE _ _ STARTER

rusE/RELAY sox1 ��A I BLOCK - - • ��AY IN 1998)1 20A (GS-R)i I

'- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - j RELAY BOX

BLK/YEL BLK/YEL : oJT�TUT : I I G��

BLK/WHT

f- - = = = = = = = = = = = = - � = ..J , ��m-o:i�/BLKI BL•/Rrnl (PART or r h -i c• 1

8 L _ _ _J

UNDER-DASH I I GAUGE r�--- - - - I �----��--------" fUSE/RELAY BOX L _J ASSEMBLY I CHARGE I ��:�� I JN ! 998) � � I INDICATOR I UNIT BLK/WHT

� � L - - - - - _J A/T M/T

F'USE 42 FUSE JG-1 39 40A SOA

a> ,,,�-------, WHT/ BLK/WHTl BLK/WHTI BLU 8LK/WHT1· -;wi

WHT

- -- - -

- ,

BLK/WHT -wHrl 1 1 GEAR CUT r- - - - - - - .., A/T [EI] STARTER

I N o: !>3 I ��;21�N R[LAY I R • •2 I

� !:_ _ _ - � - J BLK/WHT Bll</YEL

BLK/ BLU/ REC BU<

( 1 998 ONLY)

I I I I I I I I

BLK/REO (OR BLK/WHT)

FUSE 41 1 00A

I I I

LOAD IGN �6��TRICAL I SENSE LOAD DETECTOR f - - - - --�1:��1!::_J

* r - -OJ ENGINE I di CONTROL I u w... l t.40DULE l ':i ':i I L'":_� _J

1 994-95 ONLY - WHT/ BLU UNIT (NOT I WHT /BLU � ABS CONTROL

USEC)

• .,,,w fmT-r� • I I I I I I r - 11NTEGRArrn I I I 1CONTROL I

� ___ I::_= :!.u_:rr_ - - � UNDER-DASH FUSE/ RELAY BOX

BLK/REO

BLK/REOT B I W/ ANTI- 1 994,98

CLUTCH INTERLOCK SWITCH

1 994 98 r· --B-LK/R--.EOl LK

�

� W/�Ht::TI- r 7u-;-E - - - l BLK/REO � : j

8

5A : } \ I SECURITY I I STARTER I r -- 1 I - - - :- ��A y I L _ _ J I I INTERGRATED I

BLU/BLK

[ L r�O�T��;0�1� BLU/WHT ?��/ RELAY

c6��is BOX BLK/REO BLK/REO SYSTEM

W/ANTl-THEFT lW/O ANTI-THEFT BLK/REO

BLK/YEL ..-------

STARTER SOLENOID

ISrARTERl I CUT I I OUTPUT I L _ _ _J STARTER MOTOF? S£CURITY CONTROL UNIT

Starting and charging system - lntegra

I I I I


i - - - - - - - - - - - - - -, UNDER-DASH r - �".:: � �; OR_STA".2: _ _ _'.'� .::' _0'.'._ OR START I BOX I , 5 I 24 I BLOCK I I "ODULE (ICM) I I 1 0A I 1 1 DA I I I 1 2-47

I I YEL FUSE/RELAY I ]FUSE 1 1 IFUSE 1 SRS FUSE ' - -, IGNITION CONTROL I ,1 11 : I J 20A-GS-R ONLY I L .J

: I 1 �L.=-_ .=-.=- - - - - - - J - - - - 3 I COOLANT TEMP I � I I - - - - - - -, r ..., MAINTENANCE col I

I z L I I I REMINDER UN11 ' - - -

J I ,;: - - - - - - - - - - - - - - __J I I -, JUNCTION

I �-----/ I >- �r - - - L " I 0 I CONNECTOR

II : rn [NGIN[ COOLANT 1 �I ,1 �1 LJ3 �

I I � � _ _ _ _ _J � I I : I • ?;

L - � .J

/� J TEMPERATURE e I ( ' I SENDING UNIT I : I •

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

TACHOMETER BLU

"-, __ / /-� t

"""·m</ 1 , ,� I I I . I ol =_/ :

g;

/ lt' '"

,

r - ' "'"'"'

\ I I I SPEED

I I I SENSOR

I L _ .J

\

ODOMETER DRIVER

FUEL

� § :> u " "' o U

: YEL/WHT

I I I I I CRUISE INDIC : Q)---71 ) RED/BLU I I I I � I I RED/BLU I � CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM

I

� � �B SRS INOIC

MA!NT REOUIR(O

----{0)----7' BRAKE

YEL

BLU BLU SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS SYSTEM

BLK

PNK

GRN/RED

"'1"' � � "' "' tl] J/C I I L

GRN/RED

Z w '-ol ANTI-LOCK � a:: BRAKES ,.....

NOER-DASH svsrEM r I -, �usE/RELAY sax L I I 8 _J � T

0 w "' ._____.___,9 J------>,

� ·� ,1 � ........_

USA

ABS 0� OIL PRESS

9,_______. CHECK ENGINE 01------> LOW FUEL 0�

BLU/RED ANTI-LOCK BRAKES SYSTEM YEL/RED

GRN/ORG ENGINE

BLU/WHT

CONTROLS SYSTEM

1

r 3' ? >-

I

•

BRAKE rLUIO LEVEL SWITCH

0 w "' ' � "' "'

li r - -, DRL J I CONTROL

I I UNIT

L _ .J

ti

� i

0 w "' ' � " � : CHARGE INDIC I : r0 : )----B_LK-'-/_Y_EL __ �----------'

� -"'- -i- - ' FUEL I � I TANK I '> I I �

I L � I """�l ,f il I )I '

WHT/BLU I I L _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _J GAUGE ASSEMBLY

I - I ALTERNATOR I I I I L _ .J

- - - _ J

11 �

[Z] ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH

Instrument panel gauges and warning light system - 1994 lntegra

J/C ·1· I I I I L .J SWITCH

PARKINGU BRAKE

_1 2-48 Chapter 1 2 Chassis electrical system

r ':'._0� I� '.!_NiO� ��T- 1 r - .':'_0� '.':'. '.!_Nf o� �T�T- - - - - - - --, SR S FUSE I FUSE 25 FUSE 1 5 I I FUSE 1 5 FUSE 24 I BLOCK I ME TER BACK-UP I ALTERNATOR ACG IG I ( 1 9 94-

97) r - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - , I 7.5A LIGHT I

I SP SENSOR 1 5A (EXCEPT 1 995 GS-R} I

UNDER-1 I YEL ( 1 998) E-AT I 7.5A 20A ( 1 995 GS-R} OASH I I >----., I UN IT I I 1 998 ( 1 995-97) - I FUSE/RELAY

I I I 1 0A L L - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - _J B O X ( 1 998) I ( 1 995-97) - - - - - - - - --- - - - - - - - -, UNDER-1 : �N L :i; __J QASH

HOT AT All T l M ( S , -l- - - - 1 U N D E R - HODO I FU. S E 32 I FUSE/RELAY

BACK-UP BOX I 7 SA I I I L _ _ _ _ _ J

""'/"'"I i : - - �:r- - - - - - - -B�K7Y�l- - - - - - - - - - - ��E/RELAY

I r -alJ/C • BAT. I MAINTENANCE I I I INPUT REMINDER UNIT ENGINE COOLANT I

TEMPERATURE I �L _ l_J l��·r �1�RHL� l��Gr GNO. GAUGE �---,------.,-.,.--------:-:----,,--;-� : YEL YEL YELf I

FUEL GAUGE

l-+-----)1 � • I PNK ORG BLK I rro J/C 1 - '--------+---Y-EL.-l_G_R_N�� I- I I I C::-:J L J I ENGINE I �OLA� I ''"'�!:��URE J SENDING UNIT BLU : ORG (OR r - - - --, l-+--�l r---o_R_c _____ +-------------1--------+-----� •�(BLU/WHT)( I VSs our I : ORG.( � VE;CLE SPEd I CRUISE ENGINE SENSOR I CONTROL CONTROLS I SYSTEM SYSTEM 1 )-_B_L_K ______ I--, : BLKl I r i o J/c I I I I L J I I f-----+-----il I

YEL/WHT BLK

1 I ��/ I I RELAY r I .., uNorn-

I L ,, .J BOX Ll I RED/BLU • CRUISE V�I >--�------+---+----. CONTROL 7NR��.iroCRO��i I

SYSTEM

YEL BLU SUPPLEMENTAL f-----------; )----------+--- RESTRAINTS

YEL/WHT 2

SRS INDICATOR CKT. BLK

BLK 1 BLK rg- - 1 J/C

SYSTEM

LOW OIL

S R S

I ' I I I L ___ _ J Ll BLK/YEL v,,________, ,__�----

@ MAINTENANCE REMINDER LIGHT

@ BRAKE SYSTEM INDICATOR LIGHT

@ ABS INOICA TOR LIGHT

@ PRESSURE INDICATOR

@ MALFUNCTION IND ICATOR LICHT

@

UGHT

WHT/BLU

PNK

GRN/REO

BLU / RED ANTI-LOCK }---'---+ BRAKES

1 )

I I I I

SYSTEM

YEL/REO

GRN/ORG • ��NR�LS SYSTEM

BLU/WHT LOW FUEL INDICATOR I

LICHT I I

WHT/BLU J

GRN/REO

YEL/R(O

BLLl/WHT G

L _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ______ J GAUGE ASSEMBLY

Instrument panel gauges and warning light system (1 of 2) - 1995 and later lntegra

1 BLU

2 �

3 WHT/8LU

4 GRN/RED


r - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 FUEL I I ��7t I THERM- I I �roR I I I I I I I L _ - - - - - - - - _ _ _ J YEL/ I BLK/ T BLU/ WHT WHT I WHT

•

J: n BLU BLUt)

1 l

BLU BLU

I J/C

BLK/ I WHT

...

BLU1• 1

TEST TACHOMETER CONNECTOR

BLUI BLUI

r - I CRUISE r - ITRANSMISSION I RPM I CONTROL I RPM jCONTROL l lNPUT I UNIT l lNPUT I MODULE L _ _J L _ _J

r - - - - - -., DISTRIBUTOR BLUf

I I ASSEMBLY

UNDER-DASH FUSE RELAY 80)(

I r:: - ::i 1GNITION I I I ��I�� I CONTROL I I IOUTPUTI MODULE I I L _ __J I I I .._ _ _ _ _ _ _ _.

, - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 I r - - cNG1NrOil - - - - 11NTE- I I I PRESSURE IND. 1GRATED I I I rLASHER CKT. 1 coNTROL 1 I L _ _

�- - - - - JUNIT

I I I I I L - - - ,- - - - - - -, - - CNOTJ

WHT I YEL/ WHT I USED) BLU RED BLU

WHT/1

·

-:i aLu ... ac'ul r - 1 r - 1 I L I I CHG I I I I I L - _J L _ _J ALTERNATOR

ABS CONTROL UNIT � r - -i � - ��I·

L - -' L��

E s�¥�

DH J/C

��f� USA r GRN/RED EJ ��I; I RED O

I• e GRN/ (

GRN/ I

! RED

CANADA

PARKING BRAKE SWITCH

G':::.{, 3 IBRiiKi: - P: a-:-1 6 R��

. l.9'!.f - - _IN_J

1 2-49

' "''"''

•Meo J 6 BLU/WHT

DAYllt.4[ RUNNING LIGHTS CONTROL UNIT

.�l lNO. SW. 11

GRN/ RED

GRN/ RED (NOT

r 1- - - - _ _ _ USED)

I I - -r l UNDER

GR�·/r RED

� PARK � (NGIN[ · OIL

PRESSURE SWITCH (OPENS

-:- ABOVE 4.3 PSI)

I I DASH-

1 0eRAK(l INT(- I ��c!:{ I I BULB I GRATED I BOX

I I CHECK I CONTROL I

L - -LC�T:.J UNIT I

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ j

Instrument panel gauges and warning light system (2 of 2) - 1 995 and later lntegra

BRAKE � SWITCH

- 1 2-50

TO TRAILER LIGHTING

CONNECTOR (DIAGRAM 2 OF


HOT AT All TIMES HOT IN ON OR START HOT IN ON OR START

orr

r f - - - -, UNDER-HOOO I FUSE 43 I FUSE/RELAY BOX I HAZARD I L 1-".:" _ _ .J

z "' "

z "' '-'

ON

rf- -- - --, AUXILIARY rf - - - --, UNDER-DASH

I FUSE 26 I FUSE HOLDER I FUSE 26 I FUSE/RELAY BOX I 1 0A I I TURN I L::.:: - - - - ...J I �6GA

HT I � ��---� '----v---' ( 1 995) ij ( 1 996 . 1 997)

arr • ON arr

z oc "

ON OFF

r - - - A- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 UNDER-DASH I FUSE/RELAY I BOX i I $ -- - - - - - - -- -}, 1�\:�"""'"" I I I I

I 1 I ' - - -�- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - :, - �

�1 � m J/C , - - - - - - - - -,coMBINATION

I I I TURN I ��l��H J SIGNAL j f LEFT RIGHT SWITCH I 1 '""'"'" i! GRN BLU

I I I I L __ _ _ _ _ _J

GRN./BLU T GRN YEL

GRN/YEL

FROM UNDER-DASH

GRN YEL

INTERIOR LIGHTS SYSl[M

� CDILLU�

INATION ON LAMP

INTERIOR LIGHTS SYSTEM

HAZARD WARNING SWITCH

TO TRAILER LIGHTING

CONNECTOR (DIAGRAM 2 OF 3)

r - - - - -, J/C I rm I I I L .J

�----+--------�� UNOERFUSE/RELAY

SOX r h- - -- - -!- - --

- - - - , "'"'"-1 , - ::: ::: r: ::: ::: - 1 �6��:��

ED 1 �6��1 1 1 r s1DE MARKER 1 1 UNIT 1 RELAY

(DIAGRAM 2 OF 3) I - ::: ::: I ::: ::: - I �o'��:;�rn I I SIDE MARKER I I UNIT I I FLASHER I I

DASH FUSE/ RELAY BOX I I I FLASHER I I I BOX i GRN/BLU

I I LR�L:'. Cl��T_J I I I L _ _ _ J ___ � I L - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - � · ----+----' � � '-------- · 1- - - I GAUGE

I LEFT I ASSEMBLY I TURN I I ��g

NAL I I 1 LIGHT I L�r - -_ .J

m J/C

� LEFT REAR ff\_ TURN \_£) SIGNAL �I LIGHT

•

�1

LEFT FRONT ff\ SIDE � �ARKER

T LIGHT

e BLK �1 ;r;

J/C

�

I L"�':: c1�1:1_11_J I L ___ J _ _ _ �

•

� � " w >- "' � � � '-' "

LEFT FRONT RIGHT FRONT RIGHT � PARKING/ � PARKING/ � FRONT � TURN � TURN � SIDE

T SIGNAL J SIGNAL J "ARKER �I � LIGHT • �1

;r;J/C �

J�. ' >-z i:j z °' >- "' l.:l Cl GRN/'T'EL ·----+---� gJ I '.( -RIGHT 1 �1 l��G�NAL I

� RIGHT l \l.) 1ND I \lJ REAR L ;i;. LIGHT J TU RN � - GAUGE � S IGNAL :..:: AS5Et..i8LY � UGHl ..J a! m

• • '.01 �1 m J/C

�

Exterior lighting system (except headlights and fog lights) (1 of 3) - 1994 thru 1 997 lntegra


HOT AT ALL TIMES r I - - - 1 uND[R-HDDD I

FUSE 40 I rus[/RELAY BOX LIGHT

I SOA I Lr __ J

• �i r --\-- - - - -, COMBINATION 1r - - - - -,HEADLIGHT 1 LIGHT

II ,swlTCH I SWITCH

II HEAD Off I I

�� Tli�� (9 GRN/BLU TRAIL[R

SIGNAL UGHT � LIGHTING (DIA.CRAM t or 3) I cONN£CTOR

BLK

FR�:RK�� L��; lh I RED/BLK ' (DIAGRAM 2 or 3)

Mo0��Ma:�� I GRN/WHT / LIGHT

(DIAGRAM 3 or 3) I I PA±K I I J L __ _ _! I L -�T ______ _J

BA�� ·��GR_N�/_B_LK��-+l��G_R_N�/_B_LK�--{I SYSTEM

SECURITY SYSTEM

CONNECTOR (OPTION)

.,JI RED/GRN e

ci-:0:1 w « °' "'

r - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - � �M�M� I FUSE 19 I FUSE/RELAY 1 T All LIGHT I BOX

I INSTRUMENT LIGHT I LICENSE LIGHT

I \ DA I

I I I I I I

I r - - - - v - - - -, INTEGRATED I I Jr - - - - .l.. - - - >I CONTROL I

I I L �� _::1�':!_T J[ UNIT I I L _ _ _ _____ _l I I I '-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - _ __,

r:�:R R;�� IJ") I GRN/YEL (

SIGNAL LIGHT (DIAGRAM 1 or 3)

• � I �

12-51

"' -' "' ' � ""�·�· � SEDAN

TO RIGHT INNER

BRAKE/ TAILLIGHT

(DIAGRAM 3 or 3)

D. CONNECTOR TO LEFT FRONT

PARKING/ TURN SIGNAL

UGHTS (DIAGRAM 1 or 3)

� RED/BLK � TO TRAILER

/ LIGHTING

(DIAGRAM 2 or 3)

· --

!"" """ ii PARKING LIGHT

TO LEFT m ll BRAKE/ TAILLIGHT

(DIAGRAM 3 or 3)

!"""'"" PARKING LIGHT 'I

1 .. ! . *

·� "'1 "' -' -' "' "' ' ' 0 0 � LICENSE� PLATE (�J '

"' "'

"' -' "' ' 8 °'

� TO LEFT

INNER BRAKE/ TAILLIGHT

(DIAGRAM 3 or

"' I -' "' ......._ TO TRAILER 8 LIGHTING :5 a:: � CONNECTOR • ----v (DIAGRAl.4 2 or 3) I

"' ' �

J CD LEF"l REAR PARKING LIGHT �

3) I

I •

�. �

� w -' "' "' CDRIGHT REAR PARKING LICHT

"' -' "'

"' "'

•

"' "' ' �

LICENS[ CD• . PLATE LIGHT

"' � "'

Exterior lighting system (except headlights and fog lights) (2 of 3) - 1994 thru 1 997 lntegra


HOT 1N ON OR START r ]- -- - - 1 UNDER-DASH I ��-\?p I rusE/RELAY BOX I LIGHT I I

\��AT UNIT) I L _ _ _ __ J YELT • A/T YEL

i

YEi

r - - - - IA/T GEAR YELI I N D4 D3 1PDSITION . I R

• • •• 2 !SWITCH

I p I I I ;J • I L __ _ _ _J GRN/BLK

GRN/BLKT

M/T yy�? GRN/BLK

CRN/BLKT

BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH

HOT AT ALL rn�ES r[-- - - - - - I UNDER-HOOD I rusE 42 I rusE/RELAY Box I �b�P. HORN I ��J _ _ ___ _ _ _J

"' "' '" " • � r;- - l BRAKE 1 1 SWITCH

� __ tJ "' "' " '" £-J 1 .. ---

G-R-

N/_

B_L_K 1 ______ __, BRAK:;r�� <141-"'GR"'N"'/""W""H"'-�--

1

·

GRN/BLK GRN/BLK l CRN/BLK � i ff\ lEtT ff\ RIGHT \.£.) BACK-UP \.£.) BACK -UP r-I� J/C �T LIGHT �T uGHT

c<ii��TROR

£�� • • � i �I �1 rROM UNDER-DASH "'-+ FUSE/RELAY BOX ��iz HATCHBACK SEDAN

(DIAG RA1:>!

--�

Mc 2

Df .. -3-) -------

---.. - GRN/WHT r;.___ TO TRAILER �--'-----IL/' LIGHTING •--+-------� /------, CONNECTOR

W/ TRUNK SPOILER

W/O TRUNK SPOILER

"' ,. � "' [• (DIAGRAM 2 or 3)

: i � � "

(Q)LEFT BRAKE/ TAILLIGHT (Q)

R1GHT BRAKE/ TAILLIGHT

-"' ,. � " RS & LS

GSR OR HATCHBACK W/ HATCH SPOILER

� -"' ,. � "' ,.

z "' " HIGH ffi""" - t.40UNT MOUNT BRAKE BRAKE LIGHT LIGHT

�I "' _, ., fROM

UNDER-DASH ruSE/RELAY

BOX (DIAGRAM 2 or 3) l i

OF 3)

� � HIGH MOUNT BRAKE LIGHT

� FROM UNDER- DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX (DIAGRAM 2 or 3)

l �

-+R�E�D/�B�L�K....., �

, I 1 J,.""J , " "'

RIGHT INNE:R BRAKE/ TAILLIGHT

"' "' _, ., ., • BLK • BLK BLK �1 �1 ·----..

+ +

"' ., -I RED/BU< � (Q)

RIGHT OUTER BRAKE/ TAILLIGHT • � I (Q)

l o LEFT INNER BRAKE/ TAILLIGHT

(Q)LErT OUTER BR4KE/ 'I , ... ,.". ii �--BL_K_ . _______ __;B�L_K-..

Exterior lighting system (except headlights and fog lights) (3 of 3) - 1 994 thru 1 997 lntegra

� " Z '

arr


HOT AT All TIMES rf -- - - I UNDERHOOD I FUSE 53 I FUSE/RELAY BOX I ��;ARD

I L _ _ _ _ _J

� � :X: ' "'

,, � I

ON

HOT IN ON OR START

Orr

r-f -- - --, UNDERDASH I FUSE 1 2 I FUSE/R ELAY BOX I ��:T I I 1 DA I L _ _ _ ....J �1

o ON arr ON

� 0

�I ii arr

r - - - 1:-- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - l UNOEROASH , . - I ,,.. , ... ,,. ,,.,

i I I ��: P---- - - - - - - - - - -\ !1fBi ! ""' : I I : I 1 I L _ _ _ J-- - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - -- - -1� _ J

• 0

� � '-' "' � r - - - - - _: - - - - - - I COMBINATION

I IUGHT I SIGNAL I I LEFT RIGHT. SWITCH I

II

INTERIOR LIGHTS SYSTEf..l �

ON ([) 1LLUM -

!NATION _LAMP

�r INTERIOR LIGHTS SYSTEM

TO TRAILER LIGHTING


TO TRAILER LIGHTING


ml J/C TURN SWITCH

7 I I I I L _ - - - - _ _ _ _ _ _ _J � GRN/YELI A'

3 "' " � '-' � " li '-'

� " li

FROM UNOEROASH FUSE/ RELAY BOX

(DIAGRA" 2 OF 3) "' _, c

"' " �

FROM UNOERDASH FUSE/ RELAY SOX (�l��R�J GRN/YEL , - -r--- - - - - - - - - - -, uNOER-

� �� "' I I

I DASH

� Ll _ _ - - - _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ JJ}��AY

,_, z w � >- � w e

,_, >-

HAZARD WARNING

I SWITCH

w >-� � '-'

1 2-53

w�I•" '-'

" >-z � ' £_,f� • � '-• d

� � � � ::ii:: � 3 � � :s ()

. (.!) [ .. l "" .. J "'"""�' ;�.�. , !l ::;� :ffi ��.� :"""""

T-- -- - - - - 1�11: l - - -�f _l J :'�'

'-------- · 'J;- - - r GAUGE I LEFT I ASSE"BL Y

I TURN I I ��gNAL I

� LEFT REAR ff\_ TURN \_£.) SIGNAL

� � $ � $ : � � � � � .. £ L:i r r - - - -, GAUGE

ff\ SIDE � PARKING/ � PARKING/ r')\ SIDE , r')\ TURN l\l) S IGNAL I I r LIGHT I l--" ;r; J/C �

'f """' • � 1 �

\.£.) MARKER � TURN � TURN \.l) MARKER \l) SIGNAL IND ·I ''""' .. J """. •I ,,... ,J ''""' ,, ,, .. , "f ": �

.1 ,1 . ,i m J/C rmJ/C "'' m J/C I I I I � I I

7 � +

Exterior lighting system (except headlights and fog lights) (1 of 3) - 1998 and later lntegra


HOT AT ALL TIMES ii- -- - - I UNDERHOOD I ��s�Ms;LL I FUSE/RELAY BOX I 1 5A I r---� • �1 , - -�- -- - - - 1 coMBINATION

I r - - - I HEADLIGHT I LIGHT 1 1 1SWITCH I

SWITCH I I HEAD OFF I I 1 1 PA';;;'t I I I L -_1- - _J I

"'"'"' , _ �r---- - - "

CON��i�� )�-"R"'ED"'/'-'G"'R"'N __ e (OPTION) '- 1 8ii ""-'

BACK-UP LIGHTS SYSTEM

, - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 UNDERDASH 1 FUSE 32 I FUSE/RELAY I ��fNCi�H

\l�HTS I aox

I 1 0A I I I I I '�-- - - - - - - -�-- -- - - - - - - - - - - - - -� " TO LEF'T FRONT

PARKING/ TURN SIGNAL

LIGHTS (DIAGRAM 1 OF 3)

TO RIGHT FRONT PARKING/

TURN SIGNAL UGH TS

(DIAGRAM 1 OF 3)

FROM LHT GRN/BLU REAR TURN � SIGNAL LIGHT A

(DIAGRAM 1 OF 3) BLK

f'ROM LEFT REAR RED/BLK PARKING LIGHT (DIAGRAM 2 OF 3) TRAILER

LiGHTING CONNECTOR FROM HIGH GRN/WHT MOUNT BRAKE

LIGHT (DIAGRAM 3 or 3)

GRN/BLK GRN/BLK

fROM RIGHT GRN/YEL REAR TURN SIGNAL LIGHT

(DIAGRAM 1 OF 3)

• � I

HATCHBACK SEDAN

TO LEFT BRAKE/

TAILLIGHT (DIAGRAM 3 OF 3)

�; TO TRAILER RED/BLK r;..._ LIGHTING •/_,.._-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-.-_-_'""_-�-v CONNECTOR I (DIAGRAM 2 OF 3) � '-----------�

� �1 i •

CDil "" ""' PARKING LIGHT

� _, "'

•

TO RIGHT BRAKE/ TAILLIGHT (DIAGRAM 3 OF 3)

il ' "J ff\ PLATE ff\ \&) LIGHTS �

•

CDij "'"' ""' PARKING LIGHT �r_j

�I �---B-LK ______ • _______ __.

TO LErT OUTER BRAKE/

TAILLIGHT (DIAGRAM 3 OF 3)

rua!P."' .,., TO TRAILER RED/BLK � LIGHTING

e -------"'"'"'--1· CONNECTOR I (DIAGRAM 2 OF 3) RED/BLK RED BLK

TO RIGHT INN[R

BRAKE/ TAILUG�T {DIAGRAM 3 OF 3)

Exterior lighting system (except headlights and fog lights) (2 of 3) - 1998 and later lntegra


A/T

YELl

HOT IN ON OR ST ART r 1- - - - - , UNDERDASH 1 rusE 19 1 rusE/RELAY I �.�c,.�-UP

I I 7.SA I L _ _ __ _ J Y(LT • Y[LI

M/T

BOX

YELI r - - - - I A/T GEAR I 04 I POSITION I N • • • 03

I SWITCH

BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH

R 0 2

: ·;i · '

: L _ _ _ _ _J

GRN/BLK

GRN/BLK T GRN/BLK

GRN/BLKT

GRN/BLK I GRN/BLK I GRN/BLKi ____ G_R_N_/_B_LK..., fr:\ LErT ff\ RIGHT

\.£) BACK-UP \.£) BACK-UP TRAILER

BLK T LIGHT

BLK T LIGHT CONNECTOR

e e HATCHBACK

FROM UNDER-DASH * i

HOT AT A.LL TIMES

I rus£ s2 I rus£/R£LA Y Box r[- - - - - - - ---, UNO(RHOOD I �g:N. STOP I ��J __ _ _ _ _ _ ....J

""" "' " • 1 rl- - 1 BRAK£ I f SWITCH

L _ _ iJ

I 3: � " rI,, J/C I I � ,J

"' " £�f " "' SEDAN

12-55

TO TRAILER

BLK I ,, � FUSE/RELAY BOX z (DIAGRAM 2 OF .3) � GRN/WHT � TO TRAIL(R f7 / V �1g��NC

GTOR •

(DIAGRAM 2 or 3) � GRN/Wl·H LIGHTING

CONNECTOR GRN/WHT � (DIAGRAM 2 or 3)

" "' � I 3: � "

(Q)

LEfT BRAKE/ TAILLIGHT � J'"ROM UNDER-DASH

FUSE/RELAY BOX (DIAGRAM 2 or 3)

c " "' ' � " "' ' �

I 3: z "' " (Q)

" � "'

�1 • BLK BLK �1

·�

� x "' ' RIGHT z BRAKE/ � TAILLIGHT

EXCEPT GS-R

� � I "' � "

�r BLK

" � "' • �1 �

W/ HATCH SPOILER OR

GS-R PACKAGE

� I "' � "

W/ TRUNK I w;o TRUNK SPOILER SPOILER �

1 � I "' � "

r ! HIGH I • f MOUNT I .. I �I��( I I I I L .J " � "'

T

� MOUNT BRAKE LIGHT

F"R0"4 rn�> UNDER-DA.SH

J FUS£/RELAY I BOX � (DIAGRAM a: 2 or J)

'---v-----' ,H

•

f"ROM UNDER-DASH f'USE/RELAY

BOX (OlAGRAM 2 or 3)

I " � "' 8 �·

rROM UNDER-DASH rusE/RELAY

BOX (DIAGRAM 2 or 3)

" "' �

<D 3: ' ' 0 z w "' "' " I I MOUNT I : I BRAKE

rf' HIGH �I FROM UNDER-DASH ruSE/RELAY BOX

" � "' ' � " � i "'

"1 I (Q),..... RIGHT INNER BRAKE/

1 1 LIGHT

I I L .J " "'

�r (DIAGRAM 2 or 3)

I

<D

� � "

(Q)

RIGHT OUTER BRAK[/

" � "' l I m i ' " "' TAILLIGHT

" "' � I 3: 01 z w "' "' "

� "

(Q)

LHT INNER BRAKE/

" � "' TAI LL/GMT

A LHT � OUTER � BRAKE/

� . r TAILLIGHT

1 BLK

"'

. BLK

�, �

TAILLIGHT

Exterior lighting system (except headlights and fog lights) (3 of 3) - 1998 and later lntegra I � :.:r-


HOT lN PARK OR H[AD

, - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ! UNO[R-OASH I INSTRUM[N;u3�H�� l�[ u

'iHT INT�g�:�� i - - i I ��;£/RELA y

I 7 .SA INSTRUMENT LIGHT UNIT I : ( 1 998 ONLY) �h�[NSE LIGHT (� .. ONL'Y) : ' - - - - - -��1 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -� '

�-- - - - -1- - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - 1� -

�l _ _ _ _ _ ______________ l _____ _ _ _ t _ _ _ _ l J ��1 ...-��-+��-+��- ·

WINDOW I I � REAR � DEFOGGER I I SWITCH

� r - I CLOCK I I I I L _ .J

M

HI ��Fc�T��s

CONTROLL[R

L _J

�

" � "' �

� r - i- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - , I � 1 l I I CD 1LLuM1- r - -, A/T r - -, cRu1s£ 1 I NATION I I GEAR I I CONTROL I I I (3 BULBS) L _J POSITION L _J DIMMING I I - f SWITCH - CIRCUIT I L _ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - �

GAUGE ASS04Bl Y � HAZARD

I I WARNING I I SWITCH

L _J e �R_E_D�/_B L_K-+-��

c w "' � I I CONTROL � CRUISE

I I ��:�CH L _J

8 "' • �1 �

, - - - - - - - - - - - - - - , I I I CD CIGARETTE ASHTRAY [

L_ - - - - - - - - - - �AAu� :::.:: LIGHTER

� a:

i J i:��[R ILLUM i � �r

� c w "'

� �r •

c "'

A/T G[AR POSITION CONSOL[ LIGHT ..

ili J/C

I I L _J

Interior lighting system (1 of 2) - lntegra

HOT AT All TIMES r -r-- - - - IUNOERHOOO I FUSE 43 I FUSE/RELAY BOX I INTERIOR LIGHT I ( 1998 ONLY) I rusE

7.5A I w�T7I _ _ _ _ _

_J

RED ra- - "l UNDEROASH I I FUSE/RELAY BOX I I ( 1 998 ONLY) L _ _ _ _J


HOT AT HOT IN ON All TIMES OR ST ART

I FUS[ 3 FUSE 1 5 i FUSE/RELAY BOX I INTERIOR LIGHT BACK-UP LIGHT I ( 1 99•-97 ONLY)

r - -- - -- - - -- - -r -- - - - - / UNDER-DASH

I 7.5A \��AT UNIT) I L - - - - - -- - - - - _ _ _ _ _ _ J 0 0 � w w " " >

� ;::. s r 3' 3' z s 0

> � z z "' 0 0 � � "' � "' "' "'

HOT IN ON OR START r -r - - - IUNOEROASH I FUSE 25 1 ruS[/R[LAY BOX

I METER I ( 1 998 ONLY) I 7.SA I L _ _ _ _ _J YEL/I BLU

r -1- I J/C I 1 ( 1 998 0NLY) I I

� � g: • �I 1 WHT/RED ( 1 998 ONLY) I -=- 1 • ( 1 998 ONLY)

LY�/r _J

8LJ 3'

( 1 998 ONLY)

� I � 3'

12-57

HAlCHBACK I SEDAN ..------__;'· � 1 [lli§J'i0"'"'"' I f} I c,iif'

-:- -:- ¥ -:-

0 w �I � I � � LT GRN/RED e ANTI-THEFT

SYSTEM

" ""/•rn� � ...__ & " ':i

J/crE I I LT GRN/RED I I L ...I

� � " ':i , - 1- - - - - l UNOER-

J I�� I I RELAY BOX 1 r I !INTEGRATED 1 J I I CONTROL I I I I UNIT I : LI J : � - _ _ _ _ _

J � ...__ & "

0 w " � ':i

8 " ' z " " ':i

� � � f;l CARGO !ct I ,l 1 I �I�� I LIGHT I DOOR OPEN TRUNK LIO/ I I (l'\ INDICATOR (l'\HATCH OPEN J fl\ fl\ 1 WLIGHT WuGHT 1 ! W l_ I _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ l _ _ _ _ _ J -

� & " ':i

� & " '::;

·I .,. .., -'""' ·I ·I •--+ SYSTEM �

& "

z " "

��·��--'

HATCHBACK

� "

� "

�r

z " "

SEDAN

� LATCH SWITCH

[ZJ TRUNK

[lJ LErT FRONT DOOR

-:-SWITCH

[lJ RIGHT FRONT DOOR

-:-SWITCH

[lJ LffT REAR DOOR SWITCH

T (SEDAN)

[lJ RIGHT REAR DOOR SWITCH

T (SEDAN)

[lJ HATCH LATCH

T

SWITCH "' � m

�

Interior lighting system (2 of 2) - lntegra


HOT AT ALL T I M E S r - - - -�- - - - 1 UNDER-HOOD I H

[��G �� \ 40 I FUSE/RELAY BOX

I 40A 50A I I ( 1 998) ( 1 994-97) I L _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ J

WHT • WHTl

r - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 COMBINATION I I LIGHT I r - - - - - - - - I HEADLIGHT I SWIT C H

I DIMMER l orr HEAD OFF HEAD 1SWITCH I I SWITCH I • • 1 I I I LO IPARK PARK I I I L _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _J I L _ _ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - �

RED/BLU I

RED/WHT RED/WHT

RED/WHT �-------------+-----------------'--- • A��TTl��s HOT IN o�E

D/BLU - - - - - - - - - - - - - -�E�

/

�:1 _ - - - - - - - - - - ' UNDER -DASH

�I f F-

US

-

E

-

20

- -J�U�E �: -

.._---------------+-----, FUSE 4 I �g�E/RELAY

I ( 1 998) (ii:�\ 6 t�i�s)5 ��9s9E8)9 : I FUSE 1 7 ( 1 9 94-97) FUSE 1 0 ( 1 994-97) FUSE 22 FUSE 21 ( 1 994-97) J I ( 1 994-97) (R UNN !NG L. HEADLIGHT L. HEADLIGHT R . HEADLIGHT R

H.I G HHEA

B OE ALl'� HT I (RUNNING UGHT HIGH BEAM LOW BEAM LOW BEAM ,..,

J LIG HT) RELAY) l OA 1 0A 1 0A l OA I I 1 0A 7.5A I L - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - �

W�:i YEL/BLK

LTS RED/WHT ON INPUT

POWER WHT/YEL

IGNIT YEL/BLK

�g�� ) WHT/RED

GND � 'I' J/C I I I I L _J

RED/GRN REO/YEL RED/WHT

WHT/ R EDl DAYTIME

RUNNING LIGHTS

RESISTOR

<'.l z <( u z

RED/BLU

BLK

RED/GRN

BRAKE GRN/RED INSTRUMENT INSTRUMENT 1 f - - - - I CLUSTER I (l'\ HI GH I l��ll-----<• CLUSTER SYSTEM

BLK

RED/WHT

FOG LIGHT IN-LINE FUSE

RED/WHT

� FOG LIGHT

SWITCH

REO/WHT

CONT RED/BLU -+------1-------t----- ·

•rn/•Wl I \£).BEAM I �I :"��T�RJ

· -------.

"'"/""] "'"I""_ PARK RED/GRN 8RAKEI 1--------INPUT DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS CONTROL UNIT (W/DRL)

GRN/REDI [Z]

LEFT HEADLIGHT


RED/YEL

I C.:::..=..=J I J/C Li _ _ _ _ _ _ J

RED/WHT

RIGHT HEADLIGHT

r C.:::..=..=J I J/C Li _ _ _ _ _ _ J Headlight and fog light system - lntegra

BLK

BLK •

BLKl

'I' JjC

I I I I L _J

LEFT ff\ ff\ RIGHT FOG \_£) \£.) FOG .::::{_�::I """' BLK I

GRN

Chapter 1 2

HOT IN ON UNDER-DASH If FUSE I FUSE/RELA y I 13 I BOX L 7.:_5A_ _J

� >-�

BLU/RED

Chassis electrical system

HOT AT HOT AT HOT Al ALL TIMES ALL TIMES ALL TIMES

I 37 3S 33 I FUSE/RELAY r 1 FUSE - -- - -rfUSE - -f FUSE l UNDER-HODD

L �o� - - - - - 2�- - - �A_ J Box

r - - - - - - - 1 ENGINE I I CONTROL

I I MODULE

L _ _ _ _ _ _ _ __l

" � ' �

1 2-59

� : . ,. 6) . I ! !:::;� A/C SWITCH J/C

' --··. _ r RA01A10R

FAN RELAY BLK • �B1·

; � I ' BLU/BLK I . BLU/BLK

..-----'1 , BLU_LYEL

WHT '-.,

�,, ""�' -�·

' /). ;-----41 ' 81-!J

,

�I ' BLK/YEL BLK/WHf

OFF 1

I BLU/YEL _, ' • r • \ J CRN

OFF HEATER FAN SWITCH

/ FRESH 6) • u / RECIRC �RESH RECIRC SWITCH

h -w � VENT SWITCH

� w I

l>--------...1 Bl-LEV I "'- SWITCH " \TI) p--+--+-JI HEAT

SWITCH

r:\

GRN/RED

GRN/WHT

YEL/RED

GRN/YEL

BLU/WHT

• I I I I I I I I I I I

•I " '""" ) I I "'"I ' +•;:1 WHT '

I

C COMPRESSOR 8J

BLK BLOWER MOTOR

RELAY

• I I I I I I I I I BLU/BLK (� BLU/WHT ,.�

BLOWER MOTOR

�� """" �I I I 1 1 1 I I I 1 1 I I I I BLU/:��

�

�

I 3' ? I I

BLOWER RESISTOR

I P '1'l7 I YEL

I I I I BLU/RED I �LK/YELI I I I I 10 HEAT /Off SWITCH

r:\ -w

�---�W-

Ef-lf-gH

-ST��--;


YEL/BLU

:r: w LIJ w r l� l" I� � >- 0:: >........ .......... .......... ......... ::::> z _J ::.::: ...J 0:: LU _I a::i (.!) >- ca � I "' 3' z ........ ......... .....I �..,,�A : �._J � � � 1; 3 � 1�1"' W W � >- >- "'

"

� ' �l�I� BL! >- � '::; "'

� r � J/C I I L _J MOO[ CONTROL MOTOR

" w � � '-' :i:i � 3' w '- >-

5 � i1 J g l 1 1 � . � z A/C THERMOSTA

FRESH ,.,��1 ajl �1 � "' aj � bl

"'""' " � ' U1 [G5 �r· I t:=J RECIRCULATION CONTROL MOTOR

M M � A/C DIODE

� CONDENSER

FAN MOTOQ

RADIATOR ENGINE COOLANT fAN l(MPERATURE SWITCH MOTOR

Heating and air conditioning system (including engine cooling fan) - 1994 thru 1997 lntegra

-12-60

-�

r'\ I I \lY I A/C SWITCH

Off

GRN


ENGINE I - - - - - - - I CONTROL I I MODULE I I

L _______ _J

HOT IN ON HOT AT All T!M(S

UFNu�Ef;.��!� � 1-:fE- � UN��o�

- -DI� - - - - - - - ---��(� ��s[ T �S[ �

BOX _i 7 S'A FUSE/ I r< 8 20A 40A 20A I :; �[' _ ___ , i

BLU IRED

[§1_ - - J RE�� : V :

e-B�LK/YJ i �l ..-../.

BLK/RED , � I ' " I : L---( : GRN ,, I I RADIATOR I I rAN RELAY I I CONDENSER I I I ""'"" \ � i:

BLU/YEL . g I FAN RELAY I

HEATER FAN SWITCH I I I I -----.,__ RECIRC

,:·�

F�RE�S�H:--{o:=::_,,----t-?J �ECIRC \lY

RECIRC FRESH

I �I 00•1 /WHT I I ,-----, .-1-if-l�-+-+-+-+-+--+-+-+----------<� L�-+--+----t----<. I •l)t BLK I I LT BLU I I I �

': ----< ': A/C e -+--+--+-+--1---1--1----<f-l-+-+-+-+-+------�BL�K•:/�R-ED�--<.�-+--+-------{ SWITCH COMPRESSOR �

CLUTCH I COMPRES�� I � � I CLUTCH RELAY I

Q.._ LIGHTS TRANSMISSION I I �, SYSTEM CONTROL I '1 K

t SYSTEM II ' ' I : DIMMING !-l _._-ttl � I

L,.---,r"","",---t->! INTERIOR � i � i

CIRCUIT !-1 __ -ttl >---'"u.'c.."u.i;"c..._1 _____ -!--!--+-t-t-t-HH-t-t- • BLK ,,,

I , -----'I-- r - - 1 I I BLOWER I - ·I� BLK I MOTOR RELAY I r>. \lY l - �� L - - - -- - - - - - - - - �

* T � YEL/RED -----+---+71 ,l-��--+-� � VENT SWITCH

r'\

BLU/WHT (� ... -!--!-

-+-+-+-l-iHH-t�'-l-if--1---------------�---"B�LU�/�B�L�K--<(� e -+--+----------------t1--, BLOWER MOTO

� \lY BLU/YEL GRN/YEL I

I � Bl-LEV I ....... SWITCH

I BLU/BLK � BLU/WHT '-1--��--+-+--+---+--+--------------t-HH-'-'��B�L'.':"<U

� -----+---+-Jt � HEAT SWITCH

\lY � I <>------+71 � HEAT/DEF

". SWITCH

BLU/WHT

YEL

\lY �--------->! YEL/BLU '5 "\i ; � DEFROST z � � � c � SWITCH ct: z z ....J w '------------JI �.� � � � � � :'.) � � '.:j � � � a:l a:

'-1---+---+--+---------------+--t--t--t-----<.

"' u z

'

��ES� n

BLOWER RESISTOR

LOW • BLU/RED � YEL/WHT ',

HIGH• I

NCA NCA

YEL/WHT BLU/RED BLK/YEL

A/C PRESSURE

SWITCH

ii � : :.·:;;�' � CD CD CD CD CD

HEATER CONTROL PANEL BLKl I RECIRC\8- U.)l �u �u � �r·1 A/C DIODE

" j " '5 Gj �

r I oJ/c '-------� MODE CONTROL MOTOR � J THERMISTOR

RECIRCULATION CONTROL MOTOR

M M -

CONDENSER RADIATOR RAD!AlOR rAN FAN f'AN SWlTCH MOTOR MOTOR

Heating and air conditioning system (including engine cooling fan) - 1998 and later lntegra

HOT

AT A

LL T

IMES

r

-f-

LJSE-

1]7u$ E--luN

OER-

DASH

I

(POW

ER

6 lfU

SE/R

ELAY

BOX

I O

OOR

LOCK

) 20

A I

I 20

A ( 1 9

94-9

7) I

L -J �9�) ----

_J WH

T/GR

N-

BATT

ERY

IN h W

HT/G

RN

1

LOCK

IN

I LT B

LU

(BLU/

WHT

UNLO

CK IN

I LT G

RN

( BLU

/RED

BL

K

BLK/

RE

O FR

ONT

PASS

ENGE

R'S

DOOR

KEY

CY

UNOE

R SW

ITCH

LOCK

!N I BL

K/WH

T

UNLO

CK I

N fr-

BL_K�/ _

R ::.;ED :_

__

__

__

__

__

__

_

BLK/

WHT

BLK/

RED

e BL

K CA

NADA

�J

ONLY

00_.l I

I L

J LO

CK I

N rI,

GRN/

WHT

-:-GR

N WH

T

---�

f'"RON

T PA

SSEN

GER'S

DO

OR L

OCK

SWITC

H

GRN

RED

GRN/

REO

�

UNLO

CK IN

I UN

LOCK

IN

l�B:RN �

--

--

--

--

--

--

--

�

UNLO

CK I

N �w'.ifr

i3--- -

-===

GROU

ND,�

-

LOCK

IN

�

UNLO

CK O

UT r;

;;tf.;';:;;.------

YEL

··--

BLU/

RED

BLU/

WHT

BLK

�

>r-DR

IVER'S

DO

OR L

OCK

ACTU

ATOR

• �

� ij

;::. ?

r "' n �I

f I • • � �I a l 0

w

w

"' "'

:::-'.:;-

i �

� f l 0

w "' ?

� iii I I �

rR

ON

T P

AS

SE

NG

ER

' S

DO

OR

LO

CK

AC

TUAT

OR

u:n RE

AR RIG

HT R

EAR

DOOR

LOC

K DO

OR L

OCK

ACTU

ATOR

AC

TUAT

OR

�

SE

DA

N

DRIVE

R'S

DOOR

LOC

K SW

ITCH

BLK/

REO

( BL

K/RE

O ._

LOCK

WHT/

I YEL/

RE

O RE

O

WHT/

YE

L/

REO

R EO

-1 I I I

I HA

TCH

LOCK

I

L-��

A_::o�

_J

HATC

H LA

TCH

HATC

HBAC

K

BLK

BLK

·L��K

DR!V

ER"S

DO

OR

KE

Y CY

LINDE

R SW

ITCH

Po

we

r d

oo

r lo

ck

sy

ste

m -

lnte

gra

STER

EO R

ADIO

/ CA

SSET

TE

PLAY

ER

HOT

AT A

LL T

IME

S

I I---

;i UND

ER-H

OOD

FUSE

47

FUSE

/REL

AY

I 1. s

A I 90x

L

__

_ J

y WH

T/ BLU

WHT/

BLU

YEL/

REO

HOT

IN A

CC O

R ON

I I---

;"! UN

DER-

DASH

FU

SE 2

8 F U

SE/ R

E LAY

I

10A

1 9 0x

L _

__

J y

YEL/

RE

O

�n

�L

�

GRY/

WHT

GRY/

WHT � LE

FT

REAR

SP

EAKE

R ) R

EO/Y

EL

REO/

YEL :Q]

BRN/

WHT

BRN/

WHT

REO/

GRN

BRN/

BLK

BLK

�I·

) NCA

<l

ANTE

NNA

BLU/

GRN

CRY /

BLK

RED/

BLK

INTER

IOR

LIGHT

S SY

STEM

YEL/

GRN

POWE

R AN

TENN

A

Ty

pic

al

ste

reo

sy

ste

m -

lnte

gra

RE

D/

GR

N

RED/

GRN

BRN/

BLK

BRN/

BLK

RIGHT

RE

AR

SPEA

KER

FRON

T PA

SSEN

GER'S

DO

OR S

PEAK

ER

BRN/

BLK (�

I RE

D/GR

N (�

BLU

RIGHT

TW

EETE

R

DRIV

ER'S

DOOR

SP

EAKE

R G

RY

/B

LK

(�

1

BLU/

GRN (�

LEFT

TW

EETE

R

0

:1'

I» '9. (I) ., ......

I\)

0

:1'

I» UI

UI ur

(I) (ii" a ., c;·

� � - (I)

3 �

I\)

I O>

�

- 1 2-62

HOT AT All TIMES I]- - - - jUNDER-fUSE 36 HOOD I SOA lrusE/ I IRELAY L - - - _ _JBOX

WHT/RED

- BLK

L BLU

� RED/BLU

REDLBLU

�POWER WINDOW MOTOR l;{AUTO ON

N

Off I LEFT U P

I: rRONT

/ ' AUTO ON I

�; u� CONTROL

UNI T

C!DN

Off UP 1 I

O N

� ON l : RIGHT

FRONT OFF

UP ':::!.ON OFF

UP ! I MAIN oJ : SWITCH LE'T

Off REAR

°'-µ UP ON

t=tDN

Off UP

! I

J : RIGHT REAR

Off L__\ up

MASTER POWER WINDOW SWITCH

,,

BLK

RED 'YEL

WHT /YEL

RED/BLU

BLU BLK /WHT

BLU /YEL

BLU/BLK

BLU IGRN

GRN/YEL

GRN /BLK

GRN

YEL

YELIBLK

YEL/GRN

BLK


HOT !N ON OR START r - - - - - - - - -PowEii -w1-;:;00w-RrLi.Y - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - i ��R-:

[di] I ��E!< I fUSE 1 4 I SOX

I 20A - - - fUSE fUSE 7 fUSE 4 fUSE 8 I I 20A 20A 20A 20A I I I l _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ l _ _ _ _ - - - - - _ _ J

WHT/REDI /

(

•

BLK I

BLKI WHT/YEL

• BLKl

r I l J/c I I L _j

GRN/BLK YEL/BLK BLU/BLK

•

•

-

I •

I

8LU/YEL �· BLU/RED Off

BLU/BLK ,r-+r BL U/WHT I ON ' 8ofr

UP BLU/GRN

FRONT PASSENGER 'S POWER WINDOW SWITCH

BLU/WHT

BLU/RED M

f"RONT PASSENGER'S POWER WINDOW MOTOR

Y[l '� ON RED/8LU Off

GRN/BLK I rUP

nDN RED/YEL 80ff

p Y[L/GRN

LEFT REAR POWER WINDOW SWITCH

(SEDAN)

,. t BLU/WHT ;J ,, BLU/RED "

LEFT REAR POWER WINDOW MOTOR (SEDAN) YEL

RED/BLU � Off

LHU P YEL/BLK ON

R£D/YEL

�rff p YEL/GRN

RIGHT REAR POWER WINDOW SWJTCH

(SEDAN ) BLU/WHT -"'" � �

Power window system - 1994 thru 1 997 lntegra

,, BLU/RED

R1GHT REAR POWER WiNOOW MOTOR

(SEDAN)

HOT AT ALL r'iME5_ - - I UNDER-! rusE 46

I HOOD

POWER FUSE/ I WINDOW ! RELAY I FUSE / BOX L •�A

_ _ _J

WHT/ BLU I

BLK [L�ER BLU

M REDIBLU

RED IYEL DRIVER'S WINDOW MOTOR

DRIVER'S SWITCH l;(AUTO ON N

orr -, LHT UPr : FRONT

I AUTO ON ON I

orr 1 I u�


HOT IN ON OR START

I - - - - - -pQw[R-w"iNDOW REL;'!'- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -, UNDER-

!

[GrlIJ / DASH I f"USE 24 fUSE 1 1 FUSE 8 FUSE 7 FUSE 1 O f'USE/

I P/W RELAY (POWER (POWER (POWER (POWER I RELAY

I (SUNROOF • WINDOW WINDOW WINDOW WINDOW I BOX RELAY) - - - F R - L) RR-R) RR-L) rR-R) I : j�SSAE ��![ ig![ i�!E �g;r J

� - - - - - - - -! _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - _ _ _ _ _ _ J WHT/BLUJ BLKI WHT/

YEL • BLK I

�

.

YEL/ YEL/ G R N / BLK BLK BLK

""/I ""I "'"/ BLK BLK ELK

YEL/ BLK

BLK/WHT

BLU

RE DIBLU RED /YEL

BLK RED/YEL

BLU/REO

WHT/YEL

REO/BLU

GRN/YEL

BLU/YEL ,8 BLU/RED OFF HUP B LU/BLK

DN BLU/WHT 80"

p BLU/GRN

rRONT PASSENGER'S W!NOOW SWITCH

BLU/WHT BLU/REO �

FROl'>I PASSENGER'S WINDOW MOTOR

I p CONTROL UNIT

BLU BLK/WHT �� REO/BLU

OFF H�p

MAIN SWITCH OFF '--ON

I

QON

UPT

I

f"RONT J : PASSENGER'S SWITCH

� UP

H ON Off

U P r I

1 1 1 LEF'T REAR ON l SWITCH

w UP t;;tDN

UP T I

j l j R IGHT REAR DN I SWITCH Off 1 L_j, UP

POWER WINDOW MASTER SWITCH

BLU/YEL BLU/BLK

8LU/GRN

GRN/YEL

GRN/BLK

GRN

YEL YEL/BLK

YEL/CRN BLK •

8LK I �

Power window system - 1998 and later lntegra

I

YEL/BLK

REO/YEL ON

�t' p GRN YEL/GRN

LEFT REAR WINDOW SWITCH (SEDAN)

REO/YEL BLU/WHT ;J " REO/BLU BLU/REO

REO/YEL

RED/BLU

LEFT REAR WINDOW MOTOR

(SEDAN)

YEL

REO/BLU � Off 8 UP YEL/8LK DN

RED/YE L �{°" p YEL/GRN


" (SEDAN) -BLU/WHT BLU/REO �

RIGHT REAR WINDOW MOTOR

(SEDAN)


HOT IN ON OR START r - - - - - - - -- - - - - - ,

I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

I

FUSE 26 FUSE 1 4 FUSE 3 I fR WIPER 20A 1 OA I ( 1 998) ( 1 998 REAR) I

I ) GRN/BLK

I"\. GRN/BLK - i I . _ ( 1 994-97 ONLY) I

I I I I

+--- (CANADA ONLY) I , - - - 1- - - - - - - � I I I I r -l�ITIO-;; - - - - : : I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I BLU/WHT I I PARK INPUT t--ll I I INT WIPER ON INPUT I I WINDSHIELD WASH ON I I INT /PARK WIPE CTRL I I I I I I GROUND I I

YEL/BLU t--ll I BLK/GRN 1--ll 1--ll I BLU/GRN I I I I I I

w�1 I I I

BLK

I L _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _J I I I I INTERMITTENT WIPER I

I RELAY CIRCUIT I I '- -- - - - --

- - - - -' I INT EGRATED I co NTROL UNIT I L - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - J

UNDER-DASH FUSE/RELAY BOX

r - - - - - - 1 I

WA<H I BLU i (;;J

I I I I I I I I I I I

WASH Off

!" WASH

I '--------" I REAR WINDOW

I I I I WHT I I I J LT GRN I I I GRN I I BLK

I WIPER/WASHER I L _ _:w�':'.' - _ J

COMBINATION WIP[R SWITCH

BLU/BLK

GRN/BLK

LT GRN/BLK

GRN

� BLKl ril J/C I I L J

� rll J/C I I I I L ..J

-' w � � => � � -' " m ' ? � � "

i _'. - - - - ---- - - -- - - - - - - -- -r- -0-�- - - _J"'._ i

I I ,- - - - ,,- - - - .., I

: I , - - - ) HI / OFr / / :

I L/ . -1 r . ... r . . . . I : MIST MIST LO r INT WASH :

I I I I L _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ J

COtr.iBINATION WIPER SWITCH

GRN/BLK � I

• •

I RUN

WINDSHIELD WlPER MOTOR

I I I I

J/C rgo I I I I L _ _ _J

I I ·l�n l

BLK ,, BLK I RUN ·I� ---LT:-::G°"R.,.N/""e°'L""'K-"

(t-:-L 1=-=c°"R77Nl""e°'L""'K-t-+i,H)

BLU/BLK

PARK

REAR WIPER �OTOR

BLK � _____.,{8

BLK

'1' J/C I I L J

REAR WASHER MOTOR

MOTOR M WIN05Hl[LD � WASHER

�1 • �1 J/C �l; I I

L _J

Windshield wiper and washer system - lntegra


HOT IN ON OR START HOT IN ON OR START

12-65

HOT AT ALL TIMES , - -- -1-- - - t SRS rUSE 1 rusE 1 BLOCK I ��A I L _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _J

r 1 _ - - - - 1 uNor•- oAsH I FUSE I FUSE/RELAY

1 5 BOX I 10A I L _ _ _ _ _ _J

r 1 _ - - - 1 uNDE•-Hooo I FUSE I FUSE/RELAY

,2 BOX I 2DA I

�l _ _ _ _

J j :- - -1- - - - t UNOER-OASH I I ��

E/RELA Y

�l - - -;;jr _ _ _

_J

� $1• "' � � "' �

J �i r -£== - - 1 GAUGE 1 r ., 1 ASSEMBLY

I I D IMMER I I I� I � . i i

;::-zl• :J: oo '" " � w ,_

• ON

CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SWITCH I LI _ _ .J : I I J/c r I , I I

L J �

�

IG��T�� L POWER LT CRN INPUT

INDICATOR • RED/BLU LIGHT

CONTROL I GR"' '""'"'

z '" '-' '::;

•

0 � . BLK l

J/c rE I I� I I L _J

BLKX r I ,UNDER-DASH 1 1rusE/RELAY Box L J

'( BLK! r1, J/C I I

L J

I ff\ ��j%L I I \.£.) INDICATOR I

� _l _ _ _ _ J " � en �

LT GRN � ;s % 3:.

11�------! l SWITCH l BRAKE

z '" '-' ;::-:i: 3:.

0 ' � rI '"o•N I !RELAY I I L _J

� '-' �

BRAKE h '"' "" ' GRN/WHT f (�)GRN/WHT T : ""' GRY L

JlC...J , r---l) BLU/GRN ! BLU/GRN INPUT

BRAKE I INPUT

""" GRY

,l + REEL

ANTl-THEF"T SYSTEM

- - - - - - - - - - - - - lSTEERING

GROUND I BLK

ENGINE I BLU RPM

• SET/DECEL SWITCH

l RESUME/ ACCEL lSWITCH

CRUISE !WHEEL

�mROL I

RESUME/I CANCEL I SWITCH I I

INPUT r - -, IGNITION BLKl

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ J VEHICLE 1� INSTRUMENT SPEED CLUSTER INPUT SYSTEtr.4

I 1 CONTROL MODULE I I L _ .J

rl, J/C I I L J TO

HORN SWITCHES "'' ""

i' - - - - - - -, �:�LE REEL L - - - - - - - _J

NCA NCA

I T r.D"1/RED .. � SET/DECEL I LT GRN/RED SIG INPU1

'T r.o'/BLK ,J RESUME/ I LT GRN/BLK

- · _,,,

ACCEL SIG INPU1

- · - ··

ACTUA10R INPUT

ACTUATOR INPUT

ACTUATOR INPU1

BRN/WHT

BRN/BLK

BRN/RED

DISENGAGE I J--P-'N-'K'-----------�

CRUISE CONTROL UNIT

INPUT A/T

PNKj,

=I r - - - - - I A/T GEAR I F' • l I POSITION I •• f 2 ! SWITCH

� _ _:� D�D� _ J

BLK

� IBLK � J/C

M/T

PNKl [SJ CLUTCH SWITCH .

BLKJ

BRN/RED BRN�BLKl CRUISE

CONTROL

WHT I BLU

ACTUATOR I r-t--i CLUTCH

BLK �r rl, J/C I I L J

Cruise control system - 1994 thru 1997 lntegra

BRN/WHT

BRN

- 12-66

IGNITION INPUT

POWER INPUT

BRAKE SWITCH INPUT

GROUND

BRAK[ SWITCH INPUT

[NGIN[ RPM

INPUT

SET/OECEL SIGNAL INPUT

RESUME/ ACCEL

SIGNAL INPUT INDICATOR

LIGHT CONTROL

ACTUATOR CONTROL

ACTUATOR CONTROL

ACTUATOR CONTROL

VEHICLE SPEED INPUT

DISENGAGE INPUT

CRUISE CONTROL UNIT


HOT IN ON OR START r - - - - - - - -rusci.-- - - , UNDER-DASH 1 (cRu1sE 1 rusE/•u•v sox I �o;:.TROL) I I I L _ _ J

HOT AT All 111.AES r 1 _ - - - - 1 uNDE•-HooD I

rusE s2 1 rusE/RELAY Box HORN, STOP I 20A I L _ _ _ _ _ J

w'HT/GRN

HOT IN ON OR START

If - - ;;) UNOER-1 ��i�R 251 ��/ I 7.sA I R(LAY L _ _ _J sox

BLK/YEL (NOT USED)

YEL/BLU I r I 1

J/c

BLK/YEL

LT GRN

GRY

.-----'r-------,CRUISE

CRUISE CTRL. MAIN SWITCH LIGHT

ON

RED I •E·�' I �: '---v---' INTERIOR

LIGHTS SYSTEM

ON IND.

CONTROL MAIN SWITCH

WHT/GRN o rt "l J/C I I L ...J

WHT/GRN I WHT/GRN swncH rI IHoRN

I J RELAY I I L ....J

I I INTERIOR L _J LIGHTS YEL/BLuI •ml

BL Kl GAUGE I - - - - - - -

A$5[1.48LY I r: rl lJ/C I I I I L J I

� I L _

R£0/BLU

I I I I I I I I

_ _ _ _ _ _J

BLK

GRN/WHT :��;�::I BLU/CRN

� I �J/C r·-'------�i

>----------- · L j rt, CABLE REEL ANTI-THEFT SYSTElr.4

T (SECURITY CONTROL UNIT) CRN/WHT

I I I (ALL EXCEPT USA RS MODEL)

>----'------------------------' r -- - - - _Q�..!_ -�- - - - - - - - - - - - - -, STEERING GRN/WHT

I CRUISE !WHEEL

J/C

I CONTROL I I SET/ I I SET /DECEL RESUME/ RESUME I I SWITCH �;?r

E�H SWITCH I BLU r - , BLU BLu >----------<�>-=-- ·--i I I

� - - ��- - - - - - c·�- - - - - - - - J rrNciNEllGNITION I SPEED J CONTROL I OUTPUT I MODULE L _ _ .J

r: - - - - - - - :1 CABLE REEL I I L - - - - - - - :J

>----'-----------------------L_T _G_R_N_/•_E_o_,J LT GRN/BLK LT GRN/RED

LT GRN/BLK

RED/BLU

BRN/WHT

BRN/BLK

BRN/REO

ORC ORG ·� BRN/BLK

PNK BLU/WHT I

�(H1Cl_(lVEHlCLE SPEED I SPEED JS[NSOR I OUTPUT I L _ _ .J

A/T M/T PNKl PNK!

r - _PNK T - - - -, A/T CE:AR � CLUTCH

I p :..=-..r • 1 I POSITION I •• f 2 J SWITCH

'- - - - - - - -' BLK I N" D• DJ I I BLK

.._ _ ';;;';'1 - �� Bl� � WJ J/C

SWITCH

WHT

BLK

BLKT •

CLUTCH

BLK! rl l J/C I I L J

Cruise control system - 1998 and later lntegra

BLU

BRN/WHT

CRUISf CONTROL ACTUATOR

__

__

__

__

--

--

--

--

--

--

I IGN

ITIO

N r

I !SWITCH

ST

ARTE

R CU

T RE

LAY

I l S

TART

11 '""

""'

: }----

--------Sl

l �:11)�

1 ___

__

__

__

__

_ ""

, ·-

HOT

IN O

N f 1:1

{r

l CR

Y O�

S U..!

!_T _ _

BL

K/

BLK/

BL

K/ �

I

�ER

I

�

r [

I RE

D WHT

WHT

BL

K/

WHT

/ FU

SE 2

5 I

WHT

I

7.SA

HOT

IN O

N OR

STA

RT

r-

--

;;:T�

R;AW

;;-

-;;..;

; G-;A-;-

E;;-.=-

- ----

,--1

1 g��R-

I SP

SEN

SOR

CONT

ROL

I (NO

T I

fUSE

/ I

FUSE

15

UNIT

L US

ED) J

I R

ELAY

1

7.SA

-f

1eox

USED

)

BLK/

I BL

K/

BLK/

WHT

I W

HT I

WHT

WHT

WHT

BL

U BL

U L - I-uN"gf��

• YE

L ��lli

•

r-

--

--

--

--

--

--

-BO

X BL

K/ -;.i LK/

I

--

--

--

-o

UNDE

RHOO

D

� _

_ I _

__

l _____ l[ _

_ (=--J

J

�

RED

I �

SECU

RITY

RE

D I

IC 1

lfUS

E/RE

LAY

I I CH

ARGI

NG

I fU

SE 4

2 1B

OX

I; { I ST

ARTE

R I

ELEC

TRIC

AL

40A

I -:

--

-(�

/A��

�y

r -

--

�A-;

TER -

---,

1

6��

cToR

·�

"'

' ,.

,�

' '

�·

""""

' ""

' I

I I

rusE

31

I I

GROU

ND

OUT P

UT

I NPUT

UNIT

WHT

I

7.SA

I

I (U

SA O

NLY)

GR

N I

"

" "

"/T

A/T

I I

I �

r

-1

sEcu

R1TY

I

__

I

I GR

N l

I ST UR T

I CON

TROL

1

r l l

I I

GRN

C UN

IT

I I

I I

GRY

ICTR

Ll (w/A

NTI-

L __

J I

BATT

ERY

fUSE

4 1

10

0A

I I I I I I I I I I L

_ .J

THEF

T)

I IN

TEGR

ATED

I

I I

CONT

ROL

L -

-_

__

...J

I SY

STE"

I

I IN

DICA

TOR

I BL

K/

L -

_ -

--

-' YE

L GA

UGE

ASSE

WBLY

r11J

/C

I I

L J

y BL

K/

YEL

04

GEAR

I

N •

�3 lp

oslT

ION

1-:�--w·

L I -- I-_ uu��o.s�

BL

K WHT

DR

BL

K

WHT

'----------------li--------------�

I R•

•2

!SW

ITCH

r u

sE RE

LAY

BLU/

BL

U/

/ BO

X WHT

WHT

*

I •

I L

.!'.. _

_

-�J

BLK/

RED

[J CL

UTCH

IN

TERL

OCK

I SW

ITCH

BL

K

t r I l

J/c

BLK

I I

*

L J

BLKl *

BLK/

RE

D

BLK/

WHT

�

ENGI

NE

CONT

ROLS

SY

STEW

BLK/

YEL

OR B

LK

I A PU

LL

B I I ST

ARTE

R IN

SO

LENO

ID

STAR

TER

OIOTO

R

STAR

TER

BLK/

YEL

OR B

LK

*

Sta

rtin

g a

nd

ch

arg

ing

sy

ste

m -C

R-V

mo

de

ls

---g��y

WHT

11 WHT

IBLK/

I WHT

I GR

N US

A YE

L BL

U +-

ONLY

GRN/

I WHT

/I

WHT

��

"'"

'"

"'"

1 ""

1 r

--

--

---

...,

.---- --------

--..

.- ----

-1 �� ouWur ��T

I I PU

T SI

G SI

G I

L _

__

__

__

_J

POWER

TRAI

N CO

NTRO

L OIO

DULE

fR

IG

ALTE

RNAT

OR

0

:::T

Cl) ;. ..,

.....

I\)

0

:::T

Cl)

en

en (ii'

CD CD" a .., c:;·

Cl) i 3 ..

.... I\)

I 0)

..

...

- 12-68

r - - - - :. -,


HOT WJTH HOT JN ON ENGINE HOT IN ON OR START CRANKING OR START DATA LINK

CONNECTOR

i }�u�r � - -�:; J� -- I �s� �Ji g��R-

L - - - - - - - - - _ _ _ ..J aox BLU/ BRN/ 1 1 5A 7.SA 1 5A I ��< I . YEL BLK BLKTWHT/ IBLU RED BLU/ BLU/ YEL/

WHT WHT GRN LT BLU �

I l�J• I YEL YEL 1 J INJ3 I BLU BLU 2 I INJ2 i>-�R�El<-D------------�---l-4---+--4---------l--4-------l-----------�0u.w.'" 3 I INJ l I BRN BRN 4 I I I ACC I )1-�8-LK�/-R_r_D _______ ,.., A/C I FANC I GRN SYSTEM I AL TC I ) WHT /GRN Ir CHARGING I I r 1sYSTEM I I I I YELIBLK U.S. I IGP l 1 >-�

8-LK�:/""'

1a_

L_U----------------l--I--+-+-+--+---------.

I IACV I I I : PCS : REO/Y(L I P02SHTC l >--"8-LK::..1"'W�H�T----------------1--1�

BLK IBLU S

REO/YEL 6 YELIBtK 7 I I I MIL il--"G�R-N�/IO"'R"G'-----------------l-+-+-+--+--+---------1--1--+---. I I r<§8�otl· I ICM l l-�Y-E�L/�G�R�N----------------1-+-+-+--+-. FUEL PUMP I S02SHTC I l--"B"'LK::../ ... ·w�H�T----------------1-+-+-+-. I LG2 1 l-�B�R-N ... IB'"L�K"----------------l-+-+-+-+-+-+-------�f-I--+--. I I I IGP2 1 l-�Y-E�L/�8-L_K ________ +--------I-+-+-+-+-+-+---------.

YELIGRN � I FLR l l-_.G�R-N�/·Y�E�L"-----------1--------1-+-+-+-+-+-+-------1-1--1--+--+-+-+-+---1--1--=""'--'-"'--< GRNIYEL BLU/WHT

l I : G 1 : ).....fillli/��K

I G 1 j )>--"BL�K,__ _______ � I PG2 j l-�8-LK"---------� 1 � I I _l I I � J/C I I I I L _ J vau I WHT /BLU BLK T

WHT /BLK

J/c rl 'F 'F 'f '�YB_EL!'.L/-t-1t-1--t---t--�'-'-��c-r+-• �r YEL/BLK L _ _ _ ..J YEL/GRN

BLK I I CKFP I 01 u/RED 1 I I I PGtr.4-rl MAIN RELAY I I I I � I I f : : 1 I ACS I )>---"B'"Lu ... t_R_r,.D _________ ,.., SYAS/TC[" I I SERVICE CHECK I STS I }--":"-LIR

U"'/''"'O"R'"G"-------------·----' ( : _ CONNECTOR I scs 1 >--=

T-

8-

U-----------------+-+-+--1------+-------+-+-B"'R'"N+-+-+- . � )filL-t(I·

I KLINE (DLC) I k I I J I WHT IRED

BRN ABS CONTROL I CKFM I UNIT, SRS UNIT

I I I I I I I I I PSPSW I GRN I Alff I )>--"W�H"'T /"R"E"'D-------------+lr CHARGING : VSS : Bl U/WHT SYSTEM I I I P I YEL I ��: 1 >-�.--LK�--------------. I

TDC� l >--=GR_N _______ __, : TOCM : l--'R"'E"-D ____ __,

l __ !:�) :;;l POWERTRAIN

CONTROL MODULE

WHT

BLU/ YEL

,: ': ----

GRN

ORG/ BLU

- - - - - - = ='

BLK YEL WHT ORG

BLU BLU

RED

BLKI ��;{ YEL

� 6�;{ ��/ DISTRIBUTOR ASSEMBLY

� CKP

TDC/CKP /CYP SENSOR

� CYP

lGNtTION RPM JGN PWR CONTROL OUTPUT INPUT MODULE SIGNAL

PRIMARY OUTPUT

GROUND CONTROL

IGNITION R COIL

� II � DISTR IBUTOR

WHT /BLU I._ __

__. � Engine control system - 1997 CR-V models (1 of 3)

i CRANKSHAF'T SPEED FLUCTUATION

SENSOR

GRNIORG 8

GRN 9 9111 1 0 BLU/WHT 1 1 BLKIWHT 1 2

BLK/WHT 1 3

� J/C

�


NO. -4 F'UEL �

INJECTORS LLiJ �YEL/ BLK

L BLU REn BRN

BLK/BLU

REO/YEL

O 1 IDLE AIR NO. 2 � CONTROL

lEJ [OJ lLJJ G5J BLUI YEL/ BLK

REDI YEL/ BLK

BRNI YEL/ BLK

BLKAYEL/ BLU' I BLK

HOT IN ON OR START HOT AT ALL TIMES EVAPORATIVE r - - - - - - - - I UNDER- r{ - - - 1 UNDER-EMISSION PURGE I J fUSE 15 I CASH I fUSE 52 I HODD

SOLi��16"��LVE I 7.SA I ��!< I I SA I ��!< I C) I BLK/�HTI- - -B:-;.,:� _J s

o:HT/G�l - -

_ .J sox

RED rBLKf YEL'I YEL I BLK/YEL

r-r- - - - - -1;J/C

L _ _ l _ _ l _ - _J r7- - 1 BRAKE T T I ! SWITCH BLK/ BLK/ I • I YEL YEL L _ _ -i,.J

GRN/WHT

YEL/ BLK

YEL/ BLK

'" •.

- - - - - - -T"'' YEL

- - -r r I

BLK _ _ _ 1 _ _ _ _ J_ _

I r -r

_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ J

I

- - - -

YEL/ BLK

YEL/ BLK

YEL) BLK

GRN/WHT r I� -, J/c I I

1 - - - - - - -

L _ _ _ _ _ HOT IN ON OR START

L _J y

GRN/WHT

12-69

I -rr�E I UNDER-1 2s I ��

/ L _ 7�A_ J RELAY

I BOX

BLK/YEL , IGNITION ��-+-��__,�B�LK'-" I GROUNO

BLU/WHT ( VSS OUT YEL r I

-, J/c I I L .J YELI

r -f - - - - - - - - - - - lGAUGE I 1•SSEMBLY I I I :::O\��g�10N ';��-' I

lG�N1-

L

�� - - �:�t� J _

J ORG I

��E��1 � e

BLU

·�o�"""-��

BLU/ WHT

r �I , J/c I I L .J

BLU/ WHT

f _ �- BRNJBLK f _ - �

<: : J

VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR

DRN/BLK 00•1 /n1 v

rn•• '"'UT UHJT ........ i-1 ....

REO/YEL

�l: BRN/BLK I I

� � �1 � ' z "' " ;

PRH.IARY HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR

� � l SECONDARY HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR

GRN

[Z]

POWER STEERING PRESSURE SWITCH

"� "

� � "' "'

er===== !T

/

C '"I *

Engine control system - 1997 CR-V models (2 of 3)

REO/YEL

lll" � � � "' "' "' ' z z z "' "' "' "' "' "' r

�

� '9.J/C I I L _ _ _ .J BRN/I BLK

I *


r - - - - - - - - - - -,A/T GEAR HOT IN ON OR START I I POSITION r -[ - - - l UNDER-I � .1-- I SWITCH MAINSHArT I FUSE 25 I CASH R 2 I SPEED I 7.5A I ��{ I { o=-- SENSOR '.:r - - - � �· ·:�:�· � ! "'r} 'Tt� i J I � I ,,:::.:,.

LOCK-UP CONTROL SOLENOID VALVES l 11J111j r I� J/c Isvsn:MI � ili �it �i� �i8 soLEN010 vEL "'" ,\,I J "" :�' �"" ;,; ; ; ; ; �'� '!�tr "'""' 1 1 1fI'11 1 :r:· c::: �

r - - - -. - - - - - - -. - -� - - - - - - ��'""'1 l * I "��/ I "' �:· ""� I I Olt.IMING CIRCUIT I ��IT��R I ��1' ��/ O

-

LEN

-

Ol

-,

O

I

I ' i INDICATOR I : cD cD cf5 CtJ'CEfcD <D : WHT II f 'f r _ 'f _ I 't 't I

I BLU GRN f : : 1 ��1 ��/ REC I I � f f BRN/i I GRN/BLK I le B I L _ �--"'---"-,-c�:R�L-� _ _,., _ _ _,:,_J_l _ _ J BLK : : >

BLU/�� : ��:A :

�1N :t�/ W

H

T RE

C ��/ ::: T.__

BL

-U-+-

-

B

-

R

-

N

-+-

B

-L-+

K

-----+--+-

-t--t--1-

e -t--t-----1-----------------=-:-�-�-�--<. i :�:: i l I GRN/WHT I SHB I

KI PNK I I

L-----f---1---+-----+-+---<HH--+-l----+----------------��G-R_N�/B�L�K'--{ 1:;pl�30 I

e f : : 1 CON��lJ�L��I� �4r--W_H_T /_R_E_O-<( : SLU : i I I I I :t�/ - : j BLU I I :��· '-------------------��-<. I NC I

INTERLOCK '--1------+---+--t---t- •-...,..--------------------�""'.�:'."�-..._' I ATP\ I CONTROL I ATP04 I

UNIT '----------+-----t-----� e ----t---+---1--------------------W,,-H_,T-...__ I ATPR I '-----+---------+-- • ---t---------------------B-L�U--l l ATP2 I

LT GRN ' I ATPNP I '------------------B-

L-

K-t----------t-----t----------------------...,_, I I

""" '"' " """' loo •

•nu "UUT '"'" """ '"' . REC/YEL WHT /ocn

��' YEL/ ;��I RED

D WANlfOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE SENSOR

�� ·

ENGINE COOLANT

TEMPERATURE SENSOR

RED1 YEL

r I 1 J/c 1 1 I I I I

L J I I

BLKT : : "" I I

n, GRN � BUC z "' "

�

� � :-s ' �I� � z z z "' "' "' " " " i'OIDi L _ _ _ _ ...J

.

:c�' GRN; YEL/ BLK BLU

GRN/WHT RED/GRN

WHT YEL/RED RED/WHT

REDIYEL GRN/WHT

REO/YEL WHT/RED GRNIR• K R>n/BLK Yfl /B U GRN/REO

I I I I I I I I I I I I IB<sw I I WAP I

I PH02S I l vcc1 1 I ECT I I I I 002 I I I 1 sG1 I I SH02SG I I SH025 I I I I TPS I I VCC2 I I EL I L_ _ _ _ _.J

CON POWERTRAIN

TROL MODULE

, - -GRN/RED I

I

- - - - -, r - - .., I

I I I L _ _ J I E I

I LOAD �EW�� I

UNIT(U.S.) I L - - _ _ _ _ _) UNDER-HOOD /RELAY BOX rusE

INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE

SENSOR

J/C THROTTLE

POSITION SENSOR

Engine control system - 1997 CR-V models (3 of 3)

, - - - - 1 I

VBU t 2WBS I vsv 1 ' STS I PCS I .r

S02SHTC I scs I

041NO I MIL I

K-UNE I SH02S I J PSPSW : PUNK

I BKSW I .r LS- I LS+ I ACC I ) ACS (

I ILU I )

I EL I )

I fANC I ) I

FLR I CRS : )

I I I I I I I I I I

ICPt l . I I ICP2 I NEP : ) PC 1 I

I PC2 1 .

I ICM I I I I I I I I I I I I INJ2 I I LC1 I : I LC2 i I INJJ i I IACV I I INJ< I I INJ1 I ) L _ _ _ _ J POW£RTRAIN CONTROL MODULE

�' �I g 1

Chapter 1 2

HOT AT ALL TIMES

Chassis electrical system

HOT IN ON HOT IN HOT IN ON

1 2-71

I - - - - - - - - - - lUNOER- OR START START OR START i r�S� � �U�E �; - - - - -rr�s� �3 i�m;- EVAPORATIVE EMISSION (EVAP) PURGE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

1 rusE •7 rusE •• I��/ I 7.5A 1 5A I RELAY L _ _ _ _ _ _ ., _ _ _ JBOX

WHT/BLU WHT/BLK

WHT /BLU BLU LT GRNfWHT BLU/WHT REO/YEL BLK/WHT BRN GRN/BLK GRN/ORG BLU/YEL WHT /RED GRN LT GRN GRN/WHT WHT RED BLK/REO • AIR BLU/RED • ��f��ONING

WHT� ��JNTERLOCI<

GRNLRED • STARTING/CHARGING SYSTEM

CRN • COOLING FANS SYSTEM

GRNLYEL B!.!!..____.+ ��i�� CONTROL

REn BRNLBLK ojl· RRN/BLK RI II Al K/BLU yn BRN l

r I , J/c I I L J

BRN/J BLK

* y�t{l,1c r----t------t--1�

��

RED

1 1 5A 7.5A 1 5A I RELAY I l aox L - - - - - - - - - - - - _ _ _ J

RED BLU/ I BLU/ WHT WHT

YEL/ CRN [O

RED/I BLK/ YEL YEL

BLU -- 1 LT GRN/WHT 2

BLK/YEL 3 BLK� 4 � 5 GRN/BLK 6

GRN/ORG 7 BLU/YEL 8 WHT/REO 9

GRN -- 1 .!:!....£!!!:!. 1 1

GRN/WHT -- 1 WHT - 1 RED 1

�1( SJ FUEL PUMP

·I� ��)

� d ,..

GRN I BLK

� YEL WHT BLU

YEL/ GRN

GRN/YEL

BLK/WHT

WHT/BLK

RED

BLK/ YEL

�

I I

�

l

RED - 1 5 BLK - 1 6 WHT - 1 7 CRN - 1 8 BLU - 1 9 YEL 20

� w ,.. 1 ·l 1 � � g g g

WHT/ I ORG/ BLU BLU I WHT

A 'T' BLU/

ORG I YEL

r� � TOC CYP

TOC/CKP /CYP SENSOR

BLU/ GRN

CKP l YEL/ GRN

IGN INPUT SIGNAL

PRIMARY

GROUND Cg�i�g�

BLK/ YEL I DISTRIBUTOR ASSEMBLY

• 3 2 F'UEL INJECTORS

IGNITION CONTROL MODULE

Engine control system - 1998 and later CR-V models (1 of 3)

- 1 2-72 Chapter 1 2 Chassis electrical system

1 0 1 1 1 2 1 3 1 4

1 5 1 6 1 7 1 8 1 9 20

LINEAR SOLENOID

[OJ - WHT RED . .

BLU LT GRN/WHT

BLK/YEL BLK/WHT BRN GRN/BLK GRN/ORG BLU/YEL WHT /RED GRN LT GRN GRN/WHT WHT RED

GRN

EVAPORATIVE EVAPORATIVE EMISSION CONTROL

EMISSION BYPASS CANISTER VENT SOLENOID VALVE SHUT VALVE

[OJ [OJ BLU BLK/ LT GRN/ BLK/

WHT WHT WHT

I

• I

PRESSURE SWITCH [SJ POWER STEERING

BLKI r I "l J/c I I L J

BLKI � i -��

L _ _ .J ABS CONTROL UNIT

� � r - - , I SCSI�( L _ _ .J

BRN �· ( I L _ .J SRS UNIT � N

SERVICE

RED BLK WHT GRN BLU YEL

CHECK � tll· CONNECTOR

BRN/BLK 8RNIBLK

r�I J/C I I L _ .J ... J BLK

�

f : : 1 BRN/1 I

e .!!!!.c : : J

J r '" 8 J r w "' w "' �I� � � <:1� z � � "' "' " ;o ., "'

'.

"' "' � '" � � J J ., ., " ;o ., .,

1� '11: 1� �

HOT IN ON OR START HOT IN ON OR START HOT AT ALL TIMES

- - - - - - _ _ l.'._ ..J

;[,;.-� - - - -1 ;,;, �; - - - - - -i�:i:·-1 7.5A 7 5A l �m<

I I BOX - -- -

- - -rr - - - - 1- - - -.., uNDER-1 FUSE •7 rusE 52 I HOOD I 7.5A 1 5A l ��c;< L ..J eox

L - - - - - --

YEi r r • J/c I I L J YE{

BLK/ WHT

GAUGE ASSEMBLY

i "§";,;;�;;,� i I INDICATOR I I LIGHT (MIL) I �R��r - - -

B�{�N

.J ORG WHT

I WHT/BLU

BLU/YEL

BRN/BLK

·lit BLK

DATA LINK CONNECTOR

GRN IBLK "

f : : 1 I I

: : J

� !!' r � "' ;o "

r z i 0:

"

I ; �

WHT/ BLK/ BLU WHT

r - I CRUISE I I CONTROL I vss I UNIT L '_". .J ti BLK/

YEL •

r "' ;o 3 .,

� r 1- - - - - ..,J/C K j j • I L - - _ J

GRN .. ,,I rl- l BRAKE I ! SWITCH

� _ _ iJ '"''l WHT

r I IJ/c I I L .J GRN/ WHT

GRNIBLK LT GRN

BLK/WHT WHT

� J/cr I-i' I I L - .J

BLU BLU WH WH

f : I < :

: ,... I

: J J w >-' � .,

IN I IGN

-

A I I BLU/ GRN/ YEL

.

r i '

� VSS I VEHICLE OUT ��gR GRD

WHT

BRN/BLK BLKI rI

"l J/C rI

"l J/C I I I I L J L J

BRN/BLK BLK

SHln CONTROL SOLENOID VALVES

I I B

BLU/WHT GRN RED YEL

GRN/WHT �

YEL BLKIYEL

BLK BLU/YEL

BLU WHT

GRN/BLK GRN/BLK

GRN/ YEL BLK

� '.� YEL GRN/

BLK

A II II B '-----

LOCK-UP CONTROL SOLENOID

VALVES

1 0 1 1 1 2 1 3 , . 1 5 1 6

1 7 1 8

SECONDARY HEA.T(D OXYGEN SENSOR

PRIM.ARY HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR

Engine control system - 1 998 and later CR-V models (2 of 3)


HOT IN ON OR START r -t- - - - I UNOER-1 ru

sE 25 I DASH

I I DA I ��!{ INTERIOR

��I - - - � �· ... 1 '��:,1 GAUGE .lSSEMBLY

r - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - oA/T GEAR

�::;-" � � "'

1 l : ��i��N f.-_j I I 03 - _J

1 2-73

r - - - - �- - - - - - - - - - �- - - �- - - - - - - - - - - - �� - - 1 l I DIMl.41NG CIRCUIT I GEAR I :::i

-if�tffi��5 "" j� �I·

r - -, � _.1 r - 1 � BLK � ,---- ., � �{ { { 1 "' ( 1 999-01 ) J(C z 1 : l 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 iN

OO��!��R : s

: cD cD CD" CE)' CEJ3 cD c8 (f)g� : � � j � � � LJ/CJ 8RN/ L _ J

�1 >- � r � .r: . ... ,"'. ,� I Y I I L_ I

I '....:..._ - �1 KNOCK SENSOR

I t--* I l _ J _ _ _ - - -7 - - � - - ;� - - ' - - --; - - -'7 - - � - - - 6- - - - _J

�

LT I BLK/T WHT RED YEL . PNK BLU BRN GRN/ BLK GRN BLu l BLK

I l I L RED/BLU ( �s- - - - � • STARTING/ 4 WHT /GRN ( I ALTC I i CHARGING d WHT /RED ( I I BLK/ SYSTEM "" · Al Tt

BLU • BRN " I ATP1 I • BLU I ATP2 I

SHIFT • PNK , I ATP03 I INTERLOCK WHT I I SYSTEM e LT GRN , I ATPR I

GRN/BLK " I ATPNP I

LT GRN I I BLK/WHT I BLK IWHT I I WHT , I WHT I P02SHTC I

(0/0 CIRCUIT 99-01 ONLY) �r T YEL I PH02S I • f ATP04 f

I I 0/0 SWITCH I I I I I ' I LT BLU :� PINK !0/0 IND I � "'- RED (( GAN ( PINK J

O/D SW : I I

RED IGRN : : .-��-4��Y�EL�,�,R�E�O-<

IMAP I

....-��+-��G�R�N�''�B�LK:.._i: I VCC I I

r ·:E�/;�� : ��; :

nn1 I BLUIWHT l tAT I tl'I GRN I VSS I

RED 1 TOC I - I TDC M I :

::::::::::::::::::::::::::::��========�==�========�========

��========================��

Y

�

EL

�

I LCA I GRN WHT I SHB I ��-�' �t:.:::::::::::::::::::::::::��========�==�========�======��========================�

G

�

R

�

N

B�

L

�

K

� I

SNC

J YEL I CYP p I

��,:�:�;::::::::::::::::::::::::::��========�==�========�======��========================�

B

�

L

�

K Y

�

E

�L

�· l vesoL I

i�--��·'�'�'::::::::::::::::::::::::::��========�==�========�======��========================�

B

�

LU

�

Y

�

E

;

L

�

I SHA

:

BLK I CYP M I BLU I CKP p

__ ,

WHT I I _u . , "

I :�� 1 : ��p • : I 1 1 I I I �:;��G i I I I I GRN/BLK I I I 1 7 GRN'BLK I I I I I • -+----

1 e ="-= r��-"R�E�O B�L�K:; 1 TPS I CRN I Nt"'<:r. ..++--+--------.� --, GRN/ r� f : : ' I - 1 - I I I I i 1t BLK I ; : 1- � I CONTRo'l"��lOULE F J � , ' 1 �f.i�I . I . I �I '

" � "' � " � m ' z <r "

� ? >-

��r:Jf) �l � �l � o'r11 ij il fStJ 1ij; � � § rrTI T�MTt�.tJ:E D LJll --.._ W' \_ "ANICOLO ABSOLUTE � SENSOR � � COUNTERSHAFT MAINSHAFT PRESSURE SENSOR ENGIN�

T FUEL TANK THROTTLE SPEED SPEED COOLA RE PRESSURE SENSOR POSITION SENSOR

... SENSOR SENSOR TEM��Ad�

Engine control system - 1998 and later CR-V models (3 of 3)

� "' £ �: �. r I �)/c I I

m i( ., I CRANKSHArT SPEED F"LUCTUATION SENSOR

�

ON

arr

ON

orr

ON

I orr I I I ON I •

OFF

HAZARD WARNING SWITCH LIGHT


HOT IN ON OR START , - - - - - - j UNDERDASH I � l ��E/RELAY I TURN LIGHTS I I FUSE 1 2 I 7.5A L _ _ _ _ _ ...J

YEL/BLK

WHT/BLK

GRN/ORG

GRN/YEL

GRN/REO

GRN/WHT

HOT AT ALL TIMES

1 TI- - - 1 uNDERHooD I I FUSE/RELAY BOX .

I HAZARD I I ��E 53 I

L _ _ _ _ J

GRN/YEL

GRN/RED

GRN/RED

GRN/YEL

GRN/ORG

) TO UNDERDASH FUSE/RELAY BOX (DIAGRAM 2 or 2)

r - - - - - - - -, I I I I LErT I RIGHT

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

I I I I I I I I

L _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ..J COMBINATION

LIGHT SWITCH

r - - - - - - - - - -, I I

GRN/ORG I I �------1. RELAY OUT J GRN/ORG

GRN/WHT IGN/PWR

I I I I I I I I

BLK I I GROUND I I I I TURN SIGNAL/ I r----< HAZARD RELAY

� l � - - - - - UNDERDASJ r I IJ/c I I L j FUSE/RELAY BOX

·�Li-- -- - - - - : I I GRN/RED I 0 I •--1-----------------'----<, IE------( I

I I I LEFT TURN I

REO/BLK • } INTERIOR �------ll

�--R_E_D _---1• �1.�wEsM

I SIGNAL INDICATOR I I LIGHT I

·�-------G-""RN/_YEL--< f--<0 : I RIGHT TURN I HAZARD WARNING SWITCH

I SIGNAL INDICATOR J I LIGHT I

GRN YEL D ) ��DEROASH L - - - - - - - - _J

FUSE/RELAY BOX GAUGE ASSEMBLY GRN RED (DIAGRAM

C 2 OF 2)

Exterior lighting system - CR-V models (1 of 2)


COMBIN.AT10Nr -.- iGHT;:: = = = =..::: =:::: _, , HOT

Tl��SALL HOTnO�sALL LIGHT I H[ OL El j I r�---- -- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - - - -�- - - - lUNO[RHOOO SWITCH I

SWITCH : H[AO I 1 I I FUS[/RELAY BO I G Orf I H[AOLIGHT HORN, STOP I PARK I I FUSE 48 FUS[ 52 I � - - - -� ��-LJ� � L �� - - - - - - - - -- - - - - - -- - - - - - - -- - - - - - �� - - - J ii i�� , ,_ . _] rr--\ I ��ER � ......._ ::r 1- - - - - RELAY ......_

� � j ,t, (W/ ANTl-TH[FT) i BLU/I RED/I ANTt-THEFT � GRN

SYSTEM UNOEROASH I -

-- - - - - - - - - - - - -- -- - --- - - -- -- - - - - -- - - - -- - - - - - - j

FUSE/RELAY I I BOX I INTERIOR ��r,��T�IG!;'TS I I LIGHTS FUS[ 32 I I SYST[M 7.5A I

L _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ J_J _ _ _ t _ _ l _ _ _ _ _ J _ _ _ _ l_t _ _ _ _ ll_JJ z � � "' (.) (.) (.) ..... ..... ..... 8 8 � "' "'

� " � .., .. ..... ..... ..... � � " (.)

GRN/ I GRN/ R[Q Y[L

!.£:,. ill '------v---'

FROM

z .. "

TURN SIGNAL SWITCH

(DIAGRAM 1 or 2)

� ..... z .. (.) if GRN/ RED

�r J GRN/

Y[L

ill ill '-----v------'

FROM HAZARD WARNING SWITCH

(DIAGRAM 1 or 2)

�H -.., .., .., ' ' ' z z z .. .. .. " " "'

I

_ lBRAKE r7 ! SWITCH I I I L _ _ lLJ r - - - , GRN WHT 0 I

I I I I GRN/WHT ,

I L _ _ _ J

J/C

GRN/RED r--�---t-4--+.....:----:====::J-. ' GRN/WHT • I I '

BLK RED GRN ! RED/GRN I I • ------, GRN WHT 1 '-GRN BLK R�� GRN/YEL

TRAILER LIGHTING CONNECTOR

GRN/ BLK

GRN/ RED

RED/ GRN

BLK RED;I GRN/I REgj RN/ YEL LEFT GRN WHT ([)REAR CQ)- LEFT

TURN BRAKE SIGNAL LIGHT/

RED/ GRN

RED/ GRN

RED/1 . RED/

BLK i GRN/

GRN OR

YEL RED/ RN) l RIGHT GRN WHtl_ RIGHT ff\ �� LIC[NSE � BRA�� W SIGNAL

BACK-UP LAMPS

T:_JIGHT TAILLIGHT

BLK I BLK

• BLK

m '"" = i��""' J """' W L1GHT I BLK

RIGHT ([)A BLK

REAR • MARKER T

SIDE BLK LIGHT

BLK BLK

'-+-+- • --

BLK I ii BLK I BLK I * * I

*

,_ :i:: � ..... � "

'--------- •--+---------. z 'z "' "' " (.) ..... ..... � 8 "' "' � " ..... �

� ..... � " v LHT A A LEFT F"RONT ff\ rRONT �SIDE MARKER/ � PARKING �TURN SIGNAL

BLK BLK

[j LIGHT

*

ilii ;;i

� " � "' ..... ..... ..... " z " .., "' .., "' " "' RlmH FRONT � RIGHT Cg) SID[ MARKER/ W FRONT

'"["j :::"' *

Exterior lighting system - CR-V models (2 of 2)

W/O OPTIONAL I W/OPTIONAL SPOILER SPOILER �

GRN/l GRN/ WHT [}JWHT

HIGH HIGH WOUNT ff\ MOUNT BRAKE W BRAKE LIGHT I LIGHT

BLK BLK'

� BLK I

�

-12-76

CANADA

WHT

BLK/ WHT


HOT AT ALL TIMES r - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1 UNDERDASH r - - - - - - - - - - - , UNDERHOOD I '

I FUSE/RELAY BOX

1 1 rusE/RELAY l l , I OPTION HEADLIGHT I BOX I I j I

I ��E 5' ��E 48 I [., _ _ _ _ i._ _ _ _ _ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - _ _ J

.;� 1--- -.�, l.____--

- - J ____.J ·w,� I . ., r WHT

HOT IN ON

YEL/ BLK

• WHTl

r - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - � w� I I I ' fLASH- DIMMER r - - - - I HEADLIGHT I [B FOGLIGHTS I TO- SWITCH

HI I - - ·- - - I SWITCH I IN-LINE FUSE I PAss, I oFr •

orr •

HlEAD I I A

SWITCH I HEAD I

L �'.:1 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

�'.: /l. _ _ _ _ L_-��-_-_-_c�� -��?.� �

BLU WHT TO DRL CONTROL UNIT A FUSE/RELAY

RED/ GRN

RED/ YEL

RED/ WHT

RED/ BLU

BOX

RED/ BLU

RED/WHT

RED/YEL

BLK

ON

G)rDG LIGHT OH INDICATOR

FOGLIGHT SWITCH

BLK �..-'INVl.-i�N�C.;.;A�·�·E�D•l/�G�R�N-+--+-��+-�� e

NCA REDIBLU NCA WHT IRED

RED YEL ~ ._.-w ... H ... T..__BL'"u--1

I

BLU RED

� DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS RESISTOR

HOLT CTRL BATTERY

LIGHTS-ON INPUT

IGNITION BRAKE SYS

IND CTRL GROUND )

DAYTIME RUNNING LIGHTS CONTROL UNIT

WHT /RED BLKIWHT RED YELIBLK GRN/RED

BLK


t11·

�

A FROM HEADLIGHT SWITCH

GRN/ RED

INSTRUMENT CLUSTER SYSTEM

RED/ GRN

BLK

RED/ YEL

RED/ WHT

RED/ BLU

rr "\\ RIGHT

\:,,'."'==�;t;;:::==q:'..J HEADLIGHT

BLK

Headlight system - CR-V models

BLU/ RED

BLU/ RED

•

BLU/ RED

FOGLIGHT RELAY

ff\ LEFT ff\ RIGHT \£.) FDGLIGHT \£.) rDGLIGHT

.. L.J BLK I

..

BLK

HOT

IN O

N OR

STA

RT

I BA

CK-U

P LI

GHTS

{

USE/

RELA

Y BO

X r

}-- --

--

-!

UNDC

RDAS

H

I FU

SE

19

M/T

YEL/l

RED ml

GRN/

BL

K GRN/

BL

K J,

BACK

-UP

LIGH

T SW

ITCH

7.5A

I

:l------�

.,

, I

BLK

(PAR

TIAL

)

1997

-98

A/T J RED V 11--

--------

---""

"'l -

--

--

--

--

--

-\!'" •�

m "

w

r�--J.

I - -

---

..

r-

-!

GAUG

E

I I CD

RIA/

T I AS

SEMB

L

GRN/

I !G

EAR

y BL

K

I I

'POSI

TION

I

I I

'INDI

CATO

R I

L� _L _____

..J :

WHT

A/T

GEAR

PO

SITI

ON

--

-_J

1999

-00

WHT

l

PNK

POSI

TION

l GRN/BLK

(

TRAI

LER

LIGH

TING

GR

N/ j

CONN

ECTO

R

��

�� -��

��,

WHTl SW

ITCH

r

--

--

-,

SWITC

H r

-

--

--,

I A/T

GEAR

....----•

------.

' �:(1 GR

N/

BLK ff\

LEFT �, �l��-UP

BLK *

,,

GRN/

BL

K ff\ RIG

HT r�,\-"'

' "

I *

I N

D •

D3

I I

• •

• 2

I I

R •

1 I

��--�J

RED/

W

HT

BLKI r I,

J/C

I I

L J

BLK r *

I N

D 2

I I R

• •

• 1

I

:p�.:

L__ ..J

RE

D/

WHT

BLKI r I ,

J/c I

I

.'..( *

Ba

ck

-up

lig

ht

sy

ste

m -

CR

-V m

od

els

GRN/

BL

K ff\ LEr

T r��\

-"'

' "

I *

TRAI

LER

LIGH

TING

CO

NNEC

TOR

( PAR

TIAL)

GRN/

BL

K ff\ RIG

HT r�\-"'

' " I *

0

:::T

I» ¥ "'I

..

I\)

0

:::T

I»

en

en c;;·

CD CD" � "'I (;"

!!. � - CD

3 ...&.

N

I ......

......


HOT IN ON OR START r - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 1

P/W RELAY SUNROOF RELAY FUSE 2' 7.5A

POWER WINDOW FR-L FUSE 1 1 20A

POWER WINDOW FR-R FUSE 1 0 20A

POWER WINDOW RR-L FUSE 7 20A

POWER WINDOW RR-R FUSE 8 20A

, - - - - - - - - - - - - -L - - - _ _ _ _ _ _,

1 I I

· 1. I I I I I

I =��CYR WINDOW I

L _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ J UNDEROASH FUSE/RELAY BOX

INTERIOR LIGHTS SYSTEM n

tt

=> .. ' 0 iii

AUTO DOWN

, UP

DOWN OFT

I GRN/BLK

GRN/BLK

BLU/BLK

WHT/BLU

BLK

LffT FRONT

AUTO DOWN

� ' �

� w >-8 ..

WINDOW CONTROL

UNIT

3 ..

� " w � >- .. ' ' � �

'-'

RIGHT FRONT

� 0 �

" " � � .. .. PULSER e

'------t-----it----...�1 _ _ SLK SLK ��--'

DRIVER'S WINDOW MOTOR

I I I I I I I I I

_ _J

• LOCK

Power window system - CR-V models (1 of 2)

LHT REAR

z .. "'

HOT AT All TIMES ,- -r- --

- - - -, UNDERHOOD I I FUSE/RELAY I 1 00X I POWER WINDOW I FUSE •6 I •OA I I I L_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _j

� w >-

RIGHT REAR

YEL/BLK

GRN/BLK

REO/WHT

BLU/YEL

BLU/ORG

GRN/YEL

GRN

YEL

YEL/GRN

UP

POWER WINDOW MASTER SWITCH

YEL/BLK

GRN/BLK

REO/WHT

BLU/YEL

BLU/ORG

GRN/YEL

GRN

YEL

YEL/GRN


LEFT REAR WINDOW SWITCH

Off UP �> up err UP OH UP

--Off U P err UP

.I DOWN � - - Q_O�N-DOWN T I

Q9�N

'l --' � � w >-' ' 8 " w "' "'

--' w >-' �

�1

� " --' "' ' ' � � "'

- -DOWN

err UP

--' w >-

" 3' ' �

DOWN

err UP

OOWN -- Q_O�N

--' " ::l w --' >- "' "' � d ' 8 "' >- "'

)

1i 0 ' � rRONT PASSENGER'S WINDOW SWITCH

Power window system - CR-V models (2 of 2)

j

� "' d >-


REO/BLU

REO/YEL

REO/BLU

REO/YEL

BLU/REO

BLU/WHT

12-79

-.. BLU/WHT

, �<

8LU/REO

� RIGHT REAR

WINDOW MOTOR

_ _ BLU/WHT M

., BLU/REO

LEFT REAR WINDOW MOTOR

-BLU/WHT

:J BLU/REO

� FRONT PASSE=S w ow MO R

' · -

-1 2-80 Chapter 1 2 Chassis electrical system

HOT AT All TIMES r I - - - - l uNarnHaoo I I >USE/RELAY F"USE 5 1 BOX I DOOR LOCK I I UNIT, ROOF I

L 2�A _ _ _ J

J/C

HOT IN ON OR START I �- - - - 1 UNOERDASH I I FUSE/RELAY I ��R 25 I BOX I 7.5A I L _ _ _ _ J

YEL

WHT/ GRN

BLU

SELECT UNLOCK RELAY (W/ ANTI-THEFT)

BLU/ RED

WHT/ GRN

RED

, - - - - - 1 � I SELECT UNLOCK! r------------+---------------f----f-----�G�R'-'N�W�H�T:.._�/ I LOCK INPUT I

�----------+--------------+---t------'G'""R"-N'""'-/OR"""G'---(1 UNLOCK INPUT I BLU/RED ---+-------------+----f-----....::8.::.LU"'/'-'IR�E.::.O-{ l IGN KEY INPUT I WARNING SYSTEM 1'"��---t-t-1-------�' L _ _ _ _ _ _J

HORNS SYSTEM +-G;;.;R'-'Y--� INTERIOR LIGHTS .... GRN/RED

SYSTEM

CEILING LIGHT GRN/RED GRY

HORN Rl Y CNTL YEL HATCH GLASS WHT/RED LOCK OUTPUT BLU

UNLK/LDCK CTRL WHT/GRN BATTERY INPUT BLU/RED UNLOCK INPUT BLU/WHT

LOCK INPUT GRN/ORG UNLOCK INPUT GRN/WHT !)----..,..------+- •

LOCK INPUT BLU/RED KEY SW INPUT LT GRN/RED

DOOR SW INPUT YEL IGNITION INPUT BLK

GROUND YEL/RED UNLOCK OUTPUT

KEYLESS OR POWER DOOR LOCK CONTROL UNIT

INTERIOR LIGHTS .... LT GRN/REO SYSTE� (DOOR SWITCHES)

GRN/WHT DOOR

DRIVER'S [ill S�I�� U

• r--GR_N-'/-'O"""R..;,G ____ __, BLK

>---------...,

ORI�� r--- WHT/RED LOCK WtMn YEL/RED

ACTUATOR � I - BLU/RED

WHT /RED BLU/RED

BLU /RED

�--+"8;;.;LU�i/"""'W�H�T .... lJ--'B�l.::.U1..:,;./'W"'HT:......4-..+-� I ....., BLK / / BLK �--+-'�--;r-�'---- •

W/ ANTI-THEFT

BLU

W/O ANTI-THEFT

W/O ANTlTHErT

BLU/ RED

Power door lock system - CR-V models

w/ ANTlTHEF"T

BLU/RED

YELIRED

WHT /RED

YEL/RED

WHT/RED

YELIRED

WHT /RED

BLUIRED

,, "

,, "

BLK

SECURITY CONTROL UNIT

(WI ANTI-THEFT)

r - - - - , 1 � 1 I / I I I I T I 1 - 1 I IGNITION I I SWI�� I L _ _ _ _ _J

STEERING LOCK

YELIRED -

WHT /RED

LHT R£AR DOOR LOCK

ACTUATOR

YEL/RED

WHT /RED

PICHT REAR DOOR LOCK ACTUATOR

YEL/R£0 -

WHT/RED � PASSE:t�R�� DOOR LOCK

ACTUATOR

INTERIOR LIGHTS SYSTEM

RED/I BLK


HOT IN ON OR START HOT IN ON OR START HOT AT ALL TIMES r -

-�- - - - - - - - -- - - - -- -�-- - , UNDERDASH , - - - - - - - - - - - - lUNDERHOOD I CRUISE CONTROL METER {USE/RELAY BOX I HORN STOP l rusE/RELAY BOX 1 rusE 1 4 rusE 25 1 1 rusE • 52 7.5A 7.5A 1 5A I I I I I

L -

B�K/I- - - - - - - - - - - -

-

- -

�E�r

-

- - _J

L - - - - - - - - - - - -�J YEL J/c r I ' WHT/ WHT/ I I INTERIOR GRN GRN

CRUISE L J SYSTE'M WHT GRN MAIN RED/

1 2-81

SYSTEM

CRUISE

r LIGHTS CONTROL I HORNS

orr / ON I I I RELAY SWITCH YEL BLK 'I ' HORN

l , - - -� - - - - ,,, - - l GAUGE I I ®CONTROL MAIN SWITCH LIGHT ( l l

RED I BLKI

• INTERIOR

BLK I UC HTS SYSTEM

�

pl��G� I ) LT GRN

BRAKE GRY SWITCH INPUT

GROUND BLK

ACTUATOR BRN CTRL

BRAKE SWITCH

GRN/WHT

INPUT

---+-----, I r

--'- - - - - L l I ASSEMBLY L _J

"ON" INDICATOR

.. LT GRN

�I� CRUISE CONTROL I I ! l ��;. J i L - - -��1�1:._ _ _ _ J RED/ BLU ·��-t��

LT GRN

GRY

BLU/I GRN 11� - - - - - -! l, ��:�

H rf T

- - ,�"'' GRY GRN/WHTI

J/c r

I

' I I L .J

GRN/WHTr

I HORNS I REEL I SYSTEt.4 I I I I I L _ _ _ _ _ _ _J

NCA

I - - -- - - - - - -- - -- -t - - - - - - l STEERING I CRUISE I WHEEL I

SET/ RESUME/ ��}"OL I

SET/DECEL LT GRN/RED I DEC EL ACCEL RESUt.4E I I SWITCH SWITCH SWITCH I

SIG INPUT

RESUME/ ACCH 1 .1 LT GRN/BLK

SIG INPUT

CRUISE ON BLU

r 98-00 MODELS WITH A/T

INPUT

ACTUATOR BRN/WHT CTRL

INDICATOR LICHT RED/BLU

CONTROL

ACTUATOR BRN/BLK CTRL

VEHICLE BLU/WHT SPEED INPUT

A/Tl�)

PNK DISENGAGE I l---'-""INPUT

""I �

LT BLUl

j A/T GEAR J - - - I POSITION I p • 1 I SWITCH I R• • f 2 I I N D I

L _ _ _ _ ...J RED/WHT

BLKI r

I

1 J/c I I L J

BLKI

�

BLK

I I I I L _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ J

NCA NCA r - - - - - - - -, CABLE I I REEL I I L

-- - -

-- - ....J

LT GRN/RED LT GRN/BLK

r - - - - - - -, L--��B�L�U�--( I CRS I

·--::i BRN/ BLK BRN

L _ _ _ _ _ _ _J POWERTRAIN

CONTROL MODULE (PCM) {98-00 MODELS

WITH A/T)

BRN/ WHT

r

I

' J/C I I L J

wHTi

INSTRUl.4ENT CLUSTER SYSTEl.4

{SPEE00"4ETER)

BRN/ BLK

BRN/ WHT

:: : BRN

BLK� BLU/ WHT r r· .1 J/C I I � I I

L J Bl,U/I WHT

I VEHICLE I SPEED I

OUTPUT I L _ _ _ _J V(HICLE SPEED SENSOR {VSS)

�VACUU� �SArETY �VENT

�

SOLENOID

�

SOLENOID

�

SOLENOID

L_J A

BL Kl CRUISE CONTROL ""I ACTUATOR

�

Cruise control system - CR-V models

_ 12-82

fOrT �T_A� _!l�El I HEADLIGHT I I FUSE <8 I I 30A I L _ _ _ _ _ J

WHT UNDERHOOD FUSE/RELAY BOX


1H�A�Ll�H�s - - - - - = = = = = = 1ITTADL-;;;H� 1 �1��INAnoN

I SYSTEM I HEAD I SWITCH I SWITCH I I � OFF I I I 1 l i_-:='.'�RK j I

L::.�r-�� - - - - - J WHTl

ir- - - - - - - - - - - - - -1:- -r

- - - - - - - - - �----------------� � l��T�D

- - i ��m�c:y I INSTRUMENT 1 LIGHTS DRIVER'S I CONTROL I : ��¥\o � ��T

---- _!�t��1 J UNIT :

I I I I I I L - - - - - - - - � - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

�- - - - - - - - - - - - - - �

(NOT USED) (OPTION GRN CONNECTOR) COURTESY

. � LIGHTS

BOX

RED/BLK

r- - - - - - - --,

RED/ BLK

l ( 1 997 MODELS) GRN [ZJ DRIVER'S

DOOR SWITCH

n1 ..-��-

RE_

D��

� I ILLUMINATION

LIGHT

r - - .., I I I I I DIMMER I

CIRCUIT I I I L _ _ ..J

L- _ _ _ _ _ _ __J HEATER CONTROL PANEL

, - -- - - - - --, I I I ILLUMINATION :

LIGHT I I I L - - - - - - - � HAZARD WARNING SWITCH , - - -- - - - -, I I I I I I ILLUMINATION I I LIGHT I I I I I L _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _J CRUISE CONTROL MAIN SWITCH

RED/BLK

CE) ASHTRAY LIGHT

BLK

RED/BLK r - - - - - - -,

RED/BLK I I I RED/BLK

I RED/BLK RED/BLK

I I RED/BLK I I I

RED RED I I I RED/BLK I

RED

RED/BLK RED/BLK

RED

RED RED RED

RED/BLK RED/BLK RED/BLK

RED/BLK

RED REO RED

RED/BLK RED/BLK RED J: BLK

BLK BLK

L _ _ _ _ _ _ ....J J/C

Interior lighting system - CR-V models

r - - -, I I L _ _ ...J

Cl.OCK

�� L,. _ ..J UNDERDASH FUSE/RELAY

BOX �

L _ _ _ _ ..J POWER WINDOW MASTER SWITCH ( 1 999 MODELS)

r - - - - - - - - - - - - , I

I I I I I . - - - - - - --, I I I I CRUISE CONTROL I I I I OR UPSHIFT I I� INDICATOR I I I I CIRCUIT I I I I I I L_ _ _ _ _ _ _ ,_J I I I , - - - - -, I I I I � A/T GEAR I POSITION I I INDICATOR I l+--1 DIMMING I I I CIRCUIT I I L_ _ _ _ _ _J I I ILLUMINATION I I I LIGHT I (7-BULBS) I I I I I I I L _ - - - - - - - - _ __ _ _J

GAUGE ASSEMBLY

r - - - - 1 I I : DIM SIGNAL :

INPUT I I I I L _ _ _ _ ..J

AUDIO UNIT

D DASH LIGHTS

BRIGHTNESS CONTROLLER


HOT AT ALL Ti"ES r ---f-- - - - - 1 ��g�R-

1 INTERIOR LIGHTS I FUSE/ I FUSE 43 I RELAY I 7.SA I BOX

r°I:T �T_Ag_ _!I�� - , UNDER-DASH I INTERLOCK UNIT I FUSE/ I rusE 33 I RELAY I 7.SA I BOX

L _ _ _ _ _ _ _ J

WHT/ GRN ' - ��r _ _ _ _

_ J ,.------� ) WHT/RED e WHT/RED • ------------+------�

Off

FRONT CEILING LIGHT

ON

arr

SPOTLIGHTS

r - - ,

GRN/REO

WHT /RED

BLK ejl•

I �) GRN/RED

I �' LT GRN/RED e

I ' I L .: _ -'

W/ ANTI- I THErT

WHT/ 1 RED

WHT/ I RED

DIODE [I] SECURITY

WHTI

WHTI

W/ ANTI-THffT

GAUGE ASSE .. BLY r - -,

I I I I

I

W/0 ANTI-THEFT . .,, 1

RED

�'/ W/O ANTI-THEFT

WHTLRED

BLU/BLK

G) J .as OFF ' DOOR

12-83

POWER DOOR LOCK CONTROL UNIT

.:.r R£AR CEILING LIGHT

i - - ;) �· J l)r--��!!!;J/.__ BLU/

I ll I I BLK BLU/

L _ _ ,

••

'�'�'

. ""''" '

""

. """" SECURITY

r - - - - - -, I r - - , I LT GRN/REO e I I d' I GRN

I L _ _ _J I LT

GRN/ RED A

•

POWER DISTRIBUTION

SY STE" (KEY INTERLOCK

SWITCH)

WHT/GRN _./ WHT/GRN

IGNITION CE) KEY

LIGHT ( 1 997

MODELS)

w� r I

., J/c I I L J WHT/GRN

: : f !Tl I INTEGRA TEO I

GRN

I CONTROL I ------��------�-�:::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::::_�---�:--�---��====�� L _i:s::_ _ - _ _J UNDER-DA.SH •

• I WHTl'.GRN !D FUSE/RELAY BOX

GRN

EJDRIVER'S DOOR SWITCH

LT GRN/

RED

LT GRN/

RED

• LT GRN/RED e --------, LTl GRN/

RED

EJ FRONT PASSENGER'S DOOR

-:- SWITCH

GRNL;l RED

EJ

��

DOOR -:- SWITCH

LT GRN/

RED

EJ RIGHT REAR DOOR

� SWITCH

BLU/ BLK

EJ TAILGATE LATCH SWITCH

Courtesy lighting system - CR-V models

BLU/ BLK

EJ HATCH GLASS LATCH

-=- SWITCH

WHT£BLK

·l lt BLK (

IGNITION KEY LIGHT

CONTROL UNIT

( 1 997 MODELS)

-12-84

· - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ,

CHARGING SYSTEM INDICATOR

CRUISE CONTROL DIMMING C!RCUIT

CRUISE CONTROL INDICATOR

ABS INDICATOR

SRS INDICATOR

��--<�I>-�� LOW FUEL INDICATOR

--�--<�I>-�� BRAKE SYSTEM INDICATOR

--�--<�I>-�� LOW ENGINE OIL PRESSURE tNOtCATOR

MALFUNCTION INDICATOR

ODOMHER/TRIP METER DRIVE CIRCUIT

SPEEDOMETER DRIVE CIRCUIT

TACHOMHER DRIVE CIRCUIT

ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE

DIMMING CIRCUIT

FUEL GAUCE

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - � c ... uct ASSC"'4BLY


) )

�

)

)

)

) ) )

HOT JN ON HOT IN ON

WHT /BLU • ��NC/ FUSE/RELAY I ALTERNATOR METER I r -- - - - - "l J/C

BOX SP SENSOR LI r � 11 �I .JI UNDERDAsHr �j�R�

- ---9� sITA!l_

- 1

SYSTEl.il BLK WHT I FUSE 1 S FUSE 25 I ><. ,L,_ -"' ->I-

RED£'.BLU • RED£'.BLK CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM

• INTERIOR LIGHTS SYSTEM ' '·" CJ . � � � � � � w----- - - _ _ _ J " " " � w >

BLK YEL

BLU/RED .. ANTI-LOCK BRAKES SYSTEM BLK YEL

BLU • SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINTS SYSTEM BLK YEL

GRNIYEL

GRN/RED

'I'll/RED QI·

ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH YEL'

GRN£'.ORG • ENGINE CONTROLS SYSTEM

BLK BLU/WHT

BLU

YEL£'.CRN (E31· ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE

YEL/BLK GAUGE SENDING UN1T

YEL REDIBLK • } INTERIOR LIGHTS RED LT GRN

• SYSTEM

YEL .. ENGINE CONTROLS SYSTEM EXTERIOR LIGHTS SYSTEM

BLK/BLU

WHT

RED

GRN _ ,, , I BLU

BRN YEL BLK CRN£'.BLK • ENGINE CONTROLS SYSTEM

•

� � � �1 _J -' ..J -' en a:i m m

J/Cr �"'I I I L _ _ _ .J �r

Warning lights and gauges system - 1 997 and 1998 CR-V models (1 of 2)

BLU BRN PNK RED WHT •

5 BLK/BLU r----m 6 .,_.,

CRN/YEL

GRN/RED

BLU/WHT 1 0

BLU 1 1

YEL/BLK 1 2

1 0

1 1

1 2


, - - - --

- -

-

, I IENGINE - I I

1 997 I �( BLU I I SPEED I I I - !VEHICLE SPEED I 1 SENSOR (VSS)

I �UTPUT _J I II IGNITION CONTROL II I I (PARTIAL) TEST TACHOMETER

CONNECTOR

MODULE (ICM) L _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _J L _ _J BLU DISTRIBUTOR ASS£"-48LY

� I ' � ENGINE

CONTROLS SYSTEM � � 1 998 ------B�L_U_--\�R� ��P�T-

- � L.. _ _ _ _ _ _ ...J

POWERTRAIN CONTROL MODULE (PCM)

if- - - - - - -J� J/C . �

BLU • BRN

PNK RED WHT BLK/BLU YEL

3 s � � � 3 � � � � � m m GRN/YEL 1 �B!,!!R�N---=t:

:-1--t-t

=t:

:"!-• BLU �- • ENGINE PNK e

GRN/RED

co�� YEL • WHT e BLK/BLU e o SHIFT INTERLOCK SYSTEM 4

l � GRN/

� �[ z

RED

';;- jO 8 cj ::0 3 :li _ _ _ -

- - - - 1 UNDERDASH ol � "' >- "- "' _ _ _ _

- - - - - - - FUSE/RELAY BOX BLU/WHT ��1· !��:�:�; i � jl8i E: .. :H i

I I CHECK I I ol _ _ CRUISE I L ':'_U:':� _J

I r

-

- - - - -CONTROL I A4 I

I D•

SYSTEM I I N D3 I I R

BLU I I p .1�----

I _ _ _ _ _ J I

L �;. - - - - �,�,��i -- - - '"'/

' - - - -ijl _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _

USA -+ RED

YEL/BLK

GRN/ � ; �uA��:�6i�- - i �

uGHTs (DRLJ1 1 GRN/ r I 1 J/c CONTROL UNIT I RED j I I

I BRAKE FLUID ' I � :

R�:I- _J LEVEL sw1TcH �

J > u GRN

BLK - - - - - - - - - - - l F"UEL r i lUNDERDASH

r I TANK rusE/RELA y BOX

I FUEL LOW FUEL I UNIT I I GAUGE IN DICATOR I I I SENDING THERMISTOR I I I BLK

"'

I UNIT I J

ol L _ _ _ ,r _ _ _ _ _ _ _ , ''"/ .,::I � 1 aN

� � � �

Warning lights and gauges system - 1 997 and 1998 CR-V models (2 of 2)

�

1 A/T GEAR I POSITION

I SWITCH

I I J

_ 1 2-86 Chapter 1 2 Chassis electrical system

r - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ;

I I

·c=:��) 8 I ·1

CHARGING SYSTEM INDICATOR I I

1 ) - CRUISE CONTROL ) OIMlrillNG CIRCUIT . " " �0� I

I CRUISE CONTROL INDICA. TOR I I

ABS I ' 1 ) INDICATOR CIRCUIT " ' �0� I

I ASS INDICATOR I

' i SRS '.l , INDICATOR CIRCUIT 1

�0� I I SRS INDICATOR I

8 I ,, , 1 ' LOW F"UEL INDICATOR I 8 -' I

BRAKE SYSTEM INDICATOR .I I

8 I 1

LOW ENGINE Oil PRESSURE INDICATOR I

8 I ' l I

MALFUNCTION INDICATOR I I I ODOMETER/TRIP �>---JI METER DRIVE CIRCUIT --Ji

I I I I

C7E::::i SPEEDOMETER I DRIVE CIRCUIT I

SPEE'DOtr.1ETER I I I � I C7E::::i TACHOMETER ----ell DRIVE CIRCUIT I

TACHOMETER I /"'-' I

l l ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE GAUGE I

I '"'-l I - 'I - ruEL GAUGE I

1 '' ) I .I I '' )

� I I I

f--<0 P INDICATOR n I .I I f--<0 R INDICATOR I I f--<0 N INDICATOR I

'I r------<0 0 INDICATOR I I f--<0 2 INDICATOR 1 _

f--<0 1 INDICATOR I 0/0 Off I f--<0 INDICATOR

)

HOT IN ON HOT IN ON

WHT /0LU • �it..��c;( ' ' " [j UNOEROAsHr �jT�R.!_

_ - _

o� ISTA!T_

- 1 >USE/RELAY I ALTERNATOR METER I r - - - - - - 'l J/C

BOX SP SENSOR IL r � ! l J j ! I FUSE 1 5 FUSE 2 5 I "'- :Jc. � BLK/WHT

RED/BLK RED/BLU •

• YEl BLK

BlU/RED BlK YEL

SYSTEM

INTERIOR LIGHTS SYSTEM CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM

• _J _J _J _J _J _J �------ _ _ _ J � � � � � �

� w >-

� ANTI-LOCK BRAKES SYSTEM

BLU • SUPPLE�[NTAL RESTRAINTS SYSTEM BLK YEl

GRN/YEl

GRN/RED

YEl

YEL/REO

GRN/ORG

BLK BLU/WHT

BLU

YEl/GRN

YEL/BLK

YEL

RED,:'.BLK

RED

LT GRN YEL

BLK/BLU

WHT

RED

BLU

BRN

LT BLU ( YEL BLK

EJ" ENGINE OIL PRESSURE SWITCH

• ENGINE CONTROLS SYSTEM

•

(81· ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE

GAUGE SENDING UNIT

·} INTERIOR LIGHTS SYSTEM

.. ENGINE CONTROLS SYSTEM EXTERIOR LIGHTS SYSTEM

PNK

" " " �i ...J ...J ...J ...J m m OJ m

r �'l J/C I I L _ _ _ _.l �T

.

so;t=Cj o!MMi'NG STATE � _ _:1�C�T _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ � ) GRN,:'.BLK • ENGINE CONTROLS SYSTEM

GAUGE ASSEl.IBLY

Warning lights and gauges system - 1999 and later CR-V models (1 of 2)

BLU BRN PNK RED WHT

BlK/BLU

� GRN/YEL

GRN/RED

BlU/WHT 1 0

BLU 1 1

YEL/BLK 1 2

BLU


r - !VEHICLE SPEED I 1SENSOR (VSS) I I L _ ..J

'= I ;. , -...1 " � , m ,

ENGINE CONTROLS SYSTEM � r-r-- - - - - -)� J/C

L - - - - - - - - ....1

(PARTIAL) TEST TACHOMETER

CONNECTOR

�

· - - - - - - .., oLU BLU I RPM OUTPUT •

I I I

;;;::::::::::::r=:::::...�--��+-

��r-"lr-

��P�N�K�--<lo;o LIGHT CTRL �

I n "GI O/D orr SWITCH

BRN . . PNi< REii WHY BLK/BLU

m-GRNLYEL

GRN/REO � z ili

' �I i �I � l BRN 1 1 1 1 1 · ENGINE: BLU e CONTROLS � YEL • SYSTEM WHT •

SYSTEM BLK/BLU

�

f Po1w£R

rRAIN C

oN

rRol

MODULE (PCM)

� "

1 O BLUi:'.WHT • GRN/ RED

SHIFT INTERLOCK 4 , · 1 0

_ _ - - - 1 UNDERDASH �1 i l;![ \:'1 '"1 m

" "' al !< vi CRUISE

CONTROL SYSTEM

BLU I I

" " � i6 � => z ' r c � � � - - - - - - - - - - - - -l ��iE/RELAY fi)J r -I

I INTEGRATED

I ' OO��'�'

' • e o O • !

I r - - - ,

I � i li! >- "

" '""'

' ' - - ,

CHECK I I - - - -II � OUTP'!_! _J

I A/T GEAR r ti l

O 'I

- -

POSITION ! � 2 ' ,.

' '"'" ' . ' ' 1 2 YEL/BLK

' '

' ' '

'

J ' - - - "

� - - - - - - - - -

G�N�

i - - - - - -

L - - - - �i - - -RED/ GRN

USA -

" � "' � >-

� w � z "' "

r l FUEL I .UEL I TANK I GAUGE LOW FUEL UNIT

I SENDING INDICATOR I UNIT THERMISTOR I

I I

::�,��- 0 '\% .ll LIGHTS (DRL)

I I G��b

I I

CONTROL UNIT I I

BRAKE FLUID ·I I

RUNN1NG1 � I � r I 1J/c

R�:r- ..J LEVEL SWITCH

L ' J

GRN BLK

uNDERDAsH r I 1 FUSE/RELAY I I BOX I I

I I

REO�I J

GRN

BLK � m

' - - -f - - - - - - - "

*

ITT PARKING w BRAKE SWITCH ITT PARKING w BRAKE SWITCH

* *

Warning lights and gauges system - 1999 and later CR-V models (2 of 2)

z "' " r)= - 1 o/D orr I 1 SWITCH I I L - �r

�1 *

-12-88

HOT IN ON OR START r - - - - - - - - - - - - - - , I I j rR WIPER I I rR WASHER I I rusE 2& I I 20A I I I I I I I I I I I

r - - - - - - - - - - - 1 I �------� I

IGNITION :E-1 .

I

INT WIPER ON INPUT

I '

I I I I 1 . I I I >-li I I I I I I I I I I

I I I I

I I I I

PARK INPUT WASHER SW ON

GROUND :� I I INT /PARK WIPE CTRL I I INTERMITTENT WIPER

I I I I I RELAY CIRCUIT I

I L _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ J I INTEGRATED CONTROL I UNIT L - - - - - - - - - - - -UNOERDASH rUSE/RELAY BOX

I I I I I I

_ _ _J


GRN/BLK

GRN}'BLK

YEL IBLU BLUIWHT WHVBLK BLK

tit·

BLU IBLK

T

BLU/ BLll BLU BLU/ YEL/ GRN/ BLK YEL BLU BLK

�

GRN/BLK

BLU/YEL

.:i-BLU

I I RUN

BLU/WHT 1�� PARK

·lit� •I

WINDSHIELD WIPER lwlOTOR

WHT/ BLK

�r-

- - --

--

� J

/C

L _ _ _ _ _ _ j..J WHT/ �v1 BLK BLK

WASHER MOTOR [!]WINDSHIELD

. --l �

WHT/ BLK

, r - - - --

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - �m��TI�

.-+-+----l------------l---1---�-----l-- wlNOSHIHD

Off lwllST t.AIST LO

• • OFT WASH

WIPER/ WASHER SWITCH

I W1PER I SWITCH

I I I I I I I I I I

L - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - �

Windshield wiper/washer system - CR-V models

199

7 R

EAR

WIPE

R

I

t;::· Off

WASH

I I I : 0 W•

SH

•ON Of

f �

I I I RE

AR W

INOOW

WIPE

R/

L -��

E'.'..:.w.:'.�

-CO

MBINA

TION

WIPE

R SW

ITCH

WIPE

R SW

ON

PARK

IN

WIPE

R CT

RL

GND

WASH

SW

IN IC

N IN

REAR

WIND

OW

WIPE

R CO

NTRO

L UN

IT

I I WHT

I I GRN I B

LK

I

I LT

GRN

BLU

LT GR

N/RE

D LT

GRN

/BLK

LT

GRN

BLK

GRN/

BLK

GRN

BLK

,, ;) GRN

GRN HO

T IN

ON O

R ST

ART

r -

--

--

--

----,

UND

ER-D

ASH

[ RR

WIPE

R I

FUSE

/RE

LAY

J �� S�Aj>

HER

J BOX

I 10

• I

I I

G �r--

-G�s-

--

_J I�

• --

-i I

: GR

N/BL

K

GRN

LT GR

N/R[

O "

LT GR

N/ BLK

LT GR

N/BL

K (N

OT U

SED)

"

GRN/

BLK

BLK ..

BLK ·I

•

.r1 BL

K BL

K

r�1

� �

� L _

__

J J/

C

�

I :Rr- PARK

REAR

1 WI

PER

GRN I

BLK

BLK m

REA�

w ER

OR

1998

-01

REAR

WIPE

R

HOT

IN ON

OR

ST AR

T r

--

--

-

-

1UND

ERDA

SH

I RR

WIP

ER

1rus

E/RE

LAY

I RR

WAS

HER

I I

��!E

J I

I I

L _

__

__

_ J

,------11f-'-

� -"-W H"-'T -,)}-

G e:;R ::.:.N _

_ G _R N l

GRN

I : GRN :)

GRN

i r-

--

--

--

-,

BLK

I LT

I GRN

LT G

RN/

RED

(NOT

USE

D)

BLU

" GR

N/BL

K

GRN

LT GR

N

WASH

LT GR

N/

BLK

r --

-1 ,

--

-=--=-

--

--

-!I

-

--

--

1--

-1

I I

PARK

INPU

T I

I LT

GRN/

I I

I --:

�B�L K:___

-l-_J

_l

I

I I

I I

r �

BOX GRti_

� ,------,

GRN

LT G

RN/ BLK

BLK

PARK

REAR

WIND

OW

WIPE

R •O

TOR

I I

I LT

GRN

I I I

I GRN/

I I

I BL

K

I I

I I L

T GR

N/

I I

ON IN

PUT

RED

I

GRN/

BLK

" ' '

'(!] I I

INTER

•ITTENT I

'l M

I l �[

LAY CIR

CUITWI

PER

I

rBL

K

I I RE

AR W

INDOW

GN

Dl�I

BLK

IN -

--

I

' ,J,\"""

'" '"

""''

-'

' ••

"'�

... �

L_ -

-

'

�

""""

""""

""" ,,

,--

--

-'

�' ""

E/RE

LAY

BOX-

--

_J

� �

Re

ar

win

do

w w

ipe

r/w

as

he

r s

ys

tem

-C

R-V

mo

de

ls

0

::::r

I»

'O

- <D

""

�

N

0

::::r

I» (/)

(/) u;·

<D <D

(') - "" (=)"

!!. � !e. <D

3 ......

I\)

I m

-12-90

HOT IN ON r � - 1 UNOEROASH I �¥SE I �g�E/RELAY

I 7.5A I L _ _ J

SV REFERENCE CRY GRN EVAP TEMP IN PNK/BLK AIR t.41X ORC/WHT BLWR MTR HI


HOT AT ALL TIMES

HOT AT ALL TIMES

HOT AT HOT AT ALL TIMES ALL TIMES � - - - - - - - - 4 F;;-S;- - - - - - - --;-;-U-;E-

- -- -- - - -- - - -- -- - - - -r F;;-S;- - - -, �; - � ��g5R-

I �6A ��A ��A ;:SA I ��( I 1 1 eox : ,l ,l ,l ,l : I I } \ I RAO- [BJ" CON- I } A/C [BJ BLOWER I I - - - - FAN

-- FAN - - - - PRESSOR

- -RELAY I IATOR DENSER

\ I COM- MOTOR

I J. RELAY RELAY J. CLUTCH I I ��--�-�� - RELAY 1 ��J- �r_ _ _ �r _ _ _ _ _ _ zrj-!-- - - - -�r- _ _ 0r _ _ _ _ _ _ _ :1j �r _ _ _ _ _ ", _ _ _ J

w a: w a: :r. w w ....J :t ....J s � $ <-' ): s a: m � $ � � � � i

I • *

-<� A/C COMPRESSOR

THERMAL PROTECTOR

+-+--+--+---'B"'L'-'K-�I·

REC RED -,, , BLK •ljo �

A/C COMPRESSOR CLUTCH

WHT N BLU/BLK �

BLK/RED

BLK -CONDENSER FAN MOTOR

BLU/BLK -BLK

RADIATOR FAN MOTOR

• --=:......(CRN i ITT ""��

RADIATOR FAN SWITCH

SENSOR GNO BRN BLU/WHT f )---;�-,,,.,,.,,,----+-+-+------------------ • -t--t-----. A/C ON OUT WHT/BLU BATIERY YEL HEAT/DEFRST BLU/BLK HEAT GRN/YEL HEAT/VENT YEL/RED VENT YEL/BLU DEFROST

AIR MIX COOL REO/BLU REO/YEL AIR MIX HOT BRN/WHT MOTOR GHO LT GRN/BLK POWER TRANS

IGNITION BLK/YEL GRN/REO 1)--�...,.. ....... ----i� • �------ · �-+-+-+-+-+-i-.

RECIRCULATE F"RESH GRN/WHT

OEFOCCER SW BLU/YEL

OEFOCCER SW RED

DIMMING CKT REO/BLK BLK GROUND BLU/BLK BLWR MTR CTL


' '--..,.-' INTERIOR

LIGHTS SYST[M

ODD RECIRCULATION MOOE AIR MIXTURE

CONTROL MOTOR CONTROL MOTOR CONTROL MOTOR

EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE

SENSOR

Heater and air conditioning system - CR-V models

r u - u - v,1 I � � � I I � I I I L _ _ _ _ _ _J

POWERTRAIH CONTROL MODULE

Bl UIWHT ''DJ . . BLU/REO

A/C PRESSURE SWITCH

.


HOT IN ACC OR ON I -1- - - - l UNDERDASH I RADIO I FUSE/RELAY BOX

I �g�E 28 I L _ _ _ _ _ J

YEL/ RED

HOT AT ALL Tl!.IES r - I - - - - 1 uNDERHooo

BACK UP, \ FUSE/RELAY I (RADIO) BOX \ FUSE 47 I L _ :.:_s� - _ J ,

WHT/ REOIYEL BLU ..-i-' BRNIWHT � ...

RIGHT REAR SPEAKER

ANTENNA BLUIYEL r-"' -J GRY IWHT 11

NCA 't._ YEL/REO

) ' ) ' , ' J ) ) )

I F I F -

RED/YEL BLU/YEL RED£'.GRN L BLU BLU RED)�LK • INTERIOR LIGHTS SYSTE!.l WHT BLU BRN/WHT GRY /WHT BRN£'.BLK�)GRY£'.BLK ' RED GRY £'.BLK � RED RED .. l,NTERIOR LIGHTS SYSTE!.l BLK ejl DIN CABLE

•co PLAYER w /co CHANGER

OINl BLE

r - 1 co

I I L _ ..J

.

CABLE OINl r -, co

I I L _ ..J

... .. ...... .. ...

Audio system - CR-V models

BLU ( /' REO /'(

BLU /(

RED /(

LEFT REAR SPEAKER

BLU [j]J RED

RIGHT FRONT TWEETER (Ir EQUIPPED}

RED r-BLU I �

t--., RIGHT FRONT

SPEAKER (Ir EQUIPPED)

BLU [j]J RED

LErT FRONT TWEETER

(IF EQUIPPED}

r-"' RED

BLU Jl ....., LEFT FRONT

SPEAKER (If. EQUIPPED}

1 2-91

- 1 2-92 Chapter 1 2 Chassis electrical system

Notes

Index A About this manual, 0-2 Accelerator cable, removal, installation and

adjustment, 4-1 1 Acknowledgements, 0-2 Air cleaner housing, removal and installation, 4-1 0 Air conditioning

compressor clutch circuit, check, 3-1 4 compressor, removal and installation, 3-1 5 condenser, removal and installation, 3-1 6 evaporator and expansion valve, removal and

installation, 3-1 6 receiver-drier, removal and installation, 3-1 4

Air conditioning and heating system, check and maintenance, 3-1 2

Air filter replacement, 1 -23 Airbag system, general information, 1 2-20 Alternator, removal and installation, 5-1 0 Antenna, removal and installation, 1 2-9 Antifreeze, general information, 3-2 Automatic transaxle and Continuously Variable Transaxle

(CVT), 7B-1 through 7B-12 diagnosis, general, 78-2 fluid

change, 1 -32 level check, 1 -1 4

gear position switch, check, adjustment and replacement, 78-5

general information, 78-2 interlock system, description, check and solenoid

replacement and adjustment, 78-7 lock-up control solenoid and shift control solenoid , check

and replacement, 78-1 O removal and installation, 78- 1 0 shift cable, replacement and adjustment, 78-3 throttle control cable, check and adjustment {lntegra

models), 78-3 Automotive chemicals and lubricants, 0-14

IND-1

B Back-up light switch (manual transaxle), check and

replacement, 7 A-4 Balljoints, replacement, 1 0-7 Battery

check and replacement, 5-3 check, maintenance and charging, 1 -1 6 emergency jump starting, 0-6

Battery cables, check and replacement, 5-4 Blower motor and circuit, check and component

replacement, 3-8 Blower motor, removal and installation, 3-1 0 Body, 1 1 -1 through 1 1 -20 '

bumper covers and bumpers, removal and installation, 1 1 -6

center console, removal and installation, 1 1 -1 5 cowl cover, removal and installation, 1 1 -1 9 dashboard trim panels, removal and jnstallation, 1 1 -16 door

latch, lock cylinder and handles, removal and 'installation, 1 1 -1 3

trim panel, removal and installation, 1 1 -1 1 window glass regulator, removal and installation, 1 1 -14 window glass, removal and installation, 1 1 -14 removal, installation anq adjustment, 1 1 -1 2

fill ing and painting, 1 1 -5 front fender, removal and installation, 1 1 -8 general information, 1 1 -1 hinges and locks, maintenance, 1 1 -5 hood release latch and cable, removal and installation, 1 1 -6 hood, removal, installation and adjustment, 1 1 -5 instrument panel, removal and installation, 1 1 - 18 liftgate latch, lock cylinder and support struts, removal and

installation, 1 1 -9 ·

l iftgate, removal, installation and adjustment, 1 1 -10 maintenance, 1 1 - 1 radiator grille {CR-V models), removal and

installation, 1 1 -20

IN D-2 Index

rear hatch glass and support struts (CR-V models), removal, installation and adjustment, 1 1 -22

rearview mirrors, removal and installation, 1 1 - 1 5 repair

major damage, 1 1 -5 m inor damage, 1 1 -4

seats, remoyal and installation, 1 1 -1 9 steering column covers, removal and installation, 1 1 -1 7 tailgate

and assist strut (CR-V models), removal, installation and adjustment, 1 1 -21

latch, lock cylinder and handle (CR-V models), removal and installation, 1 1 -20 i

trunk lid latch, lock cylinder and support struts, removal and installation, 1 1 - 1 0

trunk lid, removal, installation and adjustment, 1 1 -1 0 trunk release and fuel door cables, removal and

installation, 1 1 -1 1 upholstery and carpets, maintenance, 1 1 -4 vinyl trim, maintenance, 1 1 -1 windshield and fixed glass, replacement, 1 1 -5

Booster battery Oump) starting, 0-6 Brake check, 1 -20 Brake fluid


Brakes, 9-1 through 9-22 Anti-lock Brake System (ABS), general information and

trouble codes, 9-3 brake disc, inspection, removal and installation, 9-9 brake light switch , check, replacement and

adjustment, 9-21 disc brake

caliper, removal and installation, 9-8 pads, replacement, 9-4

drum brake shoes, replacement, 9-1 0 fluid level switch, check and replacement, 9-22 general information, 9-2 hoses and l ines, inspection and replacement, 9-1 7 hydraulic system, bleeding, 9-1 8 master cylinder, removal and installation, 9-1 7 parking brake

adjustment, 9-20 cable(s), replacement, 9-20

power brake booster, check, removal and installation, 9-1 9 wheel cylinder, removal and installation, 9-1 6

Bulb replacement, 1 2-12 Bumper covers and bumpers, removal and

installation, 1 1 -6 Buying parts, 0-7

c Camshafts and rocker arms, removal, inspection and

installation Single overhead cam (SOHC) engines, 2A- 1 3 Dual overhead cam (DOHC) engines, 2B-1 1

Catalytic converter, 6-1 9 Center console, removal and installation, 1 1 -15

Charging system check, 5-9 general information and precautions, 5-9

Chassis electrical system, 12-1 through 12-92 Circuit breakers, general information, 1 2-3 Clutch

components, removal, inspection and installation, 8-4 description and check, 8-2 fluid level check, 1 -1 2 hydraulic system, bleeding, 8-3 master cylinder, removal and installation, 8-2 pedal adjustment, 8-7 release bearing and fork, removal, inspection and

installation, 8-6 release cylinder, removal and installation, 8-3

Clutch and driveline, 8-1 through 8-16 Conversion factors, 0-1 6 Coolant temperature gauge sending unit, check and

replacement, 3-8 Cooling system check, 1 -19 Cooling system servicing (draining, flushing and

refilling}, 1 -30 Cooling, heating and air conditioning systems,

3-1 through 3-18 air conditioning and heating system, check and

maintenance, 3-1 2 antifreeze, general information, 3-2 blower motor and circuit, check and component

replacement, 3-8 blower motor, removal and installation , 3-1 0 compressor clutch circuit, check, 3-1 4 compressor, removal and installation, 3-1 5 condenser, removal and installation, 3-1 6 coolant temperature gauge sending unit, check and

replacement, 3-8 engine cooling fan(s) and circuit, check and component

replacement, 3-5 evaporator and expansion valve, removal and

installation, 3-1 6 general information, 3-2 heater and air conditioning control assembly, removal ,

installation and cable adjustment, 3-1 0 heater core, replacement, 3-1 1 oil cooler, removal and installation, 3-7 radiator and coolant reservoir, removal and installation, 3-6 receiver-drier, removal and installation, 3-14 thermostat, check and replacement, 3-4 water pump

check, 3-7 replacement, 3-8

Cowl cover, removal and installation, 1 1 -19 Crankshaft

inspection, 2C-20 installation and main bearing oil clearance check, 2C-24 removal, 2C-1 6

Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor (CKF}, check and replacement, 6-1 3

Crankshaft front oil seal, replacement Single overhead cam (SOHC) engines, 2A- 1 3 Dual overhead cam (DOHC) engines, 2B-8

Crankshaft Position (CKP) sensor, check and replacement, 6-1 2

Cruise control system, description and check, 12-17 Cylinder compression check, 2C-8 Cylinder head

cleaning and inspection, 2C- 1 2 disassembly, 2C- 1 2 reassembly, 2C-1 4 removal and installation

Single overhead cam (SOHC) engines, 2A- 1 4 Dual overhead cam (DOHC) engines, 2B- 1 4

Cylinder honing, 2C-1 8 Cylinder Position (CYP) sensor, check and

replacement, 6-1 2

D Dashboard trim panels, removal and installation, 1 1 -1 6 Daytime Running Lights (DRL), general information, 12-14 Differential (4WD CR-V models)

lubricant change, 1 -33 level check, 1 -26 removal and installation, 8-1 5 oil seals, replacement, 8-1 4

Distributor, removal and installation, 5-7 Door

latch , lock cylinder and handles, removal and installation, 1 1 -1 3

lock system, power, description and check, 1 2- 1 9 trim panel, removal and installation, 1 1 -1 1 window glass regulator, removal and installation, 1 1 -1 4 window glass, removal and installation, 1 1 - 1 4 removal, installation and adjustment, 1 1 -1 2

Driveaxle boot, replacement, 8-1 0 oil seals, replacement

front, ?A-2 rear, 8-1 4

removal and installation , 8-8 Drivebelt check, adjustment and replacement, 1 -17 Driveshaft (4WD CR-V models), check, removal and

installation, 8-13

E Electrical Load Detector (ELD), check and

replacement, 6-1 3 Electrical troubleshooting, 12-1 Emissions and engine control systems, 6-1 through 6-20

catalytic converter, 6-1 9 Crankshaft Fluctuation Sensor (CKF), check and

replacement, 6-1 3 Crankshaft Position (CKP) sensor, check and

replacement, 6-1 2 Cylinder Position (CYP) sensor, check and

replacement, 6-1 2 Electrical Load Detector (ELD), check and

replacement, 6-1 3 Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) sensor, check and

replacement, 6-1 2 Evaporative emissions control (EVAP) system, 6-1 8

Index IN D-3

Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) system, 6-1 8 Fast Idle Thermo (FIT) valve, check and replacement, 6-1 6 general information, 6-3 Idle Air Control (IAC) system, 6-1 5 Intake Air Bypass (IAB) system, 6-1 7 Intake Air Temperature (IAT) sensor, check and

replacement, 6-1 1 knock sensor, check and replacement, 6-1 5 Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) sensor, check and

replacement, 6-1 0 On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) system and trouble codes, 6-4 oxygen sensor (02S), check and replacement, 6-1 4 Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) system, 6-1 8 Power Steering Pressure (PSP) switch, check and

replacement, 6-1 3 Powertrain Control Module (ECM/PCM), removal and

installation, 6-1 0 Throttle Position Sensor (TPS), check and

replacement, 6-1 0 Top Dead Center sensor (TDC), check and

replacement, 6-1 2 Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS), check and replacement, 6-1 5

Engine general engine overhaul procedures, 2C-1 through 2C-28

block cleaning, 2C-1 6 inspection, 2C-1 7

crankshaft inspection, 2C-20 installation and main bearing oil clearance

check, 2C-24 removal, 2C-1 6

cylinder compression check, 2C-8 cylinder head

cleaning and inspection, 2C- 1 2 disassembly, 2C- 1 2 reassembly, 2C-1 4

cylinder honing, 2C-1 8 engine overhaul, disassembly sequence, 2C-1 1 engine rebuilding alternatives, 2C-1 1 engine removal , methods and precautions, 2C-9 engine, removal and installation, 2C-9 general information, 2C-7

-

initial start-up and break-in after overhaul, 2C-27 main and connecting rod bearings, inspection and

selection, 2C-21 oil pressure che9k, 2C-7 overhaul, reassembly sequence, 2C-22 piston rings, installation, 2C-23 pistons and connecting rods

inspection, 2C- 1 9 installation and rod bearing oil clearance

check, 2C-26 removal, 2C-1 5

rear main oil seal, installation, 2C-25 vacuum gauge diagnostic checks, 2C-8 valves, servicing, 2C- 1 4

Engine, Single overhead cam (SOHC), 2A-1 through 2A-20 camshaft, removal , inspection and installation, 2A-1 3 crankshaft front oil seal, replacement, 2A- 1 3 cylinder head, removal and installation, 2A- 1 4 engine mounts, check and replacement, 2A-1 8

- I N D-4 Index

exhaust manifold, removal and installation, 2A-5 flywheel/driveplate, removal and installation, 2A- 1 7 general information, 2A-2 intake manifold, removal and installation, 2A-4 oil pan, removal and installation, 2A-1 5 oil pump, removal, inspection and installation, 2A-1 6 rear main oil seal, replacement, 2A- 1 8 repair operations possible with the engine in the

vehicle, 2A-2 rocker arm assembly, removal, inspection and

installation, 2A-7 timing belt and sprockets, fomovq.I, inspection and

installation, 2A-1 1 ; Top Dead Center (TDC), locating, 2A-3 valve cover, removal and installation, 2A-4 valve springs, retainers and seals, replacement, 2A· 1 0 VTEC systems, description and component check, 2A-6

Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) sensor, check and replacement, 6-1 2

Engine cooling fan(s) and circuit, check and component replacement, 3-5

Engine electrical systems, 5-1 through 5-1 4 Engine, Dual overhead cam (DOHC), 28-1 through 28-18

camshafts and rocker arms, removal, inspection and installation, 28-1 1

crankshaft front oil seal, replacement, 28-8 cylinder head, removal and installation, 28- 1 4 engine mounts, check and replacement, 28-1 6 exhaust manifold, removal and installation, 28-6 flywheel/driveplate, removal and installation, 28-1 6 general information, 28-3 intake manifold, removal and installation, 28-5 oil pan, removal and installation, 28-1 5 oil pump, removal, inspection and installation, 28-1 5 rear main oil seal, replacement, 28-1 6 repair operations possible with the engine in the

vehicle, 28-4 timing belt and sprockets, removal , inspection and

installation, 28-7 Top Dead Center (TDC) for number one piston,

locating, 28-4 valve cover, removal and installation, 28-5 valve springs, retainers and seals, replacement, 28- 1 3 VTEC system, general description and component

checks, 28-9 Engine mounts, check and replacement

Single overhead cam (SOHC) engines, 2A-1 8 Dual overhead cam (DOHC) engines, 28-1 6

Engine oil and oil filter change, 1 -14 Evaporative emissions control (EVAP) system, 6-18 Exhaust Gas Recirculation (EGR) system, 6-18 Exhaust manifold, removal and installation

Single overhead cam (SOHC) engines, 2A-5 Dual overhead cam (DOHC) engines, 28-6

Exhaust system check, 1 -26 servicing , general information, 4-1 5

F Fast Idle Thermo (Fin valve, check and replacement, 6-1 6 Fender, front, removal and installation, 1 1 -8

Fluid level checks automatic transaxle and Continuously Variable Transaxle

(CVT), 1 -1 4 brake and clutch fluid, 1 -1 2 differential (4WD CR-V models}, 1 -26 engine coolant, 1 -1 1 engine oi l , 1 -1 0 manual transaxle, 1 -24 power steering, 1 -1 3 windshield washer fluid, 1 -1 1

Flywheel/driveplate, removal and installation Single overhead cam (SOHC) engines, 2A-1 7 Dual overhead cam (DOHC) engines, 28-1 6

Fraction/Decimal/Millimeter Equivalents, 0-1 7 Fuel and exhaust systems, 4-1 through 4-16

accelerator cable, removal , installation and adjustment, 4-1 1

air cleaner housing, removal and installation, 4-1 0 exhaust system servicing, general information, 4-1 5 fuel injection system

check, 4-1 2 general information, 4-1 1

fuel injectors, check, removal and installation, 4-1 3 fuel level sending unit, check and replacement, 4-8 fuel l ines and fittings, repair and replacement, 4-6 fuel pressure regulator, check and replacement, 4- 1 3 fuel pressure relief procedure, 4-4 fuel pump, removal and installation, 4-7 fuel pump/fuel pressure, check, 4-4 fuel tank

cleaning and repair, general information, 4-1 0 removal and installation, 4-9

general information, 4-2 throttle body, removal and installation, 4-1 2

Fuel filter replacement, 1 -28 Fuel system check, 1 -23 Fuses, general information, 12-2

G Gear boots, steering, replacement, 1 0-12 Gear position switch automatic and Continuously Variable

Transaxle (Cvn, check, adjustment and replacement, 78-5

Gear, steering, removal and installation, 1 0-12 General engine overhaul procedures, 2C-1 through 2C-28

block cleaning, 2C- 1 6 inspection, 2C-1 7

crankshaft inspection, 2C-20 installation and main bearing oil clearance check, 2C-24 removal, 2C- 1 6

cylinder compression check, 2C-7 cylinder head

cleaning and inspection, 2C- 1 2 disassembly, 2C-1 2 reassembly, 2C-1 4

cylinder honing, 2C- 1 8 engine overhaul , disassembly sequence, 2C-1 1

Index IND-5

engine rebuilding alternatives, 2C-1 1 engine removal, methods and precautions, 2C-9 engine, removal and installation, 2C-9 general information, 2C-7 initial start-up and break-in after overhaul , 2C-27 main and connecting rod bearings, i nspection and

selection, 2C-21 oil pressure check, 2C-7 overhaul, reassembly sequence, 2C-22 piston rings, installation, 2C-23 pistons and connecting rods

inspection, 2C- 1 9 installation and rod bearing oil clearance check, 2C-26 removal, 2C-1 5

rear main oil seal, installation, 2.C-25 vacuum gauge diagnostic checks, 2C-8 valves, servicing, 2C- 1 4

H Hazard/turn signal flashers, check and replacement, 12-4 Headlight housing, replacement, 12-12 Headlight

adjustment, 1 2-1 1 replacement, 1 2-1 0

Heater and air conditioning control assembly, removal, installation and cable adjustment, 3-10

Heater core, replacement, 3-1 1 Hinges and locks, maintenance, 1 1 -5 Hood release latch and cable, removal and

installation, 1 1 -6 Hood, removal, installation and adjustment, 1 1 -5 Horn, check and replacement, 12-15 Hub and bearing assembly, removal and illustration

front, 1 0-7 rear, 1 0-8

I Idle Air Control (IAC) system, 6-1 5 Idle speed check and adjustment, 1 -30 Ignition coil, check and replacement, 5-6 Ignition Control Module (ICM}, check and replacement, 5-7 Ignition switch and key lock cylinder, check and

replacement, 12-5 Ignition system

check, 5-5 general information, 5-5

Ignition timing, check and adjustment, 5-8 Initial start-up and break-in after overhaul, 2C-27 Instrument cluster, removal and installation, 12-8 Instrument panel

gauges, check, 1 2-8 switches, check and replacement, 1 2-7 removal and installation, 1 1 -1 8

Intake Air Bypass (IAB) system, 6-1 7 Intake Air Temperature (IAT} sensor, check and

replacement, 6-1 1

Intake manifold, removal and installation Single overhead cam (SOHC) engines, 2A-4 Dual overhead cam (DOHC) engines, 28-5

Interior ventilation filter replacement, (CR-V}, 1 -32 Intermediate shaft, removal and installation, 8-10 Introduction to the Honda Civic, CR-V and Acura

lntegra, 0-4

J Jacking and towing, 0-1 3

K Knock sensor, check and replacement, 6-1 5

L Liftgate latch, lock cylinder and support struts, removal

and installation, 1 1 -9 Liftgate, removal, installation and adjustment, 1 1 -1 0 Lock-up control solenoid and shift control solenoid, check

and replacement, 78-1 0 Lower control arm, removal and installation, front, 1 0-6

M Main and connecting rod bearings, inspection and

selection, 2C-21 Maintenance Required indicator, resetting, 1 -33 Maintenance schedule, 1 -9 Maintenance techniques, 0-7 Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) sensor, check and

replacement, 6-1 0 Manual transaxle, 7A-1 through 7A-6

back-up light switch, check and replacement, 7A-4 driveaxle oil seals, replacement, 7 A-2 general information, 7 A-2 lubricant

change, 1 -32 level check, 1 -24

overhaul , general information, 7 A-6 removal and installation, 7A-4 shift cables (CR-V models), removal and installation, 7 A-4 shift lever and linkage (Civic and lntegra models), removal

and installation, 7 A-3 transaxle mount, check and replacement, 7 A-3

Master cylinder, removal and installation, 9-F Mirrors, removal and installation, 1 1 -15

0 Oil cooler, removal and installation, 3-7 Oil pan, removal and installation

Single overhead cam (SOHC) engines, 2A- 1 5 Dual overhead cam (DOHC) engines, 2 8- 1 5

- IN D-6 Index

Oil pressure check, 2C-7 Oil pump, removal, inspection and installation

Single overhead cam (SOHC) engines, 2A-1 6 Dual overhead cam (DOHC) engines, 28- 1 5

On-Board Diagnostic OBD) system and trouble codes, 6-4 Oxygen sensor (02S), check and replacement, 6-14

p Parking brake

adjustment, 9-20 / cable(s), replacement, 9-20 check, 1 -22

Pilot bearing, inspection and replacement, 8-5 Piston rings, installation, 2C-23 Pistons and connecting rods

inspection, 2C- 1 9 installation and rod bearing oil clearance check, 2C-26 removal, 2C-1 5

Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) system, 6-1 8 Positive Crankcase Ventilation (PCV) valve and hose check

and replacement, 1 -28 Power brake booster, check, removal and

installation, 9-1 9 Power steering fluid level check, 1 -13 Power Steering Pressure (PSP) switch, check and

replacement, 6-1 3 Power steering pump, removal and installation, 1 0-13 Power steering system, bleeding, 1 0-13 Powertrain Control Module (ECM/PCM), removal and

installation, 6-1 0

R Radiator and coolant reservoir, removal and

installation, 3-6 Radiator grille (CR-V models}, removal and

installation, 1 1 -20 Radio and speakers, removal and installation, 1 2-9 Rear differential lubricant

level check, (CR-V), 1 -26 replacement, (CR-V), 1 -33

Rear hatch glass and support struts (CR-V models), removal, installation and adjustment, 1 1 -22

Rear main oil seal, installation (during overhaul}, 2C-25 Rear main oil seal, replacement (in-vehicle}

Single overhead cam (SOHC) engines, 2A- 1 8 Dual overhead cam (DOHC) engines, 28-1 6

Rear view mirrors, electric, description and check, 12-20 Rear view mirrors, removal and installation, 1 1 -15 Relays, general information, 1 2-3 Repair operations possible with the engine in the vehicle


s Safety first!, 0-15

Seat belt check, 1 -22 Seats, removal and installation, 1 1 -19 Shift cable (automatic transaxle}, replacement and

adjustment, 78-3 Shift cables (CR-V models with manual transaxle}, 7A-4 Shift lever and linkage (Civic and lntegra with manual

transaxle}, removal and installation, 7A-3 Shock absorber or coil spring, replacement, 1 0-4 Shock absorber/coil spring assembly, removal and

installation front, 1 0-3 rear, 1 0-7

Spark plug check and replacement, 1 -26 Spark plug wire, distributor cap and rotor check and

replacement, 1 -28 Stabilizer bar and bushings, removal and installation

front, 1 0-5 rear, 1 0-8

Starter motor and circuit, in-vehicle check, 5-1 2 removal and installation, 5-1 2

Starter solenoid, removal and installation, 5-P Starter/clutch interlock switch, check, replacement and

adjustment, 8-7 Starting system, general information and precautions, 5-1 1 Steering column

covers, removal and installation, 1 1 -1 7 switches, check and replacement, 1 2-4

Steering knuckle and hub assembly, removal and installation, 10-7

Steering system general information, 1 0-3 power steering pump, removal and installation, 1 0- 1 3 power steering system, bleeding, 1 0-1 3 steering gear boots, replacement, 1 0- 1 2 steering gear, removal and installation, 1 0- 1 2 steering wheel, removal and installation, 1 0- 1 0 tie-rod erids, removal and installation, 1 0-1 1 wheel alignment, general information, 1 0- 1 4 wheels and tires, general information, 1 0- 1 4

Suspension and steering systems, 1 0-1 through 1 0-14 Suspension system

balljoints, replacement, 1 0-7 general information, 1 0-3 hub and bearing assembly, removal and i l lustration

front, 1 0-7 •

rear, 1 0-8 lower control arm, removal and installation, front, 1 0-6 shock absorber or coil spring, replacement, 1 0-4 shock absorber/coil spring assembly, removal and

installation front, 1 0-3 rear, 1 0-7

stabilizer bar and bushings, removal and instal lation front, 1 0-5 rear, 1 0-8

steering knuckle and hub assembly, removal and installation, 1 0-7

suspension arms (rear), removal and installation, 1 0-9 upper control arm, removal and installation, front, 1 0-5

Suspension, steering and driveaxle boot check, 1 -24

T Tailgate

and assist strut (CR-V models), removal, installation and adjustment, 1 1 -2 1

Index

Transfer case, (4WD CR-V models}, removal and installation, 8-16

Troubleshooting, 0-1 8

IND-7

Trunk lid latch, lock cylinder and support struts, removal and installation, 1 1 -10

latch , lock cylinder and handle (CR-V models), removal and Trunk lid, removal, installation and adjustment, 1 1 -1 0 Trunk release and fuel door cables, removal and

installation, 1 1 -1 1 installation, 1 1 -20

Thermostat, check and replacement, 3-4 Throttle body, removal and installation, 4-12 Throttle control cable, check and adjustment (lntegra

models}, 78-3 Throttle Position Sensor (TPS), check and

replacement, 6-10 Tie-rod ends, removal and installation, 10- 1 1 Timing belt and sprockets, remQval, inspection and

installation Single overhead cam (SOHC) engines, 2A-9 Dual overhead cam (DOHC) engines, 28-7

Tire and tire pressure checks, 1 -12 Tire rotation, 1 -20 Tools, 0-9 Top Dead Center (TDC) for number one piston, locating


Top Dead Center (TDC) sensor, check and replacement, 6-1 2

Transaxle, automatic and Continuously Variable (CVT}, 78-1 through 78-12 diagnosis, general, 78-2 fluid


gear position switch, check, adjustment and replacement, 78-5

general information, 78-2 interlock system, description, check and solenoid

replacement and adjustment, 78-7 lock-up control solenoid and shift control solenoid, check

and replacement, 78-1 0 removal and installation, 78-1 0 shift cable, replacement and adjustment, 78-3 throttle control cable, check and adjustment (l ntegra

models), 78-3 Transaxle, manual, 7A-1 through 7A-6

back-up light switch, check and replacement, 7 A-4 driveaxle oil seals, replacement, 7 A-2 general information, 7 A-2 lubricant

change, 1 -32 level check, 1 -24

mount, check and replacement, 7 A-3 overhaul, general information, 7A-6 removal and installation, 7 A-4 shift cables (CR-V models), removal and installation, 7 A-4 shift lever and linkage (Civic and lntegra models), removal

and installation, 7 A-3 transaxle mount, check and replacement, 7 A-3

Tune-up and routine maintenance, 1 -1 through 1 -34 Tune-up general information, 1-10

u Underhood hose check and replacement, 1 -1 9 Upholstery and carpets, maintenance, 1 1 -4 Upper control arm, removal and installation, front, 10-5

v Vacuum gauge diagnostic checks, 2C-8 Valve clearance check and adjustment, 1 -22 Valve cover, removal and installation


Valve springs, retainers and seals, replacement Single overhead cam (SOHC) engines, 2A-1 O Dual overhead cam (DOHC) engines, 28- 1 3

Valves, servicing, 2C-14 Vehicle identification numbers, 0-5 Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS}, check and replacement, 6-15 Vinyl trim, maintenance, 1 1 -1 Voltage regulator and alternator brushes,

replacement, 5-1 1 VTEC system, general description and component checks


w Water pump

check, 3-7 replacement, 3-8

Wheel alignment, general information, 10-14 Wheel cylinder, remova� and installation, 9-16 Wheels and tires, general information, 10-14 Window defogger, rear, check and repair, 1 2-16 Window system, power, description and check, 12-1 7 Windshield and fixed glass, replacement, 1 1_ �5 Windshield wiper blade inspection and replacement, 1 -1 5 Wiper motor, check and replacement, 1 2-14 Wiring diagrams, general information, 12-22 Working facilities, 0-1 2

Haynes Automotive Manuals NOTE: If you do not see a fisting for your vehicle, consult your focal Haynes deafer for the latest product information.

A CURA 12020 lntegra '86 thru '89 & Legend '86 thru '90 12021 lntegra '90 thru '93 & Legend '91 thru '95

lntegra '94 thru '00 - see HONDA Civic (42025) MDX '01 1hru '07 - see HONOA Pilot (42037)

12050 Acura TL all models '99 thru '08 AMC Jeep CJ - see JEEP (50020)

14020 Concord/Homet/Gremlln/Splrit '70 thru '83 14025 (Renault) Alllance & Encore '83 thru '87

AUDI 15020 4000 all modets.'80 thru '87 15025 6000 all models,'77 thru '83 15026 5000 all models '84 thru '88

Audi A4 '96 thru '01 • see \IW Passat (96023) 15030 Audi A4 '02 thru '08

AUSTIN Healey Sprite - see MG Midget (66015)

BMW 1 8020 3/5 Serles '82 thru '92 1 8021 3 Serles including Z3 models '92 thru '98 1 8022 3-Serles incl. Z4 models '99 thru '05 1 8023 3-Serles '06 thru '1 0 1 8025 3201 all 4 cyl models '75 thru '83 18050 1 500 thru 2002 except Turbo '59 thru '77

BUICK 19010 Buick Century '97 thru '05

Century (front-wheel drive) - see GM (38005) 1 9020 Buick, Oldsmobile & Pontiac Full-size 19025 if �rcn�, ��;:��:> �8�!��

5Full-size

(Rear wheel drive) '70 thru '90 19030 Mid-size Regal & Century '74 thru '87

Regal - see GENERAL MOTORS (38010) Skyhawk - see GM (38030) Skylark - see GM (38020, 38025) Somerset - see GENERAL MOTORS (38025)

CADILLAC 21015 CTS & CTS-V '03 thru '12 21 030 Cadillac Rear Wheel Drive '70 thru '93

Cimarron, Eldorado & Seville - see GM (38015, 38030, 38031)

CHEVROLET 1 0305 Chevrolet Engine Overhaul Manual 24010 Astro & GMC Safari Mini-vans '85 thru '05 24015 Camaro VS all models '70 thru 'B1 24016 Camero all models 'S2 thru '92

Cavalier - see GM (38015) Celebrity - see GM (38005)

240 1 7 Camero & Firebird '93 thru '02 24020 Chevelle, Malibu, El Camino '69 thru 'S7 24024 Chevette & Pontiac T1000 '76 thru '87

24027 24032 24040 24041 24045

Citation - see GENERAL MOTORS (38020) Colorado & GMC Canyon '04 thru '10 Corsica/Beretta all models '87 thru '96 Corvette all VS models '6S thru 'S2 Corvette all models '84 thru '96 �i��-:;�:. �A�rs &C�a�c

oe��f0

a!�'ru '90 24046 Impala SS & Caprice and Buick Roadmaster

'91 thru '96 Impala '00 thru '05 - see LUM/NA (24048)

24047 Impala & Monte Carlo all models '06 thru '11 Lumlna '90 thru '94 - see GM (38010)

24048 Lumina & Monte Carlo '95 thru '05 Lumina APV - see GM (38035)

24050 Luv Pick-up all 2WD & 4WD '72 thru 'S2 Malibu - see GM (38026)

24055 Monte Carlo all models '70 thru '88 Monte Carlo '95 thru '01 - see LUM/NA Nova all VB models '69 thru '79 Nova/Geo Prizm 'S5 thru '92

24059 24060 24064 24065 24066 24067

24070 24071 24072

Pick-ups '67 thru '87 - Chevrolet & GMC Pick-ups 'S8 thru '98 - Chevrolet & GMC Pick-ups '99 thru '06 - Chevrolet & GMC Chevy Silverado & GMC Sierra '07 thru '12 S-10 & GMC S-15 Pick-ups '82 thru '93 �h��,:;:,��1:1��':::'�� t��: & Oldsmobile Bravada '02 thru '09

24075 Sprint '85 thru '88, Geo Metro '89 thru '01 24080 Vans -Chevrolet & GMC '68 thru '96 24081 Full-size Vans '96 thru '1 0

CHRYSLER 10310 Chrysler Engine Overhaul Manual 25015 Chrysler Cirrus, Dodge Stratus,

Plymouth Breeze, '95 thru '00 25020 Full-size Front-Wheel Drive '88 thru '93

K-Cars - see DODGE Aries (30008) Laser - see DODGE Daytona (30030)

25025 Chrysler LHS, Concorde & New Yorker, Dodge lntr

�id, Eagle Vision, '93 thru '97

25026 g:�s��t�e�d t;:9osnfh��4 300M,

25027 Chrysler 300, Dodge Charger & Magnum '05 thru '09

25030 Chrysler/Plym. Mid-size 'S2 thru '95 Rear-wheel Drive - see DODGE (30050)

25035 PT Cruiser all models '01 thru '10 25040 %�7t,s�ef0��r;p9;��9·2�19��

e.gg

atus DATSUN

28005 200SX all models 'SO thru '83 28007 B-21 O all models '73 thru '78 28009 210 all models '7S thru 'S2 28012 240Z, 260Z & 280Z Coupe '70 thru '78 28014 280ZX Coupe & 2+2 '79 thru 'B3

300ZX - see NISSAN (72010) 28018 510 & PL521 Pick-up '6S thru '73 28020 510 all models '78 thru '81

·

28022 620 Serles Pick-up all models '73 thru '79 720 Series Pick-up - see NISSAN (72030)

28025 810/Maxima all gas models '77 thru '84 DODGE

30008 30010 300 1 1 30012

400 & 600 - see CHRYSLER (25030) Aries & Plymouth Reliant 'S1 thru '89 Caravan & Ply. Voyager '84 thru '95 Caravan & Ply. Voyager '96 thru '02 Challenger/Plymouth Saporro '7S thru 'B3 Challenger '67-'76 - see DART (30025)

30013 Caravan, Chrysler Voyager, Town & Country '03 thru '07

30016 30020 30021 30022

Cott/Ptymouth Champ '78 thru '87 Dakota Pick-ups all models '87 thru '96 Durango '9B & '99, Dakota '97 thru '99 Durango '00 thru '03, Dakota '00 thru '04

30023 Durango '04 thru '09, Dakota '05 thru '11 30025 �av'!'n��:�6�r��!��t\�re��6

acuda 30030 Daytona & Chrysler Laser '84 thru '89

Intrepid - see Chrysler (25025, 25026) 30034 Dodge & Plymouth Neon '95 thru '99 30035 Omni & Plymouth Horizon '7B thru '90 30036 Dodge and Plymouth Neon '00 thru '05 30040 Pick-ups all full-size models '7 4 thru '93 30041 PlckMups all full-size models '94 thru '01 30042 Pick-ups full-size models '02 thru 'OS 30045

��!�f�:�r:�'P1�t�u�:�S��83 30050 Dodge/Ply./Chryaler RWD '71 thru '89 30055 Shadow/Plymouth Sundance 'S7 thru '94 30060 Spirit & Plymouth Acclalm 'S9 thru '95 30086 Vane - Dodge & Plymouth '71 thru '03

EAGLE FIAT .34010 34025

FORD 10320 1 0355 11500

38004

Talon - see MITSUBISHI (68030, 68031) Vision - see CHRYSLER (25025) 124 Sport Coupe & Spider '68 thru '7S X1/9 all models '74 thru 'BO

��: !�r!�a��e��a

a��.:::1��

1 Overhaul

Mustang '64-1/2 thru '70 Restoration Gulde AeroBtar Mini-vans 'SS thru '97 Aspire - see FORD Festiva (36030)

36006 Contour/Mercury Mystique '95 thru '00 36008 Courier Pick-up all models '72 thru 'S2 36012 g�:�.r ��r':�;; �s��1;11i 36016 Escort/Mercury Lynx 'B1 thru '90 36020 Escort/Mercury Tracer '91 thru '02

Expedition - see FORD PickMup (36059) Escape & Mazda Tribute '01 thru '1 1 Explorer & Mazda Navajo '91 thru '01 Explorer/Mercury Mountaineer '02 thru '10 Fairmont & Mercury Zephyr '78 thru '83 Festiva & Aspire 'SB thru '97

36022 36024 36025 36028 36030 36032 36034 36036 36044 36045 36048 36049 36050 36051 36052 36054 36058 36059 36060 36061 36062 36066

Fiesta all models '77 thru 'SO Focus all models '00 thru '1 1 Ford & Mercury Full-size '75 thru 'S7 Ford & Mercury Mid-size '75 thru '86 Ford Fusion & Mercury Milan '06 thru '10 Mustang VB all models '64-1/2 thru '73 Mustang II 4 cyl, VG & VB '74 thru '7S Mustang & Mercury Capri '79 thru '93 Mustang all models '94 thru '04 Mustang '05 thru '10 Pick-ups and Bronco '73 thru '79 Pick-ups and Bronco '80 thru '96 Pick-ups & Expedition '97 thru '09 Super Duty Pick-up, Excursion '99 thru '1 0 F-150 full-size '04 thru '10 Pinto & Mercury Bobcat '75 thru '80 Probe all models 'S9 thru '92 Probe '93 thru '97 - see MAZDA 626 (61042)

36070 Ranger/Bronco II gas models '83 thru '92 36071 Ford Ranger '93 thru '1 0 &

Mazda Pick-ups '94 thru '09 36074 Taurus & Mercury Sable '86 thru '95 36075 Taurus & Mercury Sable '96 thru '01 36078 Tempo & Mercury Topaz 'B4 thru '94 36082 Thunderbird/Mercury Cougar '83 thru '88 36086 Thunderbird/Mercury Cougar 'B9 thru '97 36090 Vans all VS Econoline models '69 thru '91 36094 Vans full size '92 thru '10 36097 Windstar Mini-van '95 thru '07

GENERAL MOTORS 1 0360 38005

38010

38015

3801 6 38017 38020

38025

38026

38027 38030

38031

38032

38035

38036

38040

38070

GEO

40030

GMC

GM Automatic Transmission Overhaul Buick Century, Chevrolet Celebrity, Olds Cutlass Ciera & Pontiac 6000 '82 thru '96

gjJ��:b1f:��::;��:-e�"!:":Pont1ac Grand Prix front wheel drive '88 thru '07 Buick Skyhawk Cadillac Cimarron, ��tj��9J.i�6�i

i:rs��:��h��9

n4za

Chevrolet Cavaller/Pontiae Sunflre '95 thru '05 Chevrolet Cobalt & Pontiac GS '05 thru '1 1 Buick Skylark, Chevrolet Citation, Olds Omega, Pontiac Phoenix 'BO thru 'S5 g�l��s ��:�1!c��d8� 9��iva, Chevrolet Malibu, Olds Alero & Cutlass, Pontiac Grand Am '97 thru '03 Chevrolet Mall bu '04 thru '1 O Cadillac Eldorado & Oldsmobile Toronado '71 thru '85, Seville '80 thru 'S5, Buick Riviera '79 thru 'S5 Cadillac Eldorado & Seville '86 thru '91 , DeVllle & Buick Riviera '86 thru '93, Fleetwood & Olds Toronado '86 thru '92 DeVllle '94 thru '05, Seville '92 thru '04 Cadillac DTS '06 thru '10 Chevrolet Lumina APV, Olds Silhouette & Pontiac Trans Sport '90 thru '96 Chevrolet Venture, Olds Silhouette, Pontiac Trans Sport & Montana '97 thru '05 GM Full-size RWD - see BUICK (19025) Chevrolet Equinox 'OS thru '09 Pontiac Torrent '06 thru '09 Chevrolet HHR '06 thru ' 1 1

Metro - see CHEVROLET Sprint (24075) Prizm - see CHEVROLET (24060) or TOYOTA (92036) Storm atl models '90 thru '93 Tracker - see SUZUKI Samurai (90010)

Vans & Pick-ups - see CHEVROLET

HONDA 42010 Accord CVCC all models '76 thru 'B3 420 1 1 Accord all models '84 thru '89 42012 Accord all models '90 thru '93 42013 Accord all models '94 thru '97 42014 Accord all models '9S thru '02 42015 Accord '03 thru '07 42020 Civic 1200 all models '73 thru '79 42021 Civic 1300 & 1 500 CVCC 'BO thru '83 42022 Civic 1500 CVCC all models '75 thru '79 42023 Civic all models '84 thru '91 42024 Civic & del Sol '92 thru '95 42025 Civic '96 thru '00, CR-V '97 thru '01 ,

Acura lntegra '94 thru '00 42026 Civic '01 thru '10, CR-V '02 thru '09 42035 Odyssey models '99 thru '1 0

Passport - see /SUZU Rodeo (47017)

42037 Honda Pilot '03 thru '07, Acura MDX '01 thru '07 42040 Prelude CVCC all models '79 thru '89

HYUNDAI 4301 O Elantra all models '96 thru '1 O 430 1 5 Excel & Accent all models 'S6 thru '09 43050 Santa Fe all models '01 thru '06 43055 Sonata all models '99 thru '08

INFINITI G35 '03 thru '08 - see NISSAN 350Z (7201 1)

ISUZU Hombre - see CHEVROLET S-10 (24071)

47017 Rodeo, Amigo & Honda Passport '89 thru '02 47020 Trooper '84 thru '91 , Pick-up '8� thru '93

JAGUAR 4901 O XJ8 all 6 cyl models '68 thru '86 49011 XJ6 all models '88 thru '94 49015 XJ12 & XJS all 1 2 cyl models '72 thru 'S5

JEEP 50010

50020 50025 50026 50029 50030 50035

KIA 54050 54070

LEXUS

fi�H°�8:il ��d:i�9� t��neer

CJ all models '49 thru 'B6 Grand Cherokee all models '93 thru '04 Grand Cherokee '05 thru '09 Grand Wagoneer & Pick-up '72 thru '91 Wrangler all models 'S7 thru '11 Liberty '02 thru '07

Optima '01 thru '1 o Sephia '94 thru '01, Spectra '00 thru '09, Sportage '05 thru '1 O

ES 300/330 -see TOYOTA Camry (92007) (92008) RX 330 - see TOYOTA Highlander (92095)

LINCOLN Navigator - see FORD Pick-up (36059)

59010 Rear Wheel Drive all models '70 thru '10 MAZDA

61010 GLC (rear wheel drive) '77 thru 'S3 61011 GLC (front wheel drive) '81 thru 'S5 61012 Mazda3 '04 thru '11 61015 323 & Protege '90 thru '03 61016 MX-5 Miata '90 thru '09 61 o:m MPV all models 'B9 thru '9S

Navajo - see FORD Explorer (36024) 61030 Pick-ups '72 thru '93

61035 61036 61 040 61041 61 042 61 043

Pick-ups '94 on - see Ford (36071) RX-7 all models '79 thru 'S5 RX-7 all models 'SB thru '91 626 (rear wheel drive) '79 thru 'S2 626 & MX-6 {front wheel drive) '83 thru '92 626 '93 thru '01 , & MX-6/Ford Probe '93 thru '02 Mazda& '03 thru '1 1

MERCEDES-BENZ 63012 123 Series Diesel '76 thru 'B5 63015 190 Serles 4-cyl gas models, 'S4 thru 'SS 63020 230, 250 & 280 6 cyl sohc '68 thru '72 63025 280 123 Series gas models '77 thru 'B1 63030 350 & 450 all models '71 thru 'SO 63040 C-Class: C230/C240/C280/C320/C350 '01 thru '07

MERCURY 64200 Villager & Nissan Quest '93 thru '01 All other titles, see FORD listing.

MG 6601 O MGB Roadster & GT Coupe '62 thru '80 66015 MG Midget & Austin Healey Sprite

Roadster '5S thru '80 MINI

67020 Mini '02 thru '11 MITSUBISHI 68020 Cordia, Tredia, Galant, Precis &

Mirage 'S3 thru '93 68030 Eclipse, Eagle Talon &

Plymouth Laser '90 thru '94 68031 Eclipse '95 thru '05, Eagle Talon '95 thru '9B 68035 Galant '94 thru '1 0 68040 Plck·UP '83 thru '96, Montero '83 thru '93

NISSAN 72010 300ZX all models incl. Turbo '84 thru '89 720 1 1 350Z & lnflnltl G35 all models '03 thru 'OS 72015 Altlma all models '93 thru '06 72016 Altlma '07 thru '10 72020 Maxima all models 'S5 thru '92 72021 Maxima all models '93 thru '01 72025 Murano '03 thru '10 72030 Pick-ups '80 thru '97, Pathfinder 'B7 thru '95 72031 Frontier Pick-up, Xterra, Pathfinder '96 ttm.1 '04 72032 Frontier & Xterra '05 thru '11 72040 Pulsar all models 'S3 thru 'S6 72050 Sentra all models 'S2 thru '94 72051 Sentra & 200SX all models '95 thru '06 72080 Stanza all models '82 thru '90 72070 Titan pick·ups '04 thru ' 10, Armada 'OS thru ' 10

OLDSMOBILE 73015 Cutlass '74 thru 'SS

For other OLDSMOBILE titles, see BUICK, CHEVROLET or GM listings.

PLYMOUTH For PLYMOUTH titles, see DODGE.

PONTIAC 79008 Fiero all models '84 thru 'SS 79018 Firebird VS models except Turbo '70 thru 'B1 79019 Firebird all models 'B2 thru '92 79025 GS all models 'OS thru '09 79040 Mid�size Rear-wheel Drive '70 thru 'S7

Vibe '03 thru '11 - see TOYOTA Matrix (92060) For other PONTIAC titles, see BUICK, CHEVROLET or GM listings.

PORSCHE 80020 9 1 1 Coupe & Targa models '65 thru 'B9 80025 914 all 4 cyl models '69 thru '76 80030 924 all models incl. Turbo '76 thru '82 80035 944 all models incl. Turbo 'S3 thru '89

RENAULT Alliance, Encore - see AMC (14020)

SAAB 84010 900 including Turbo '79 thru 'SB

SATURN 87010 Saturn all S-series models '91 thru '02 87011 Saturn Ion '03 thru '07

87020 Saturn all L-series models '00 thu '04 87040 Saturn VUE '02 thru '07

SUBARU 89002 11 00, 1300, 1400 & 1800 '71 thru '79 89003 1 600 & 1800 2WD & 4WD '80 thru '94 89100 Logacy models '90 thru '99 89101 Legacy & Forester '00 thru '06

SUZUKI 90010 Samurai/Sidekick/Geo Tracker '86 thru '01

TOYOTA 92005 Camry all models '83 thru '91 92008 Camry all models '92 thru '96 92007 Camry/Avalon/Solara/Lexu1 ES 300 '97 thru '01 92008

I�:�!a Ei8�'tf 13�tf�i1"m"o'd�1��h� '06

92009 Camry '07 thru '11 92015 Cellca Rear Wheel Drive '71 thru '85 92020 Cellca Front Wheel Drive 'S6 thru '99 92025 Celica Supra all models '79 thru '92 92030 Corolla all models '75 thru '79 92032 Corolla rear wheel drive models 'BO thl\J '87 92035 Corolla front wheel drive models '84 thru '92 92036 Corolla & Geo Prizrn '93 thru '02 92037 Corolla models '03 thru '11 92040 Corol la Tercel all models '80 thru '82 92045 Corona all models '74 thru '82 92050 Cresslda all models '78 thru '82 92055 Land Cruiser FJ40/43/45/55 '6B thru '82 92056 Land Cruiser FJ60/62/80/FZJBO 'BO thru '96 92060 Matrix & Pontiac Vibe '03 thru '11 92065 MR2 all models 'S5 thru '87 92070 PlckMup all models '69 thru '78 92075 Pick-up all models '79 thru '95 92076 Tacoma, 4Runner & T100 '93 thru '04 92077 Tacoma all models '05 thru '09 92078 Tundra '00 thru '06, Sequoia '01 thru '07 92079 4Runner all models '03 thru '09 92080 Prevla all models '91 thru '95 92081 Prius '01 thru 'OS 92082 RAV4 all models '96 thru '10 92085 Tercel all models 'B7 thru '94 92090 Sienna all models '9B thru '09 92095 Highlander & Lexus RX-330 '99 thru '07

TRIUMPH 94007 Spitfire all models '62 thru 'S1 9401 O TR7 all models '75 thru '81

vw 96008 Beetle & Karmann Ghia '54 thru '79 96009 New Beetle '9S thru ' 1 1 96016 ��1i!'./5

e�� ·�2'&��e�6�c.�u��g2 96017 Gott, GTI & Jetta '93 thru '98, Cabrio '95 thru 02 96018 Golf, GTI & Jetta '9S thru '05 96019 Jetta, Rabbit, GTI & Golf '05 thru '11 96020 Rabbit, Jetta, Pick-up diesel '77 thru 'S4 96023 Passat '98 thru '05, Audi A4 '96 thru '01 96030 Transporter 1 600 alt models '68 thru '79 96035 Transporter 1 700, 1800, 2000 '72thru '79 96040 Type 3 1 500 & 1 600 '63 thru '73 96045 Vanagon air-cooled models '80 thru '83

VOLVO 97010 120, 130 Series & 1800 Sports '61 thru '73 97015 140 Series all models '66 thru '74 97020 240 Series all models '76 thru '93 97040 740 & 760 Serles all models 'S2 thru 'B8

TECHBOOK MANUALS 1 0205 Automotive Computer Codes 1 0206 OBD-11 & Electronic Engine Management 10210 Automotive Emissions Control Manual 10215 Fuel Injection Manual, '7B thru 'B5 1 0220 Fuel Injection Manual, 'S6 thru '99 10225 Holley Carburetor Manual 10230 Rochester Carburetor Manual 1 0240 Weber/Zenith/Stromberg/SU Carburetor 1 0305 Chevrolet Engine Overhaul Manual 10310 Chrysler Engine Overhaul Manual 1 0320 Ford Engine Overhaul Manual 1 0330 GM and Ford Diesel Engine Repair 1 0333 Engine Performance Manual 1 0340 Small Engine Repair Manual 1 0345 Suspension, Steering & Drlvellne 1 0355 Ford Automatic Transmission Overhaul 10360 GM Automatic Transmission Overhaul 1 0405 Automotive Body Repair & Painting 10410 Automotive Brake Manual 10415 Automotive Detaiing Manual 1 0420 Automotive Electrical Manual 1 0425 Automotive Heating & Air Conditioning 1 0430 Automotive Reference Dictionary 1 0435 Automotive Tools Manual 1 0440 Used Car Buying Guide 1 0445 Welding Manual 1 0450 ATV Basics 1 0452 Scooters 50cc to 250cc

SPANISH MANUALS 98903 Reparaci6n de Carrocerfa & Plntura 98904 Manual de Carburador Modelos

Holley & Rochester 98905 C6digos Automotrlces de la Computadora 98906 OBD-11 & Sistemas de Control

ElectrOnico del Motor 98910 Frenos Automotriz 98913 Electricidad Automotriz 98915 lnyecci6n de Combustible 'S6 al '99 99040 Chevrolet & GMC Camionetas '67 al 'S7 99041 Chevrolet & GMC Camionetas '88 al '98 99042 Chevrolet Camionetas Cerradas '68 al '95 99043 Chevrolet/GMC Camionetas '94 a! '04 99048 Chevrolet/GMC Camlonetas '99 al '06 99055 Dodge Caravan/Ply. Voyager '84 al '95 99075 Ford Camionetas y Bronco '80 al '94 99078 Ford F·150 '97 al '09 99077 Ford Camionetas Cerradas '69 al '91 99088 Ford Modelos de Tamano Mediano '75 al '86 99089 Ford Camionetas Ranger '93 al '10 99091 Ford Taurus & Mercury Sable '86 al '95 99095 GM Modelos de Tamaiio Grande '70 al '90 99100 GM Modelos de Tamai\o Mediano '70 al '88 99106 Jeep Cherokee, Wagoneer & ComaflChe '84 al '00 9911 O Nissan Camionetas & Pathfinder '80 al '96 99118 Nissan Sentra 'B2 al '94 99125 Toyota Camionetas y 4·Runner '79 al '95

Over 1 00 Haynes motorcycle manuals also available 7-12 Haynes North America, Inc., 861 Lawrence Drive, Newbury Park, CA 91 320 • (805) 498-6703 • http://www.haynes.com

Common spark plug conditions

NORMAL

Symptoms: Brown to grayish-tan color and slight electrode wear. Correct heat range for engine and operating conditions. Recommendation: When new spark plugs are installed, replace with plugs of the same heat range.

.WORN Symptoms: Rounded electrodes with a small amount of deposits on the firing end. Normal color. Causes hard starting in damp or cold weather and poor fuel economy. Recommendation: Plugs have been left in the engine too long. Replace with new plugs of the same heat range. Follow the recommended maintenance schedule.

CARBON DEPOSITS Symptoms: Dry sooty deposits indicate a rich mixture or weak ignition. Causes misfiring, hard starting and hesitation. Recommendation: Make sure the plug has the correct heat range. Check for a clogged air filter or problem in the fuel system or engine management system. Also check for ignition system problems.

ASH DEPOSITS Symptoms: Light brown deposits encrusted on the side or center electrodes or both. Derived from oil and/or fuel additives. Excessive amounts may mask the spark, causing misfiring and hesitation during acceleration. Recommendation: If excessive deposits accumulate over a short time or low mileage, install new valve guide seals to prevent seepage of oil into the combustion chambers. Also try changing gasoline brands.

OIL DEPOSITS Symptoms: Oily coating caused by poor oil control. Oil is leaking past worn valve guides or piston rings into the combustion chamber. Causes hard starting, misfiring and hesitation. Recommendation: Correct the mechanical condition with necessary repairs and install new plugs.

GAP BRIDGING Symptoms: Combustion deposits lodge between the electrodes. Heavy deposits accumulate and bridge the electrode gap. The plug ceases to fire, resulting in a dead cylinder. Recommendation: Locate the faulty plug and remove the deposits from between the electrodes.

TOO HOT Symptoms: Blistered, white insulator, eroded electrode and absence of deposits. Results in shortened plug life. Recommendation: Check for the correct plug heat range, overadvanced ignition timing, lean fuel mixture, intake manifold vacuum leaks, sticking valves and insufficient engine cooling.

PREIGNITION Symptoms: Melted electrodes. Insulators are white, but may be dirty due to misfiring or flying debris in the combustion chamber. Can lead to engine damage. Recommendation: Check for the correct plug heat range, overadvanced ignition timing, lean fuel mixture, insufficient engine cooling and lack of lubrication.

HIGH SPEED GLAZING Symptoms: Insulator has yellowish, glazed appearance. Indicates that combustion chamber temperatures have risen suddenly during hard acceleration. Normal deposits melt to form a conductive coating. Causes misfiring at high speeds.

Recommendation: Install new

plugs. Consider using a colder plug

if driving habits warrant.

DETONATION Symptoms: Insulators may be cracked or chipped. Improper gap setting techniques can also result in a fractured insulator tip. Can lead to piston damage. Recommendation: Make sure the fuel anti-knock values meet engine requirements. Use care when setting the gaps on new plugs. Avoid lugging the engine.

MECHANICAL DAMAGE Symptoms: May be caused by a foreign object in the combustion chamber or the piston striking an incorrect reach (too long) plug. Causes a dead cylinder and could result in piston damage. Recommendation: Repair the mechanical damage. Remove the foreign object from the engine and/ or install the correct reach plug.

honda 2

Documents

manual transaxle

b automatic transaxle

variable transaxle cvt

fourspeed automatic

transaxle mount nuts

related components transaxle

shift control solenoid

solenoid replacement